]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
* completion.el (add-completion-to-head, add-completion): Doc fixes.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18580 33798))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18464 3941))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
95 \\{ada-mode-map}
96
97 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
98 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
99
100 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
101 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
102
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
104 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
105
106 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
107
108 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
109 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
110
111 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
112 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
113
114 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
115 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
116 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
117 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
118 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
119
120 If you use imenu.el:
121 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
122
123 If you use find-file.el:
124 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
125 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
126 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
127 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
128 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
129
130 If you use ada-xref.el:
131 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
132 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
133 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
140 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
142
143 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
144 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
145
146 \(fn)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
151 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
153
154 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
155 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
156 Completion is available.
157
158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
159
160 ;;;***
161 \f
162 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
163 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
164 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
165 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18643
166 ;;;;;; 25222))
167 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
168
169 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
170
171 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
172 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
173 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
174 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
175
176 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
177
178 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
179 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
180 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
181
182 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
183
184 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
185 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
186 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
187 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
188 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
189 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
190
191 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
192
193 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
194 Prompt for a change log name.
195
196 \(fn)" nil nil)
197
198 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
199 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
200
201 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
202 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
203 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
204 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
205
206 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
207 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
208 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
209
210 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
211 current buffer to the complete file name.
212 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
213
214 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
215
216 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
217 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
218 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
219 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
220
221 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
222 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
223
224 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
225
226 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
227 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
228 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
229
230 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
231 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
232 after a comma on an existing line.
233
234 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
235 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
236 the same person.
237
238 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
239 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
240 notices.
241
242 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
243 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244
245 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
246
247 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
248 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
249 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
250 the change log file in another window.
251
252 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
253
254 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 ;;;***
301 \f
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18466 30125))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
317
318 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
319
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328
329 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
330
331 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335
336 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
353
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355
356 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374
375 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
381 BODY...)
382
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
408
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
411
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
422 during preloading.
423
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
426 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
427 BODY...)
428
429 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
430
431 ;;;***
432 \f
433 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
434 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
435 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18464 3941))
436 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
437
438 (autoload 'align "align" "\
439 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
440 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
441 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
442 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
443 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
444 rule's `separate' attribute).
445
446 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
447 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
448 `separate' attribute set.
449
450 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
451 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
452 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
453 on the format of these lists.
454
455 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
456
457 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
458 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
459 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
460 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
461 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
462 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
463 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
464 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
465 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
466 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
467 options.
468
469 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
470 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
471
472 Fred (123) 456-7890
473 Alice (123) 456-7890
474 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
475 Joe (123) 456-7890
476
477 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
478 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
479 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
480
481 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
484 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
485 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
486 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
487 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
488 align that section.
489
490 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
491
492 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
493 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
494 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
495 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
496 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
497 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
498 been used to align that section.
499
500 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
501
502 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
503 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
504 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
505 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
506 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
507 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
508 to be colored.
509
510 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
511
512 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
513 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
514
515 \(fn)" t nil)
516
517 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
518 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
519
520 \(fn)" t nil)
521
522 ;;;***
523 \f
524 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
525 ;;;;;; (18486 19351))
526 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
527
528 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529
530 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
531
532 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
533
534 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537
538 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539
540 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
543
544 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
547
548 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549
550 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
553
554 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557
558 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
562 \\<allout-mode-map>
563
564 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
565 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
566 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
567
568 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
569 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
570 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
571 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
572 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
595 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
596 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
597 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
599 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
600 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
601 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
602
603 Exposure Control:
604 ----------------
605 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
606 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
607 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
609 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
610
611 Navigation:
612 ----------
613 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
614 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
616 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
617 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
619 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
621 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
622 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
623
624
625 Topic Header Production:
626 -----------------------
627 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
628 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
630
631 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
632 ---------------------------------
633 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
634 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
635 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
636 current topic
637 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
638 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
639 are alternated according to nesting depth.
640 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
641 the offspring are not affected.
642 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
643
644 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
645 ----------------------------------
646 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
647 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
649 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
650 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
651 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
652 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
653 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
654
655 Topic-oriented Encryption:
656 -------------------------
657 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
658 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
659
660 Misc commands:
661 -------------
662 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
663 and establish a default file-var setting
664 for `allout-layout'.
665 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
666 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
668 buffer with name derived from derived from that
669 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
670 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
672 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
673 format.
674 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
675 auto-activation.
676
677 Topic Encryption
678
679 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
680 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
681 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
682 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
683
684 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
685 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
686 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
687 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
688
689 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
690 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
691 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
692 pitfalls.
693
694 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
695 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
696 for details.
697
698 HOT-SPOT Operation
699
700 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
701 navigation and exposure control.
702
703 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
704 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
705 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
706 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
707 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
708
709 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
710 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
711 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
712 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
713 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
714
715 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
716 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
717 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
718 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
719 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
720 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
721 at the beginning of the current entry.
722
723 Extending Allout
724
725 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
726 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
727 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
728
729 `allout-mode-hook'
730 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
731 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
732 `allout-structure-added-hook'
733 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
734 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
735
736 Terminology
737
738 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
739
740 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
741 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
742 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
743 CURRENT ITEM:
744 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
745 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
746 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
747 called the:
748 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
749
750 ANCESTORS:
751 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
752 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
753 of the ITEM.
754 OFFSPRING:
755 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
756 SUBTOPIC:
757 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
758 CHILD:
759 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
760 SIBLINGS:
761 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
762
763 Topic text constituents:
764
765 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
766 text.
767 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
768 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
769 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
770 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
771 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
772 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
773 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
774 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
775 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
776 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
777 the PREFIX.
778
779 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
780 of the ITEM.
781 PREFIX-LEAD:
782 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
783 It can be customized by changing the setting of
784 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
785
786 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
787 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
788 program code without interfering with processing of the text
789 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
790 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
791 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
792 docstring for more detail.
793 PREFIX-PADDING:
794 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
795 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
796 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
797 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
798 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
799 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
800 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
801 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
802 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
803 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
804 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
805 more details.
806 EXPOSURE:
807 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
808 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
809 CONCEALED:
810 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
811 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
812
813 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
814 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
815 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
816
817 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
818
819 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
820
821 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
822 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
823
824 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
825 setup for auto-startup.
826
827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828
829 ;;;***
830 \f
831 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
832 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18659 12585))
833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
834
835 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
836
837 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
838 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
839 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
840 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
841 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
842 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
843
844 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
845
846 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
847 Not documented
848
849 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
850
851 ;;;***
852 \f
853 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
854 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18464 1936))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
856
857 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
858 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
859 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
860 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
861 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
862 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
863 in the current window.
864
865 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
866
867 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
868 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
869 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
870
871 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
872
873 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
874 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
875 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
876
877 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
878
879 ;;;***
880 \f
881 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
882 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18464 3941))
883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
884
885 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
886 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
887
888 \(fn)" t nil)
889
890 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
891 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
892
893 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
894 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
895 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
896 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
897
898 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
899 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
900
901 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
902
903 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
904
905 ;;;***
906 \f
907 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
908 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18464 1584))
909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
910
911 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
912 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
913 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
914 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
915 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 \\[yank].
917
918 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
919 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
920 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 the rules.
922
923 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
924 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
925 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
926 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
927
928 \(fn)" t nil)
929
930 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
931 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
932 \\{antlr-mode-map}
933
934 \(fn)" t nil)
935
936 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
937 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
938 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
939
940 \(fn)" nil nil)
941
942 ;;;***
943 \f
944 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
945 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18612 17518))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947
948 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
949 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
950 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
951
952 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
953
954 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
955 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
956
957 \(fn)" t nil)
958
959 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
960 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
961 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
962 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
963 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
964 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
965 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
966
967 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
968
969 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
970 appointment package (if it is not already active).
971
972 \(fn)" nil nil)
973
974 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
975 Toggle checking of appointments.
976 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
977 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
978
979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
980
981 ;;;***
982 \f
983 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
984 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
985 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18634 15332))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
987
988 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
989 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
990 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
991 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
992
993 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
994 kind of objects to search.
995
996 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
997
998 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
999 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1006 normal variables.
1007
1008 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1009
1010 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1011
1012 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1013 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1014 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1015 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1016 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1017 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1018
1019 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1020 noninteractive functions.
1021
1022 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1023 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1024
1025 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1026 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1027
1028 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1031 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1032
1033 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1034
1035 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1036 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1037 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1038 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1039
1040 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1041 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1042 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1043 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1044
1045 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1046 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1047
1048 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1049
1050 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1051
1052 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1053 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1054 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1055 thus be found in `load-history'.
1056
1057 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1058
1059 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1060 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1067 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1068 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1073 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1078
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1080 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1081 bindings.
1082 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1083
1084 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1085
1086 ;;;***
1087 \f
1088 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18580
1089 ;;;;;; 33791))
1090 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1091
1092 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1093 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1094 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1095 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1096 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1097 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1098
1099 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1100 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1101 archive.
1102
1103 \\{archive-mode-map}
1104
1105 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1106
1107 ;;;***
1108 \f
1109 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18464 3942))
1110 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1111
1112 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1113 Major mode for editing arrays.
1114
1115 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1116 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1117 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1118
1119 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1120
1121 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1122 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1123 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1124
1125 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1126 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1127 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1128 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1129 The variables are:
1130
1131 Variables you assign:
1132 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1133 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1134 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1135 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1136 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1137 row numbers in the buffer.
1138
1139 Variables which are calculated:
1140 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1141 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1142
1143 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1144 take a numeric prefix argument):
1145
1146 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1147 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1148 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1149 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1150
1151 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1152 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1153 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1154 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1155
1156 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1157 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1158 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1159 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1160
1161 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1162 between that of point and mark.
1163
1164 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1165 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1166
1167 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1168 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1169 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1170 newlines inside rows)
1171
1172 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1173
1174 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1175
1176 \(fn)" t nil)
1177
1178 ;;;***
1179 \f
1180 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18613
1181 ;;;;;; 36683))
1182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1183
1184 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1185 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1186 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1187 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1188
1189 How to quit artist mode
1190
1191 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1192
1193
1194 How to submit a bug report
1195
1196 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1197
1198
1199 Drawing with the mouse:
1200
1201 mouse-2
1202 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1203 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1204 below).
1205
1206 mouse-1
1207 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1208 or pastes:
1209
1210 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1211 --------------------------------------------------------------
1212 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1213 to new point
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1224 --------------------------------------------------------------
1225 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1226 --------------------------------------------------------------
1227 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1228 --------------------------------------------------------------
1229 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1230 lines
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1234 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1235 --------------------------------------------------------------
1236 Paste Paste Paste
1237 --------------------------------------------------------------
1238 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1239 --------------------------------------------------------------
1240
1241 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1242 or diagonally.
1243
1244 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1245 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1246 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1247 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1248 poly-lines.
1249
1250 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1251 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1252 overwrite means the opposite.
1253
1254 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1255 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1256 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1257
1258 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1259
1260 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1261 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1262
1263 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1264 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1265 are currently drawing something.
1266
1267 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1268 some time to fill.
1269
1270
1271 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1272 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1273
1274
1275 Settings
1276
1277 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1278
1279 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1280
1281 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1282
1283 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1284
1285 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1286 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1287
1288 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1289
1290
1291 Drawing with keys
1292
1293 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1294 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1295 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1296 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1297 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1298 When pasting: Pastes
1299
1300 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1301
1302 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1303
1304 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1305 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1306 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1307 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1308 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1309 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1310
1311
1312 Arrows
1313
1314 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1315 of the line/poly-line
1316
1317 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1318 of the line/poly-line
1319
1320
1321 Selecting operation
1322
1323 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1324
1325 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1326 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1327 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1328 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1329 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1330 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1331 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1332 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1334 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1335 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1336 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1337 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1338 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1339 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1340 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1341 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1342 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1343 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1344 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1345
1346
1347 Variables
1348
1349 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1350 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1351
1352 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1353 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1354 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1355 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1356 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1357 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1358 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1359 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1360 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1361 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1362 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1363 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1364 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1365 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1366 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1367 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1368 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1369 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1370 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1371
1372 Hooks
1373
1374 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1375 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1376
1377
1378 Keymap summary
1379
1380 \\{artist-mode-map}
1381
1382 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1383
1384 ;;;***
1385 \f
1386 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18464
1387 ;;;;;; 1584))
1388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1389
1390 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1391 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1392 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1393
1394 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1395 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1396 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1397 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1398
1399 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1400 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1401
1402 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1403 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1404
1405 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1406
1407 Special commands:
1408 \\{asm-mode-map}
1409
1410 \(fn)" t nil)
1411
1412 ;;;***
1413 \f
1414 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1415 ;;;;;; (18464 3942))
1416 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1417
1418 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1419 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1420 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1421
1422 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1423
1424 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1425 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1426 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1427 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1428 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1429 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1430 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1431 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1432 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1433 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1434
1435 For example:
1436 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1437 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1438 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1439 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1440 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1441
1442 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1443
1444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1445
1446 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1447 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1448 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1450 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1451 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1452
1453 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1454
1455 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1456 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1457 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1458 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1459 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1460 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1461
1462 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1463
1464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1465
1466 ;;;***
1467 \f
1468 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1469 ;;;;;; (18464 1585))
1470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1471
1472 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1473 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1474
1475 \(fn)" t nil)
1476
1477 ;;;***
1478 \f
1479 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1480 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18497 7295))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1482
1483 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1484 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1485 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1486
1487 \(fn)" t nil)
1488
1489 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1490 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1491 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1492 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1493
1494 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1495
1496 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1497 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1498 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1501 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1502
1503 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1504
1505 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1506 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1507 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1508 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1509
1510 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1511 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1512
1513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1514
1515 ;;;***
1516 \f
1517 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1518 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1519 ;;;;;; (18580 33794))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1521
1522 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1523
1524 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1525 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1526 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1527 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1528 save the buffer too.
1529
1530 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1531
1532 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1533
1534 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1535 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1536 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1537 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1538 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1539 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1540
1541 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1542 directory or directories specified.
1543
1544 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1545
1546 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1547 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1548 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1549
1550 \(fn)" nil nil)
1551
1552 ;;;***
1553 \f
1554 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1555 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1556 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18464 3942))
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1558
1559 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1560 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1561
1562 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1563 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1564 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1565 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1566 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1567
1568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1569
1570 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1571 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1572
1573 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1574 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1575
1576 \(fn)" nil nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1579 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1580 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1581
1582 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1583 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1584 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1585 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1586 reflected in the current buffer.
1587
1588 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1589 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1590 writing before you save the file!
1591
1592 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1593
1594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1595
1596 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1597 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1598
1599 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1600 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1601
1602 \(fn)" nil nil)
1603
1604 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1605 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1606 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1608 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1609 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1610
1611 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1612
1613 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1614 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1615
1616 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1617 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1618 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1619
1620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1621
1622 ;;;***
1623 \f
1624 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1625 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18464 3942))
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1627
1628 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1629 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1630 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1632 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1633
1634 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1635
1636 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1637 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1638 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1639 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1640
1641 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1642 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1643 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1644
1645 Effects of the different modes:
1646 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1647 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1648 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1649 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1650 a random distance & direction.
1651 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1652 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1653 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1654
1655 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1656
1657 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1658 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1659 definition of \"random distance\".)
1660
1661 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1662
1663 ;;;***
1664 \f
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1666 ;;;;;; (18592 38131))
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1668 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1669
1670 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1671 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1672 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1673 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1674
1675 \(fn)" t nil)
1676
1677 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1678 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1679 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1682 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1683
1684 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1687 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1688 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1689 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1690 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1691 seconds.
1692
1693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1694
1695 ;;;***
1696 \f
1697 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1698 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18463 52901))
1699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1700
1701 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1702 Time execution of FORMS.
1703 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1704 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1705 FORMS once.
1706 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1707 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1708 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1709
1710 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1711
1712 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1713 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1714 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1715 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1716 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1717
1718 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1719
1720 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1721 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1722 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1723 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1724 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1725
1726 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1727
1728 ;;;***
1729 \f
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1731 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18603 62949))
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1733
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1735 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1736 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1737 of corresponding buffers.
1738 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1739 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1740 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1741 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1742 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1743 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1744
1745 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1746
1747 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1748 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1749
1750 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1751
1752 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1753 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1754 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1755 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1756
1757 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1758 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1759 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1760 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1761 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1762
1763 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1764 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1765
1766
1767 Special information:
1768
1769 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1770
1771 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1772 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1773 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1774 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1775 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1776 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1777 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1778 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1779 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1780 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1781 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1782
1783 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1784 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1785 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1786 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1787 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1788 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1789 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1790 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1791
1792 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1793
1794 ----------------------------------------------------------
1795 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1796 if that value is non-nil.
1797
1798 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1799
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1801
1802 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1803 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1804 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1805 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1806 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1807 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1808 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1809 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1810 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1811 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1812
1813 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1814
1815 ;;;***
1816 \f
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (18463 57218))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1820 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1821
1822 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1823 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1824
1825 \(fn)" t nil)
1826
1827 ;;;***
1828 \f
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1830 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1831 ;;;;;; (18464 1839))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1833
1834 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1835
1836 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1838 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1839
1840 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1841
1842 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1843 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1844
1845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1846
1847 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1848 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1849
1850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1851
1852 ;;;***
1853 \f
1854 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18464
1855 ;;;;;; 1937))
1856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1857
1858 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1859 Play blackbox.
1860 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1861
1862 What is blackbox?
1863
1864 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1865 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1866 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1867 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1868 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1869 your score.
1870
1871 Overview of play:
1872
1873 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1874 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1875 four.
1876
1877 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1878 movement keys.
1879
1880 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1881 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1882
1883 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1884 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1885
1886 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1887 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1888 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1889 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1890 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1891 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1892
1893 Details:
1894
1895 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1896
1897 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1898 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1899 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1900 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1901
1902 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1903 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1904 denoted by the letter `R'.
1905
1906 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1907 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1908 denoted by the letter `H'.
1909
1910 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1911 example.
1912
1913 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1914 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1915 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1916 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1917 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1918 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1919 ray.
1920
1921 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1922 degree deflection it causes.
1923
1924 1
1925 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1928 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1933 2 3
1934
1935 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1936 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1937
1938
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1942 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1945 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1947
1948 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1949 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1950 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1951 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1952 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1953 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1954 emerging from the box.
1955
1956 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1957
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1961 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1962 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1963 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1964 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966
1967 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1968 a reflection.
1969
1970 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1971
1972 ;;;***
1973 \f
1974 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1975 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1976 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1977 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18580
1978 ;;;;;; 33791))
1979 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1980 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1981 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1982 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1983
1984 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1985 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1986 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1987 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1988 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1989 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1990 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1991
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1993 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1994 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1995 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1996 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1997 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1998 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1999 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2000 recent one.
2001
2002 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2003 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2004 yank successive words.
2005
2006 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2007 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2008 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2009 name of the file being visited.
2010
2011 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2012 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2013 the list of bookmarks.)
2014
2015 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2016
2017 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2018 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2019 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2020 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2021 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2022 this.
2023
2024 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2025 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2026 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2027 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2028
2029 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2030
2031 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2032 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2033 See `bookmark-jump'.
2034
2035 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2036
2037 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2038 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2039 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2040 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2041 after a bookmark was set in it.
2042
2043 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2044
2045 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2046 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2047 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2048 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2049
2050 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2051
2052 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2053
2054 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2055 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2056 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2057 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2058
2059 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2060 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2061 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2062
2063 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2064 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2065 name.
2066
2067 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2068
2069 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2070 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2074 this.
2075
2076 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2077
2078 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2079 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2080 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2081 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2082 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2083 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2084 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2085 probably because we were called from there.
2086
2087 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2088
2089 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2090 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2091 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2092
2093 \(fn)" t nil)
2094
2095 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2096 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2097 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2098 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2099 \(second argument).
2100
2101 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2102 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2103 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2104 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2105 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2106
2107 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2108 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2109 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2110 `bookmark-default-file'.
2111
2112 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2113
2114 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2115 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2116 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2117 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2118 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2119 while loading.
2120
2121 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2122 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2123 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2124 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2125 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2126 explicitly.
2127
2128 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2129 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2130 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2131 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2132
2133 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2134
2135 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2136 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2137 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2138 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2139 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2140
2141 \(fn)" t nil)
2142
2143 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2144
2145 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2146
2147 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2148
2149 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2150
2151 ;;;***
2152 \f
2153 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2160 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2161 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2162 ;;;;;; (18580 33797))
2163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2164
2165 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2166 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2167 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2168 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2169
2170 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2171 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2172 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2173 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2174 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2175
2176 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2177
2178 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2179 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2180
2181 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2182
2183 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2184 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2185
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2187
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Not documented
2190
2191 \(fn)" nil nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2194 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2195 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2196 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2197 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2198 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2199
2200 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2203 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2204 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2205 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2206 narrowed.
2207
2208 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2209
2210 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2211 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2212
2213 \(fn)" t nil)
2214
2215 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2217
2218 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2221 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2222 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2223 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2224
2225 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2229 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2230 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2231
2232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2235 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2236 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2237 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2238 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2239 to use.
2240
2241 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2242
2243 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2244 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2245 Default to the URL around or before point.
2246
2247 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2248 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2249 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2250 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2251
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2253 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2256 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2257
2258 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2259
2260 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2261 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2262 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2263 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2264
2265 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2266 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2267 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2268 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2269
2270 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2271 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2272 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2273
2274 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2275 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2276
2277 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2278
2279 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2280 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2281 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2282 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2283
2284 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2285 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2286 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2287 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2288
2289 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2290 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2291 new tab in an existing window instead.
2292
2293 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2294 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295
2296 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2297
2298 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2299 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2300 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2301 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2302 Firefox.
2303
2304 When called interactively, if variable
2305 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2306 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2307 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2308 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309
2310 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2311 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2312 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2313
2314 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2315 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2316
2317 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2318 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2319 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2320 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2321 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2322 URL in a new window.
2323
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2325
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2329 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2330
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2335
2336 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2337 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2338 new tab in an existing window instead.
2339
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2347
2348 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2349
2350 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2351 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2352 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2353 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2354
2355 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2356 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2357 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2358 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359
2360 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2361 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2362
2363 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2367
2368 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2369 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2370 program is invoked according to the variable
2371 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2372
2373 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2374 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2375 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2376 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377
2378 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2379 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2380
2381 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2385 Default to the URL around or before point.
2386
2387 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2388 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2389 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2390
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2393 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2395
2396 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2397 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398
2399 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2400
2401 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2402 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2403 Default to the URL around or before point.
2404
2405 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2406 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2407 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2416 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2417 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2418
2419 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420
2421 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2422 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2423 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2424 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2425 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2426 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2427
2428 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429
2430 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2432 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2433 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2434 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2435
2436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2437 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2438 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2439 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2445
2446 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2447 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2448 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2449 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2450 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2451 current one.
2452
2453 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2454 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2455 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457
2458 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2459 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2466 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2467 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2468 don't offer a form of remote control.
2469
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471
2472 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point.
2475
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2480 Default to the URL around the point.
2481
2482 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2483 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2484
2485 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2486 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2487
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489
2490 ;;;***
2491 \f
2492 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18464
2493 ;;;;;; 1937))
2494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2495
2496 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2497 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2498
2499 \(fn)" t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2502 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2503
2504 \(fn)" nil nil)
2505
2506 ;;;***
2507 \f
2508 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2509 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18580 33791))
2510 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2511
2512 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2513 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2514 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2515 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2516
2517 \(fn)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2520 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2521 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2522 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2523
2524 \(fn)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2527 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2528
2529 \(fn)" t nil)
2530
2531 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2532 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2533 \\<bs-mode-map>
2534 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2535 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2536 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2537 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2538
2539 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2540 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2541 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2542 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2543 name of buffer configuration.
2544
2545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2546
2547 ;;;***
2548 \f
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18580 33798))
2550 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2551
2552 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2553 Play Bubbles game.
2554
2555 \(fn)" t nil)
2556
2557 ;;;***
2558 \f
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2560 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18580 33798))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2562
2563 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2564
2565 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2566 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2567 Requires `bug-reference-url-format' to be set in the buffer.
2568
2569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2570
2571 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2572 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2573
2574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2575
2576 ;;;***
2577 \f
2578 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2579 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2580 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2581 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2582 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2583 ;;;;;; (18580 33794))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2585 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2586 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2587 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2588 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2589
2590 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2591 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2592
2593 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2594
2595 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2596 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2597 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2598 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2599 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2600 else the global value will be modified.
2601
2602 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2603
2604 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2605 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2606 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2607 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2608 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2609 else the global value will be modified.
2610
2611 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2614 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2615 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2616
2617 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2620 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2621 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2622 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2623
2624 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2625 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2626 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2627 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2628 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2629 before scanning it.
2630
2631 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2632 that already has a `.elc' file.
2633
2634 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2635 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2636
2637 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2638 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2639 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2640 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2641 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2642 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2643
2644 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2647 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2648 Print the result in the echo area.
2649 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2650
2651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2652
2653 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2654 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2655 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2656
2657 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2660 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2661 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2662 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2663 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2664 all functions called by those functions.
2665
2666 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2667 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2668 cons, etc.).
2669
2670 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2671 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2672 invoked interactively.
2673
2674 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2675
2676 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2677 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2678 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2679 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2680
2681 \(fn)" nil nil)
2682
2683 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2684 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2685 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2686 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2687 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2688 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2689 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2690 already up-to-date.
2691
2692 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2693
2694 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2695 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2696 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2697 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2698
2699 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2700 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2701 and corresponding effects.
2702
2703 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2704
2705 ;;;***
2706 \f
2707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18463
2708 ;;;;;; 52107))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2710
2711 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2712
2713 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2714
2715 ;;;***
2716 \f
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18463 52107))
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2719
2720 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2721
2722 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2723
2724 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2725
2726 ;;;***
2727 \f
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2729 ;;;;;; (18497 7296))
2730 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2731
2732 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2733 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2734 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2735 from the cursor position.
2736
2737 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2738
2739 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2740
2741 ;;;***
2742 \f
2743 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2744 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2745 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2746 ;;;;;; (18634 15333))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2748
2749 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2750 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2751
2752 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2753 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2754
2755 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2756 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2757
2758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2759
2760 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2761 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2762
2763 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2764
2765 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2766 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2767
2768 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2769
2770 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2771 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2772
2773 \(fn)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2776 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2777 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2778 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2779
2780 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2781
2782 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2783 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2784 This is most useful in the X window system.
2785 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2786 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2791 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2792 See calc-keypad for details.
2793
2794 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2797 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2798
2799 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2800
2801 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2802 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2803
2804 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2805
2806 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2807 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2808
2809 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2812 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2813 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2814
2815 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2818 Define Calc function.
2819
2820 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2821 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2822 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2823
2824 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2825 actual Lisp function name.
2826
2827 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2828
2829 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2830
2831 ;;;***
2832 \f
2833 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18464
2834 ;;;;;; 4241))
2835 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2836
2837 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2838 Run the Emacs calculator.
2839 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2840
2841 \(fn)" t nil)
2842
2843 ;;;***
2844 \f
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18659
2846 ;;;;;; 12584))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2848
2849 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2850 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2851 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2852 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2853 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2854 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2855
2856 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2857 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2858 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2859 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2860 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2861 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2862 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2863 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2864 window.
2865
2866 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2867 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2868
2869 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2870 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2871 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2872 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2873 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2874 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2875
2876 Runs the following hooks:
2877
2878 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2879 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2880 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2881 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2882
2883 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2886
2887 ;;;***
2888 \f
2889 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2890 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18463 54923))
2891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2892
2893 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2894 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2895
2896 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2899 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2900 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2901 it fails.
2902
2903 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2904
2905 ;;;***
2906 \f
2907 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2908 ;;;;;; (18486 58097))
2909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2910
2911 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2912 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2913
2914 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2915 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2916 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2917 restriction to ASCII.
2918
2919 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2920
2921 capitalizedWorDD
2922 ^ ^ ^^
2923
2924 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2925 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2926 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2927
2928 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2929 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2930 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2931 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2932 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2933 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2934 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2935
2936 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2937 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2938
2939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2940
2941 ;;;***
2942 \f
2943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18464
2944 ;;;;;; 1587))
2945 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2946 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2947
2948 ;;;***
2949 \f
2950 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2951 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
2952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2953
2954 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2955 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2956
2957 \(fn)" nil nil)
2958
2959 ;;;***
2960 \f
2961 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2962 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2963 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2967 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2968 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2969 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2970 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2971 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2972 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2973
2974 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2975
2976 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2977 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2982 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2984 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2985 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2986
2987 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2988 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2989 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2990 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2991 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2992 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2993
2994 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2995
2996 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2997 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2998
2999 Key bindings:
3000 \\{c-mode-map}
3001
3002 \(fn)" t nil)
3003
3004 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3005 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3006
3007 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3008 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3009 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3010 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3011 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3012 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3013 message.
3014
3015 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3016
3017 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3018 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3019
3020 Key bindings:
3021 \\{c++-mode-map}
3022
3023 \(fn)" t nil)
3024
3025 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3026 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3027 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3028
3029 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3030 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3031 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3032 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3033 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3034 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3035 message.
3036
3037 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3038
3039 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3040 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3041
3042 Key bindings:
3043 \\{objc-mode-map}
3044
3045 \(fn)" t nil)
3046
3047 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3048 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3049 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3050
3051 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3052 Major mode for editing Java code.
3053 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3054 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3055 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3056 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3057 message.
3058
3059 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3060
3061 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3062 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3063
3064 Key bindings:
3065 \\{java-mode-map}
3066
3067 \(fn)" t nil)
3068
3069 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3070 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3071 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3072
3073 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3074 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3075 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3076 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3077 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3078 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3079 message.
3080
3081 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3082
3083 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3084 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3085
3086 Key bindings:
3087 \\{idl-mode-map}
3088
3089 \(fn)" t nil)
3090
3091 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3092 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3093 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3094 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3095
3096 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3097 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3098 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3099 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3100 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3101 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3102 message.
3103
3104 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3105
3106 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3107 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3108
3109 Key bindings:
3110 \\{pike-mode-map}
3111
3112 \(fn)" t nil)
3113 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3114 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3115 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3116 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3117 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3118 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3119
3120 ;;;***
3121 \f
3122 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3123 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18580 33798))
3124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3125
3126 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3127 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3128 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3129 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3130
3131 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3132
3133 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3134 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3135 might get set too.
3136
3137 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3138 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3139 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3140 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3141 way.
3142
3143 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3144 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3145 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3146 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3147 a null operation.
3148
3149 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3152 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3153 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3154 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3155
3156 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3157
3158 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3159 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3160 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3161
3162 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3163
3164 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3165 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3166 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3167 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3168 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3169
3170 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3171
3172 ;;;***
3173 \f
3174 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3175 ;;;;;; (18464 1591))
3176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3177
3178 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3179 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3180 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3181 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3182 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3183 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3184 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3185 Here are some examples:
3186
3187 Nomenclature Subwords
3188 ===========================================================
3189 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3190 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3191 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3192
3193 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3194 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3195 as words.
3196
3197 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3198
3199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3200
3201 ;;;***
3202 \f
3203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18464 1592))
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3205 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3206 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3207 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3208
3209 ;;;***
3210 \f
3211 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3212 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3213 ;;;;;; (18507 35269))
3214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3215
3216 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3217 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3218
3219 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3220
3221 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3222 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3223
3224 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3225
3226 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3227 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3228
3229 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3230 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3231 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3232 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3233 execution.
3234
3235 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3236
3237 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3238
3239 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3240 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3241
3242 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3243 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3244 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3245 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3246
3247 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3248 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3249 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3250 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3251 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3252 `write' commands.
3253
3254 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3255 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3256 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3257 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3258
3259 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3260 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3261 semantics.
3262
3263 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3264
3265 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3266
3267 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3268
3269 STATEMENT :=
3270 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3271 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3272
3273 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3274 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3275 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3276 | integer
3277
3278 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3279
3280 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3281 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3282 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3283
3284 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3285 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3286 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3287
3288 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3289 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3290
3291 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3292 BREAK := (break)
3293
3294 REPEAT :=
3295 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3296 (repeat)
3297 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3298 ;; (repeat))
3299 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3300 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3301 ;; (read REG)
3302 ;; (repeat))
3303 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3304 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3305 ;; (read REG)
3306 ;; (repeat))
3307 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3308
3309 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3310 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3311 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3312 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3313 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3314 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3315 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3316 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3317 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3318 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3319 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3320 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3321 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3322 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3323 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3324 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3325
3326 WRITE :=
3327 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3328 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3329 ;; representation.
3330 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3331 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3332 ;; (write r7))
3333 | (write EXPRESSION)
3334 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3335 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3336 ;; representation.
3337 | (write integer)
3338 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3339 ;; buffer.
3340 | (write string)
3341 ;; Same as: (write string)
3342 | string
3343 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3344 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3345 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3346 ;; representation.
3347 | (write REG ARRAY)
3348 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3349 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3350 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3351 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3352 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3353 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3354
3355 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3356 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3357
3358 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3359 END := (end)
3360
3361 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3362 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3363 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3364
3365 ARG := REG | integer
3366
3367 OPERATOR :=
3368 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3369 + | - | * | / | %
3370
3371 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3372 | & | `|' | ^
3373
3374 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3375 | << | >>
3376
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3379 | <8
3380
3381 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3382 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3383 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3384 | >8
3385
3386 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3387 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3388 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3389 | //
3390
3391 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3392 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3393
3394 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3395 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3396 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3397 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3398 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3399 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3400 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3401 | de-sjis
3402
3403 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3404 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3405 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3406 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3407 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3408 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3409 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3410 ;; byte of SJIS.
3411 | en-sjis
3412
3413 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3414 ;; Same meaning as C code
3415 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3416
3417 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3418 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3419 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3420 | <8=
3421
3422 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3423 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3424 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3425
3426 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3427 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3428 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3429 | //=
3430
3431 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3432
3433
3434 TRANSLATE :=
3435 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3436 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3437 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3438 LOOKUP :=
3439 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3440 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3441 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3442 MAP :=
3443 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3444 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3445 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3446 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3447 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3448 MAP-ID := integer
3449
3450 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3451
3452 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3453 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3454 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3455 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3456 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3457 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3458
3459 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3460
3461 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3462 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3463 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3464
3465 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3466
3467 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3468
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3472 ;;;;;; (18464 1592))
3473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3474
3475 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3476 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3477 There are no special keybindings by default.
3478
3479 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3480 to the action header.
3481
3482 \(fn)" t nil)
3483
3484 ;;;***
3485 \f
3486 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3487 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18580 33794))
3488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3489
3490 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3491 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3492 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3493
3494 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3495
3496 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3497 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3498 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3499 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3500 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3501
3502 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3503
3504 ;;;***
3505 \f
3506 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3507 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3508 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3509 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3510 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3511 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3512 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3513 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3514 ;;;;;; (18580 33794))
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3516 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3517 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3518
3519 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3520 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3521 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3522 the users will view as each check is completed.
3523
3524 \(fn)" t nil)
3525
3526 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3527 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3528 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3529 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3530 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3531 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3532 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3533 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3534
3535 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3536
3537 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3538 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3539 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3540 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3541 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3542 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3543 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3544 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3545
3546 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3547
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3550 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3551 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3552 spacing are all verified.
3553
3554 \(fn)" t nil)
3555
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3557 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3558 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3559 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3560 otherwise stop after the first error.
3561
3562 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3563
3564 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3565 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3566 Only documentation strings are checked.
3567 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3568 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3569 a separate buffer.
3570
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3572
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3576 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3577 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3578
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3580
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3585 if there is one.
3586
3587 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3588
3589 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3590 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3592 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3593 if there is one.
3594 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3595
3596 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3597
3598 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3599 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3600 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3601
3602 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3603
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3606 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3607 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3608 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3609
3610 \(fn)" t nil)
3611
3612 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3613 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3614 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3615 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3616 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3617 space at the end of each line.
3618
3619 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3620
3621 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3622 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3623 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3624 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3625
3626 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627
3628 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3629 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3630 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3631 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3632
3633 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634
3635 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3636 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3637 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3638 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3639
3640 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641
3642 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3643 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3644 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3645 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3646
3647 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648
3649 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3650 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3651 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3652 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3653
3654 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655
3656 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3657 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3658 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3659 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3660
3661 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3662
3663 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3664 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3665 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3666 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3667
3668 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3669
3670 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3671 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3672 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3673 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3674
3675 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676
3677 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3678 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3679 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3680 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3681
3682 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3683
3684 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3685 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3686 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3687 turn it off.
3688
3689 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3690 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3691 checking of documentation strings.
3692
3693 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3694
3695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3696
3697 ;;;***
3698 \f
3699 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3700 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3701 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18463 56561))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3703
3704 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3705 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3706 Return the length of resulting text.
3707
3708 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3709
3710 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3711 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3712
3713 \(fn)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3716 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3717 Return the length of resulting text.
3718
3719 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3722 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3723
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3727 Not documented
3728
3729 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3730
3731 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3732 Not documented
3733
3734 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3735
3736 ;;;***
3737 \f
3738 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3739 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18580 33791))
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3741
3742 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3743 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3744 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3745 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3746 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3747 editing and the result is evaluated.
3748
3749 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3750
3751 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3752 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3753 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3754 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3755 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3756
3757 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3758
3759 \(fn)" t nil)
3760
3761 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3762 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3763 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3764 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3765 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3766
3767 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3768 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3769 \\{command-history-map}
3770
3771 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3772 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3773
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3775
3776 ;;;***
3777 \f
3778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18580 33794))
3779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3780
3781 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3782 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3783 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3784 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3785 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3786 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3787
3788 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3789 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3790
3791 ;;;***
3792 \f
3793 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3794 ;;;;;; (18463 52904))
3795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3796
3797 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3798 Not documented
3799
3800 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3801
3802 ;;;***
3803 \f
3804 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3805 ;;;;;; (18464 1592))
3806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3807
3808 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3809 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3810 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3811 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3812
3813 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3814 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3815 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3816 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3817
3818 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3819 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3820
3821 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3822
3823 ;;;***
3824 \f
3825 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18464
3826 ;;;;;; 3943))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3828
3829 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3830 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3831 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3832 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3833 of `scheme-program-name').
3834 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3835 it is given as initial input.
3836 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3837 discards input when it starts up.
3838 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3839 is run).
3840 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3841
3842 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3843 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3844
3845 ;;;***
3846 \f
3847 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3848 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3849 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3850 ;;;;;; (18659 12583))
3851 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3852
3853 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3854 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3855 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3856 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3857 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3858 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3859 functions have already modified the buffer.
3860
3861 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3862
3863 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3864 either globally or locally.")
3865
3866 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3867
3868 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3869 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3870 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3871 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3872 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3873 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3874 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3875 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3876
3877 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3878
3879 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3882 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3883 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3884 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3885 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3886 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3887 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3888 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3889
3890 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3891
3892 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3895 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3896 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3897 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3898 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3899 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3900
3901 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3902
3903 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3904 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3905 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3906 directory tracking functions.")
3907
3908 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3909 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3910 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3911
3912 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3913
3914 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3915
3916 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3917 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3918 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3919
3920 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3921
3922 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3923
3924 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3925 Send COMMAND to current process.
3926 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3927 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3928
3929 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3930
3931 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3932 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3933 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3934 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3935
3936 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3937
3938 ;;;***
3939 \f
3940 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18464
3941 ;;;;;; 3944))
3942 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3943
3944 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3945 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3946 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3947 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3948
3949 This command pushes the mark in each window
3950 at the prior location of point in that window.
3951 If both windows display the same buffer,
3952 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3953 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3954
3955 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3956 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3957 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3958 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3959 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3960 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3961 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3962 ignored.
3963
3964 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3965 this command work in interlaced mode:
3966 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3967 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3968 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3969
3970 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3971
3972 ;;;***
3973 \f
3974 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3975 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3976 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3977 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3978 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18580 33798))
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3980
3981 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3982 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3983
3984 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3985
3986 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3987 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3988
3989 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3990
3991 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3992 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3993 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3994 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3995 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3996 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3997 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3998
3999 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4000 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4001 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4002 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4003 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4004
4005 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4006 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4007 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4008 describing how the process finished.")
4009
4010 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4011 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4012 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4013 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4014 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4015
4016 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4017 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4018 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4019
4020 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4021
4022 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4023 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4024 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4025 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4026
4027 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4028
4029 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4030 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4031
4032 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4033 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4034
4035 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4036 (lambda ()
4037 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4038 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4039 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4040 (concat \"make -k \"
4041 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4042
4043 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4044 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4045
4046 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4047 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4048 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4049 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4050
4051 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4052
4053 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4054 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4055 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4056 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4057
4058 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4059 and move to the source code that caused it.
4060
4061 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4062 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4063
4064 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4065 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4066 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4067 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4068
4069 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4070 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4071 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4072 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4073
4074 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4075 kills its subprocesses.
4076
4077 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4078 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4079 to a function that generates a unique name.
4080
4081 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4082
4083 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4084 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4085 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4086 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4087
4088 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4089 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4090
4091 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4092 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4093 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4094 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4095
4096 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4097 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4098 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4099
4100 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4101
4102 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4103
4104 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4105 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4106 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4107 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4108 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4109
4110 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4111
4112 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4113
4114 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4115
4116 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4117 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4118 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4119 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4120 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4121 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4122 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4123
4124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4125
4126 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4127 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4128 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4129 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4130 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4131 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4132
4133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4134
4135 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4136 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4137 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4138
4139 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4140
4141 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4142
4143 ;;;***
4144 \f
4145 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4146 ;;;;;; (18634 15332))
4147 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4148
4149 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4150 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4151 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4154 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4155
4156 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4157
4158 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4159 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4160 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4161
4162 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4163 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4164 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4165 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4166
4167 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4168 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4169 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4170 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4171
4172 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4173 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4174 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4175 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4176
4177 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4178 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4179 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4180 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4181 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4182
4183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4184
4185 ;;;***
4186 \f
4187 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4188 ;;;;;; (18464 3944))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4190
4191 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4192 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4193 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4195 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4196 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4197
4198 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4199
4200 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4201 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4202
4203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4204
4205 ;;;***
4206 \f
4207 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4208 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18634
4209 ;;;;;; 15333))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4211
4212 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4213 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4214 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4215 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4216
4217 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4218
4219 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4220 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4221 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4222 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4223 Composition on.
4224
4225 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4226 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4227
4228 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4229 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4230
4231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4232
4233 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4234 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4235 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4238 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4239
4240 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4241
4242 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4243 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4244 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4245 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4246 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4247
4248 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4249
4250 ;;;***
4251 \f
4252 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4253 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4254 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4255 ;;;;;; (18463 57219))
4256 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4257
4258 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4259 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4260 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4261 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4262 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4263 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4264 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4265
4266 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4267 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4268 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4269
4270 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4271 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4272 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4273
4274 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4275 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4276 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4277 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4278
4279 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4280 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4281 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4282 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4283 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4284 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4285 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4286
4287 \\{conf-mode-map}
4288
4289 \(fn)" t nil)
4290
4291 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4292 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4293 Comments start with `#'.
4294 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4295
4296 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4297
4298 \[Desktop Entry]
4299 Encoding=UTF-8
4300 Name=The GIMP
4301 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4302 Name[cs]=GIMP
4303
4304 \(fn)" t nil)
4305
4306 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4307 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4308 Comments start with `;'.
4309 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4310
4311 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4312
4313 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4314 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4315 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4316
4317 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4318 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4319
4320 \(fn)" t nil)
4321
4322 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4323 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4324 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4325 between `/*' and `*/'.
4326 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4327
4328 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4329 // another kind of comment
4330 /* yet another */
4331
4332 name:value
4333 name=value
4334 name value
4335 x.1 =
4336 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4337 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4338
4339 \(fn)" t nil)
4340
4341 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4342 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4343 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4344 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4345 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4346 `conf-space-keywords'.
4347 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4348 in an interactive fashion instead.
4349
4350 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4351
4352 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4353
4354 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4355 image/png png
4356 image/tiff tiff tif
4357
4358 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4359 class desktop
4360 # Standard multimedia devices
4361 add /dev/audio desktop
4362 add /dev/mixer desktop
4363
4364 \(fn)" t nil)
4365
4366 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4367 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4368 See `conf-space-mode'.
4369
4370 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4371
4372 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4373 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4374 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4375 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4376
4377 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4378
4379 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4380 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4381
4382 \(fn)" t nil)
4383
4384 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4385 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4386 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4387 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4388
4389 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4390
4391 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4392 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4393
4394 \(fn)" t nil)
4395
4396 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4397 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4398 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4399 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4400
4401 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4402
4403 *background: gray99
4404 *foreground: black
4405
4406 \(fn)" t nil)
4407
4408 ;;;***
4409 \f
4410 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4411 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18507 35270))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4413
4414 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4415 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4416 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4417 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4418
4419 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4420
4421 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4422 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4423 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4424 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4425
4426 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4427
4428 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4429 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4430 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4431 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4432
4433 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4434
4435 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4436 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4437
4438 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4439
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4443 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18463 52905))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4445
4446 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4447 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4448 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4449 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4450 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4451 following the copyright are updated as well.
4452 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4453 interactively.
4454
4455 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4456
4457 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4458 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4459 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4460
4461 \(fn)" t nil)
4462
4463 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4464 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4465
4466 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4467
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4471 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18592 38132))
4472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4473 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4474 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4475 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4476 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4477 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4478 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4479 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4480
4481 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4482 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4483 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4484 Tab indents for Perl code.
4485 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4486 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4487
4488 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4489 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4490 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4491 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4492 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4493 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4494 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4495 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4496 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4497 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4498 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4499 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4500
4501 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4502
4503 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4504 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4505
4506 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4507
4508 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4509 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4510 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4511 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4512 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4513 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4514 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4515 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4516 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4517
4518 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4519
4520 bite if angry;
4521
4522 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4523 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4524 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4525 to nil.)
4526
4527 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4528 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4529 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4530
4531 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4532
4533 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4534 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4535 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4536 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4537 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4538
4539 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4540
4541 if (A) { B }
4542
4543 into
4544
4545 B if A;
4546
4547 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4548
4549 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4550 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4551 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4552 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4553 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4554 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4555 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4556 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4557 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4558 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4559 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4560 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4561 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4562
4563 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4564 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4565 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4566 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4567 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4568 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4569
4570 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4571 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4572 man via menu.
4573
4574 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4575 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4576 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4577 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4578 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4579
4580 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4581 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4582 span the needed amount of lines.
4583
4584 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4585 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4586 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4587 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4588
4589 Variables controlling indentation style:
4590 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4591 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4592 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4593 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4594 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4595 `cperl-auto-newline'
4596 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4597 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4598 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4599 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4600 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4601 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4602 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4603 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4604 `cperl-indent-level'
4605 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4606 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4607 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4608 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4609 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4610 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4611 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4612 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4613 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4614 `cperl-brace-offset'
4615 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4616 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4617 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4618 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4619 `cperl-label-offset'
4620 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4621 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4622 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4623
4624 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4625 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4626 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4627 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4628 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4629 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4630
4631 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4632 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4633 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4634 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4635
4636 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4637 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4638 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4639 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4640 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4641 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4642
4643 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4644 column 0 is indented on
4645 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4646
4647 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4648 with no args.
4649
4650 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4651 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4652 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4653
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4655
4656 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4657 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4658
4659 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4660
4661 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4662 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4663
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4665
4666 ;;;***
4667 \f
4668 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4669 ;;;;;; (18464 1593))
4670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4671
4672 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4673 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4674 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4675 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4676 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4677
4678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4679
4680 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4681 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 ;;;***
4686 \f
4687 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4688 ;;;;;; (18463 53306))
4689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4690
4691 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4692 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4693 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4694 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4695
4696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4697 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4698
4699 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4700
4701 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4702 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4703 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4704
4705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4706
4707 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4708
4709 ;;;***
4710 \f
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4712 ;;;;;; (18463 52905))
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4714
4715 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4716 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4717 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4718 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4719
4720 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4721 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4722 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4723 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4724
4725 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4726 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4727 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4728
4729 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4730 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4731 'bob', and 'eve'.
4732
4733 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4734 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4735 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4736
4737 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4738
4739 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4740 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4741 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4742
4743 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4744
4745 ;;;***
4746 \f
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18463
4748 ;;;;;; 57219))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4750 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4751
4752 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4753 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4754
4755 \(fn)" t nil)
4756
4757 ;;;***
4758 \f
4759 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4760 ;;;;;; (18580 33794))
4761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4762
4763 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4764 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4765 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4768 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4769
4770 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4771
4772 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4773 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4774 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4775 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4776 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4777
4778 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4779 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4780 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4781 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4782 function of these prefix keys.
4783
4784 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4785 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4786 options:
4787 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4788 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4789 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4790
4791 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4792 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4793 the prefix fallback behavior.
4794
4795 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4796 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4797 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4798 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4799
4800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4801
4802 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4803 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4804
4805 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4806
4807 ;;;***
4808 \f
4809 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4810 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4811 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4812 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4813 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4814 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4815 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4816 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4817 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4818 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4819 ;;;;;; (18634 15333))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4821
4822 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4823 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4824
4825 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4826
4827 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4828 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4829
4830 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4831
4832 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4833 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4834
4835 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4836 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4837
4838 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4839 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4840
4841 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4842 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4843
4844 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4845 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4846
4847 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4848
4849 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4850
4851 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4852 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4853 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4854
4855 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4856 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4857
4858 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4859 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4860
4861 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4862 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4863
4864 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4865
4866 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4867
4868 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4869 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4870 Return VALUE.
4871
4872 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4873 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4874
4875 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4876 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4877
4878 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4879 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4880
4881 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4882
4883 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4884
4885 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4886 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4887 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4888 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4889 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4890
4891 \(fn)" t nil)
4892
4893 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4895 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4896 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4897
4898 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4899
4900 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4902
4903 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4904
4905 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4906 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4907
4908 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4909
4910 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4911
4912 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4913 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4914
4915 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4916
4917 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4918
4919 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4920 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4921 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4922
4923 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4924
4925 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4926 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4927 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4928 as part of Emacs itself.
4929
4930 Each elements looks like this:
4931
4932 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4933
4934 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4935 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4936 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4937 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4938 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4939 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4940 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4941 and `defface'.
4942
4943 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4944
4945 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4946 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4947 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4948 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4949 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4950
4951 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4952 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4953 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4954 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4955
4956 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4957
4958 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4959 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4960 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4961 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4962 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4963
4964 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4965 that were added or redefined since that version.
4966
4967 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4970 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4971 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4972 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4973
4974 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4975 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4976
4977 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4980 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4981 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4982
4983 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4984 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4985
4986 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4987
4988 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4989 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4990
4991 \(fn)" t nil)
4992
4993 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4995
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize all already saved user options.
5000
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5002
5003 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5005 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5006 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5007 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5008 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5009 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5010 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5011
5012 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5016 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5017 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5018
5019 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5020
5021 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5022 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5023
5024 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5025
5026 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5027 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5028
5029 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5030
5031 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5032 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5033 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5034 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5035 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5036 that option.
5037
5038 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5039
5040 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5041 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5042 The result includes selecting that window.
5043 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5044 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5045 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5046 that option.
5047
5048 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5049
5050 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5051 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5052
5053 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5054
5055 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5056 File used for storing customization information.
5057 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5058 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5059 it should be an absolute file name.
5060
5061 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5062 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5063 something like the following in your init file:
5064
5065 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5066 \(load custom-file)
5067
5068 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5069 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5070
5071 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5072 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5073 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5074 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5075 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5076
5077 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5078 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5079 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5080 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5081 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5082 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5083 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5084 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5085 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5086 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5087
5088 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5089
5090 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5091 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5092
5093 \(fn)" nil nil)
5094
5095 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5096 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5097
5098 \(fn)" t nil)
5099
5100 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5101 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5102 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5103
5104 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5105
5106 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5107 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5108 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5109 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5110 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5111
5112 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5113
5114 ;;;***
5115 \f
5116 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5117 ;;;;;; (18464 3945))
5118 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5119
5120 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5121 Create a custom theme.
5122
5123 \(fn)" t nil)
5124
5125 ;;;***
5126 \f
5127 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5128 ;;;;;; (18464 3945))
5129 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5130
5131 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5132 Mode used for cvs status output.
5133
5134 \(fn)" t nil)
5135
5136 ;;;***
5137 \f
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5139 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18464 1594))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5141
5142 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5143 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5144
5145 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5146 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5147 C++ modes are included.
5148
5149 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5150
5151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5152
5153 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5154 Turn on CWarn mode.
5155
5156 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5157 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5158
5159 \(fn)" nil nil)
5160
5161 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5162 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5163 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5166 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5167
5168 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5169
5170 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5171 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5172 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5173 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5174 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5175
5176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5177
5178 ;;;***
5179 \f
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5181 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5182 ;;;;;; (18463 56562))
5183 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5184
5185 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5186 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5187
5188 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5189
5190 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5191 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5192
5193 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5194
5195 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5196 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5197 For readability, the table is slightly
5198 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5199
5200 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5201 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5202 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5203 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5204 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5205
5206 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5207
5208 ;;;***
5209 \f
5210 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5211 ;;;;;; (18464 3945))
5212 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5213 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5214 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5215
5216 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5217 Completion on current word.
5218 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5219 and presents suggestions for completion.
5220
5221 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5222 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5223 completions.
5224
5225 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5226 then it searches *all* buffers.
5227
5228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5231 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5232
5233 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5234 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5235 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5236 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5237 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5238
5239 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5240 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5241
5242 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5243 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5244 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5245
5246 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5247 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5248
5249 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5250
5251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5252
5253 ;;;***
5254 \f
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18612
5256 ;;;;;; 17518))
5257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5258
5259 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5260 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5261 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5262 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5263 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5264
5265 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5266
5267 ;;;***
5268 \f
5269 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18464
5270 ;;;;;; 1594))
5271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5272
5273 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5274 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5275
5276 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5277 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5278 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5279
5280 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5281 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5282 Data lines are not indented.
5283
5284 Key bindings:
5285
5286 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5287 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5288
5289 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5290 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5291 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5292 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5293
5294 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5295
5296 dcl-basic-offset
5297 Extra indentation within blocks.
5298
5299 dcl-continuation-offset
5300 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5301
5302 dcl-margin-offset
5303 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5304
5305 dcl-margin-label-offset
5306 Indentation for a label.
5307
5308 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5309 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5310
5311 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5312 dcl-block-end-regexp
5313 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5314 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5315 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5316 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5317 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5318
5319 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5320 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5321 Two such functions are included in the package:
5322 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5323 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5324
5325 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5326 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5327 One such function is included in the package:
5328 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5329
5330 dcl-tab-always-indent
5331 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5332 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5333 margin.
5334
5335 dcl-electric-characters
5336 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5337 typed.
5338
5339 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5340 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5341 which words trigger electric indentation.
5342
5343 dcl-tempo-comma
5344 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5345 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5346 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5347
5348 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5349 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5350 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5351 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5352
5353 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5354 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5355 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5356 dcl-imenu-label-call
5357 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5358
5359 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5360 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5361 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5362 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5363
5364
5365 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5366
5367 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5368 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5369 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5370 $ i = 1
5371 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5372 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5373 $ label:
5374 $ if i.eq.1
5375 $ then
5376 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5377 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5378 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5379 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5380 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5381 \"lined up with the command line\"
5382 $ type sys$input
5383 Data lines are not indented at all.
5384 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5385 $ endif
5386 $
5387
5388
5389 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5390 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5391
5392 \(fn)" t nil)
5393
5394 ;;;***
5395 \f
5396 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5397 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18614 64329))
5398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5399
5400 (setq debugger 'debug)
5401
5402 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5403 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5404 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5405 of the evaluator.
5406
5407 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5408 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5409 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5410
5411 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5412
5413 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5414 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5415
5416 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5417
5418 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5419 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5420 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5421 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5422 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5423 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5424
5425 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5426 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5427
5428 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5429
5430 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5431 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5432 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5433 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5434 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5435
5436 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5437
5438 ;;;***
5439 \f
5440 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5441 ;;;;;; (18464 1939))
5442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5443
5444 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5445 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5446
5447 \(fn)" t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5450 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5451 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5452 Upper-case letters are commands.
5453
5454 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5455 modify it.
5456
5457 The most useful commands are:
5458 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5459 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5460 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5461 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5462 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5463 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5464
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5466
5467 ;;;***
5468 \f
5469 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5470 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18464
5471 ;;;;;; 3945))
5472 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5473
5474 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5475 Customization of `columns' group.
5476
5477 \(fn)" t nil)
5478
5479 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5480 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5481
5482 START and END delimits the text region.
5483
5484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5487 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5488
5489 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5490
5491 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5492
5493 ;;;***
5494 \f
5495 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18634
5496 ;;;;;; 15334))
5497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5498
5499 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5500 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5501 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5502 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5503 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5504 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5505
5506 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5507
5508 Customization:
5509
5510 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5511 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5512 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5513 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5514 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5515 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5516 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5517 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5518 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5519 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5520 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5521 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5522 blank line.
5523 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5524 Directories to search when finding external units.
5525 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5526 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5527
5528 Coloring:
5529
5530 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5531 Face used to color delphi comments.
5532 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5533 Face used to color delphi strings.
5534 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5535 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5536 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5537 Face used to color everything else.
5538
5539 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5540 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5541
5542 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5543
5544 ;;;***
5545 \f
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18464
5547 ;;;;;; 3945))
5548 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5549
5550 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5551
5552 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5553 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5554 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5557 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5558
5559 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5560
5561 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5562 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5563 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5564 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5565
5566 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5567 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5568 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5569 any selection.
5570
5571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5572
5573 ;;;***
5574 \f
5575 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5576 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18580 33794))
5577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5578
5579 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5580 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5581
5582 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5583
5584 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5585 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5586 or nil if there is no parent.
5587 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5588 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5589 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5590 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5591 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5592
5593 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5594 arguments are currently understood:
5595 :group GROUP
5596 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5597 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5598 :syntax-table TABLE
5599 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5600 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5601 :abbrev-table TABLE
5602 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5603 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5604
5605 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5606
5607 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5608
5609 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5610 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5611 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5612
5613 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5614 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5615
5616 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5617 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5618 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5619
5620 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5621 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5622
5623 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5624 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5625
5626 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5627
5628 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5629
5630 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5631 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5632 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5633 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5634 the first time the mode is used.
5635
5636 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5637
5638 ;;;***
5639 \f
5640 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5641 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18634 15333))
5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5643
5644 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5645 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5646 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5647 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5648 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5649 otherwise.
5650
5651 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5652
5653 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5654 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5655 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5656 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5657 character composition information (if relevant),
5658 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5659
5660 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5661
5662 ;;;***
5663 \f
5664 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5665 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5666 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5667 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18464 3946))
5668 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5669
5670 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5671 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5672 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5673
5674 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5675
5676 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5677 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5678 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5679 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5680 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5681 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5682
5683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5684
5685 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5686 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5687 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5688 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5689
5690 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5691
5692 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5693 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5694 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5695
5696 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5697 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5698 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5699
5700 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5701 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5702
5703 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5704 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5705 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5706
5707 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5708 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5709 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5710 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5711
5712 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5713
5714 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5715 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5716
5717 Handlers are called with argument list
5718
5719 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5720
5721 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5722
5723 desktop-file-version
5724 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5725 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5726 desktop-buffer-point
5727 desktop-buffer-mark
5728 desktop-buffer-read-only
5729 desktop-buffer-locals
5730
5731 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5732 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5733
5734 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5735 code like
5736
5737 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5738 ...
5739 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5740 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5741
5742 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5743
5744 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5745
5746 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5747 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5748 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5749 List elements must have the form
5750
5751 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5752
5753 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5754 function.
5755
5756 Handlers are called with argument list
5757
5758 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5759
5760 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5761
5762 desktop-file-version
5763 desktop-buffer-file-name
5764 desktop-buffer-name
5765 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5766 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5767 desktop-buffer-point
5768 desktop-buffer-mark
5769 desktop-buffer-read-only
5770 desktop-buffer-misc
5771
5772 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5773 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5774 created and set.
5775
5776 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5777 code like
5778
5779 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5780 ...
5781 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5782 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5783
5784 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5785
5786 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5787
5788 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5789
5790 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5791 Empty the Desktop.
5792 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5793 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5794 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5795
5796 \(fn)" t nil)
5797
5798 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5799 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5800 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5801 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5802 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5803
5804 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5807 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5808 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5809
5810 \(fn)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5813 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5814 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5815 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5816 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5817 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5818 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5819 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5820
5821 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5824 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5825 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5826
5827 \(fn)" nil nil)
5828
5829 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5830 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5831 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5832 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5833 directory DIRNAME.
5834
5835 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5838 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5839
5840 \(fn)" t nil)
5841
5842 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5843 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5844
5845 \(fn)" t nil)
5846
5847 ;;;***
5848 \f
5849 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5850 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5851 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18463 54923))
5852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5853
5854 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5855 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5856 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5857 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5858 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5859 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5860
5861 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5862
5863 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5864 Repair a broken attribution line.
5865 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5866
5867 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5868
5869 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5870 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5871 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5872 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5873
5874 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5875
5876 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5877 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5878
5879 \(fn)" t nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5884 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18580 33794))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5886
5887 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5888 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5889 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5890 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5891 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5892
5893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5894
5895 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5896 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5897 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5898 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5899
5900 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5901 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5902 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5903 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5904
5905 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5906 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5907
5908 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5909 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5910 calendar-date-style 'european
5911 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5912
5913 \(diary-mail-entries)
5914
5915 # diary-rem.el ends here
5916
5917 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5918
5919 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5920 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5921
5922 \(fn)" t nil)
5923
5924 ;;;***
5925 \f
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5927 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18464 3946))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5929
5930 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5931 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5932
5933 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5934
5935 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5936 *The command to use to run diff.")
5937
5938 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5939
5940 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5941 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5942 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5943 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5944 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5945 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5946
5947 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5948
5949 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5950 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5951 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5952 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5953 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5954 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5955
5956 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5957
5958 ;;;***
5959 \f
5960 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5961 ;;;;;; (18643 25222))
5962 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5963
5964 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5965 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5966 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5967 normal diffs.
5968
5969 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5970 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5971 headers for you on-the-fly.
5972
5973 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5974 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5975 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5976
5977 \\{diff-mode-map}
5978
5979 \(fn)" t nil)
5980
5981 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5982 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5983 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5984
5985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5986
5987 ;;;***
5988 \f
5989 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5990 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5991 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5992 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5993 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18634 15333))
5994 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5995
5996 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5997 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5998 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5999 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6000 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6001 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6002 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6003 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6004
6005 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6006
6007 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6008 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6009
6010 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6011 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6012 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6013 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6014 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6015
6016 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6017 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6018
6019 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6020 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6021 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6022 always set this variable to t.")
6023
6024 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6025
6026 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6027 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6028 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6029 A value of t means move to first file.")
6030
6031 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6032
6033 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6034 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6035 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6036 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6037 are afterward marked with that character.")
6038
6039 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6040
6041 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6042 *Controls marking of copied files.
6043 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6044 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6045
6046 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6047
6048 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6049 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6050 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6051 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6052
6053 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6054
6055 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6056 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6057 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6058 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6059
6060 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6061
6062 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6063 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6064 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6065 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6066
6067 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6068
6069 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6070
6071 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6072 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6073 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6074
6075 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6076
6077 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6078 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6079 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6080 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6081 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6082 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6083
6084 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6085 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6086 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6087 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6088 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6089 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6090 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6091 list of files to make directory entries for.
6092 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6093 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6094 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6095 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6096
6097 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6098
6099 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6100 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6101
6102 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6103 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6104
6105 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6106 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6107
6108 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6109 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6110
6111 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6112
6113 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6114 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6115
6116 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6117
6118 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6119 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6120 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6121 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6122 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6123 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6124 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6125 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6126 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6127 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6128 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6129 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6130 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6131 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6132 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6133 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6134 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6135 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6136 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6137 to see why something went wrong.
6138 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6139 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6140 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6141 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6142 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6143 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6144 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6145 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6146 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6147 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6148 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6149 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6150 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6151
6152 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6153 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6154 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6155 again for the directory tree.
6156
6157 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6158 for more info):
6159
6160 `dired-listing-switches'
6161 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6162 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6163 `dired-marker-char'
6164 `dired-del-marker'
6165 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6166 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6167 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6168 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6169
6170 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6171
6172 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6173 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6174 `dired-mode-hook'
6175 `dired-load-hook'
6176
6177 Keybindings:
6178 \\{dired-mode-map}
6179
6180 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6181 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6182
6183 ;;;***
6184 \f
6185 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6186 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6187 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6188 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6189 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6190 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6191 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6192 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6193 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6194 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6195 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6196 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6197 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6198 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6199 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6200 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18580 33791))
6201 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6202
6203 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6204 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6205 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6206 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6207 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6208 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6209 which is options for `diff'.
6210
6211 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6212
6213 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6214 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6215 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6216 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6217 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6218 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6219
6220 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6221
6222 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6223 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6224 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6225 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6226 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6227 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6228 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6229
6230 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6231
6232 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6233 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6234 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6235 returned by function `file-attributes'
6236
6237 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6238 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6239
6240 Examples of PREDICATE:
6241
6242 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6243 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6244 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6245 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6246 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6247
6248 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6251 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6252 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6253
6254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6257 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6258
6259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6260
6261 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6262 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6263
6264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6265
6266 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6267 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6268 This calls touch.
6269
6270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6273 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6274 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6275 `lpr-switches' as default.
6276
6277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6280 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6281 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6282 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6283 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6284
6285 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6286 with a prefix argument.
6287
6288 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6289
6290 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6291 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6292
6293 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6294 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6295 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6296
6297 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6298
6299 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6300 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6301 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6302 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6303 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6304
6305 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6306 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6307
6308 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6309 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6310 file name substituted for `?'.
6311
6312 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6313 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6314
6315 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6316 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6317 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6318 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6319
6320 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6321
6322 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6323 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6324 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6325
6326 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6327 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6328 in a subdir.
6329
6330 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6331 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6332 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6333
6334 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6335
6336 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6337 Not documented
6338
6339 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6340
6341 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6342 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6343 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6344 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6345 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6346 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6347 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6348 from the buffer as well.
6349 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6350 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6351 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6352
6353 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6356 Not documented
6357
6358 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6359
6360 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6361 Not documented
6362
6363 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6364
6365 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6366 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6367
6368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6371 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6372
6373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6374
6375 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6376 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6377
6378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6379
6380 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6381 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6382 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6383 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6384
6385 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6386 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6387 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6388 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6389 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6390 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6391 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6392
6393 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6394
6395 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6396 Not documented
6397
6398 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6399
6400 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6401 Not documented
6402
6403 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6406 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6407
6408 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6409
6410 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6411 Not documented
6412
6413 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6414
6415 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6416 Not documented
6417
6418 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6419
6420 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6421 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6422
6423 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6424
6425 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6426 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6427 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6428 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6429 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6430 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6431 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6432 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6433 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6434
6435 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6436 like `cp -d'.
6437
6438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6439
6440 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6441 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6442 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6443 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6444 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6445 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6446 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6447 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6448
6449 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6450
6451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6452
6453 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6454 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6455 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6456 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6457 and new hard links are made in that directory
6458 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6459 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6460 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6461
6462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6465 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6466 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6467 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6468 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6469 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6470 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6471
6472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6473
6474 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6475 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6476
6477 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6478 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6479 file if none are marked.
6480
6481 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6482 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6483 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6484 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6485
6486 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6487 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6488
6489 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6490
6491 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6492 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6493 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6494
6495 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6496
6497 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6498 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6499 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6500
6501 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6502
6503 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6504 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6505 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6506
6507 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6508
6509 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6510 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6511
6512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6513
6514 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6515 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6516
6517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6518
6519 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6520 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6521 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6522 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6523 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6524 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6525 this subdirectory.
6526 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6527
6528 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6529 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6530 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6531 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6532 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6533 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6534 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6535
6536 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6537
6538 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6539 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6540 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6541 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6542 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6543 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6544 this subdirectory.
6545 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6546
6547 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6550 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6551 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6552
6553 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6556 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6557 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6558 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6559
6560 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6561
6562 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6563 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6564 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6565 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6566
6567 \(fn)" t nil)
6568
6569 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6570 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6571 Lower levels are unaffected.
6572
6573 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6574
6575 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6576 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6577
6578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6579
6580 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6581 Go down in the dired tree.
6582
6583 \(fn)" t nil)
6584
6585 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6586 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6587 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6588 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6589
6590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6591
6592 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6593 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6594 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6595 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6596
6597 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6598
6599 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6600 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6601 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6602
6603 \(fn)" nil nil)
6604
6605 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6606 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6607
6608 \(fn)" t nil)
6609
6610 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6611 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6612
6613 \(fn)" t nil)
6614
6615 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6616 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6617
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6621 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6622
6623 \(fn)" t nil)
6624
6625 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6626 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6627 Stops when a match is found.
6628 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6629
6630 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6631
6632 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6633 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6634 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6635 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6636 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6637
6638 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6639
6640 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6641 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6642 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6643 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6644
6645 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6646
6647 ;;;***
6648 \f
6649 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6650 ;;;;;; (18612 17517))
6651 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6652
6653 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6654 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6655 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6656 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6657 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6658 buffer and try again.
6659
6660 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6661
6662 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6663 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6664 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6665 This creates relative symbolic links like
6666
6667 foo -> ../bar/foo
6668
6669 not absolute ones like
6670
6671 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6672
6673 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6674
6675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6676
6677 ;;;***
6678 \f
6679 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6680 ;;;;;; (18464 3947))
6681 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6682
6683 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6684 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6685 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6686 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6687 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6688 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6689 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6690
6691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6692
6693 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6694 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6695 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6696
6697 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6698
6699 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6700 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6701
6702 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6703
6704 ;;;***
6705 \f
6706 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18463
6707 ;;;;;; 52906))
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6709
6710 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6711 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6712 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6713 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6714 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6715 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6716
6717 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6718
6719 ;;;***
6720 \f
6721 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6722 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6723 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6724 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6725 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6726 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18580 33791))
6727 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6728
6729 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6730 Return a new, empty display table.
6731
6732 \(fn)" nil nil)
6733
6734 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6735 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6739
6740 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6741
6742 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6743 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6744 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6745 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6746 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6747
6748 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6749
6750 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6751 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6752
6753 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6754
6755 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6756 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6757
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759
6760 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6761 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6762
6763 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6764
6765 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6766 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6767
6768 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6769
6770 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6771 Display character C using printable string S.
6772
6773 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6774
6775 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6776 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6777 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6778 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6779
6780 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6781
6782 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6783 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6784 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6785 X frame.
6786
6787 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6788
6789 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6790 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6791
6792 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6793
6794 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6795 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6796
6797 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6798
6799 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6800 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6801
6802 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6803
6804 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6805 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6806
6807 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6808
6809 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6810 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6811
6812 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6813
6814 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6815 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6816
6817 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6818 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6819 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6820 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6821
6822 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6823 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6824 European character display.
6825
6826 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6827 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6828 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6829 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6830
6831 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6832 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6833 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6834 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6835 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6836
6837 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6838
6839 ;;;***
6840 \f
6841 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6842 ;;;;;; (18464 1940))
6843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6844
6845 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6846 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6847 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6848 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6849 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6850 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6851 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6852 Default is 2.
6853
6854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6855
6856 ;;;***
6857 \f
6858 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18464 3947))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6860
6861 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6862 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6863 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6864 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6865 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6866 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6867 private or ask).
6868 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6869 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6870 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6871 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6872 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6873
6874 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6875
6876 ;;;***
6877 \f
6878 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6879 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18463 57219))
6880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6881
6882 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6883 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6884 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6885 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6886 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6887 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6888 table and its own syntax table.
6889
6890 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6891
6892 \(fn)" t nil)
6893 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6894
6895 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6896 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6897
6898 \(fn)" t nil)
6899 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6900
6901 ;;;***
6902 \f
6903 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6904 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18634 15333))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6906
6907 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6908 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6909 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6910
6911 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6912
6913 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6914 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6915 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6916 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6917 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6918
6919 \(fn)" t nil)
6920
6921 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6922 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6923 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6924 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6925
6926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6927
6928 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6929 Not documented
6930
6931 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6932
6933 ;;;***
6934 \f
6935 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18464 1940))
6936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6937
6938 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6939 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6940
6941 \(fn)" t nil)
6942
6943 ;;;***
6944 \f
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18464 3947))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6947
6948 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6949 Toggle Double mode.
6950 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6951 turn it off.
6952
6953 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6954 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6955
6956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6957
6958 ;;;***
6959 \f
6960 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18464 1941))
6961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6962
6963 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6964 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6965
6966 \(fn)" t nil)
6967
6968 ;;;***
6969 \f
6970 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6971 ;;;;;; (18463 54923))
6972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6973
6974 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6975 Play sounds in message buffers.
6976
6977 \(fn)" t nil)
6978
6979 ;;;***
6980 \f
6981 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6982 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6983 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18580 33794))
6984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6985
6986 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6987
6988 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6989 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6990 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6991 and toggle command MODE.
6992
6993 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6994 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6995 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6996 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6997 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6998 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6999 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7000 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7001 used (see below).
7002
7003 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7004 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7005 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7006 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7007 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7008 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7009 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7010 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7011 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7012 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7013 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7014 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7015 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7016 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7017 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7018 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7019 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7020
7021 For example, you could write
7022 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7023 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7024 ...BODY CODE...)
7025
7026 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7027
7028 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7029
7030 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7031
7032 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7033 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7034 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7035 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7036 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7037 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7038 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7039 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7040 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7041 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7042 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7043 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7044
7045 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7046 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7047 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7048 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7049 call another major mode in their body.
7050
7051 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7052
7053 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7054 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7055 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7056 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7057 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7058 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7059 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7060
7061 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7062
7063 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7064 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7065 :inherit Parent keymap.
7066 :group Ignored.
7067 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7068 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7069
7070 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7071
7072 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7073 Not documented
7074
7075 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7076
7077 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7078 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7079 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7080
7081 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7082
7083 ;;;***
7084 \f
7085 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7086 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18603
7087 ;;;;;; 62947))
7088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7089
7090 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7091
7092 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7093 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7094
7095 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7096 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7097 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7098
7099 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7100 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7101
7102 :filter FUNCTION
7103
7104 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7105 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7106
7107 :visible INCLUDE
7108
7109 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7110 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7111
7112 :active ENABLE
7113
7114 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7115 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7116
7117 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7118
7119 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7120
7121 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7122
7123 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7124 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7125
7126 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7127 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7128
7129 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7130
7131 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7132
7133 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7134
7135 :keys KEYS
7136
7137 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7138 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7139 computed automatically.
7140 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7141
7142 :key-sequence KEYS
7143
7144 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7145 menu item.
7146 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7147 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7148 keyboard equivalent.
7149
7150 :active ENABLE
7151
7152 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7153 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7154
7155 :visible INCLUDE
7156
7157 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7158 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7159
7160 :label FORM
7161
7162 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7163 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7164
7165 :suffix FORM
7166
7167 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7168 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7169
7170 :style STYLE
7171
7172 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7173 defined:
7174
7175 toggle: A checkbox.
7176 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7177 radio: A radio button.
7178 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7179 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7180 menu bar itself.
7181 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7182
7183 :selected SELECTED
7184
7185 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7186 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7187
7188 :help HELP
7189
7190 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7191
7192 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7193 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7194 as a solid horizontal line.
7195
7196 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7197
7198 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7199
7200 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7201 Not documented
7202
7203 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7206 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7207 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7208 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7209
7210 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7213 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7214 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7215 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7216 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7217 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7218
7219 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7220 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7221 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7222
7223 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7224 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7225 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7226
7227 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7228 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7229
7230 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7231
7232 ;;;***
7233 \f
7234 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7235 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7236 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7237 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7238 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7239 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7240 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7241 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18464 1597))
7242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Customization for ebnf group.
7246
7247 \(fn)" t nil)
7248
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7251
7252 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7253
7254 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7255 processed.
7256
7257 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7258
7259 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7263
7264 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7265 killed after process termination.
7266
7267 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7268
7269 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7273
7274 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7275 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7276 it to the printer.
7277
7278 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7279 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7280 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7281 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7282
7283 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7284
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7287 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7288
7289 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7293
7294 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7295
7296 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7297 processed.
7298
7299 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7300
7301 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7305
7306 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7307 killed after process termination.
7308
7309 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7310
7311 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7314 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7315 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7316 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7317
7318 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7324 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7325
7326 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7327
7328 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7329
7330 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7331 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7332
7333 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7334
7335 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7336 processed.
7337
7338 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7339
7340 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7344
7345 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7346 killed after EPS generation.
7347
7348 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7349
7350 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7353 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7354
7355 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7356 The EPS file name has the following form:
7357
7358 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7359
7360 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7361 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7362
7363 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7364 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7365 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7366 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7367 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7368
7369 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7370 files.
7371
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7375 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7376
7377 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7378 The EPS file name has the following form:
7379
7380 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7381
7382 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7383 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7384
7385 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7386 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7387 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7388 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7389 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7390
7391 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7392 files.
7393
7394 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7395
7396 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7399 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7400
7401 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7402
7403 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7404 are processed.
7405
7406 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7407
7408 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7412
7413 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7414 killed after syntax checking.
7415
7416 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7417
7418 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7421 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7422
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7426 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7427
7428 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7431 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7432
7433 \(fn)" nil nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7437
7438 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7439
7440 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7443 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7444
7445 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7446
7447 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7450 Delete style NAME.
7451
7452 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7453
7454 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7455
7456 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7457 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7458
7459 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7460
7461 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7464 Set STYLE as the current style.
7465
7466 Returns the old style symbol.
7467
7468 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7469
7470 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7471
7472 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7473 Reset current style.
7474
7475 Returns the old style symbol.
7476
7477 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7478
7479 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7480
7481 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7482 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7483
7484 Returns the old style symbol.
7485
7486 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7487
7488 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7489
7490 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7491
7492 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7493 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7494
7495 Returns the old style symbol.
7496
7497 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7498
7499 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7500
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7502
7503 ;;;***
7504 \f
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7506 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7507 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7508 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7509 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7510 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7511 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7512 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7513 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7514 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7515 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18464
7516 ;;;;;; 1598))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7518
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7520 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7521 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7522 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7523 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7524 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7525
7526 Tree mode key bindings:
7527 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7528
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7530
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7532 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7533
7534 \(fn)" t nil)
7535
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7537 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7538
7539 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7540
7541 \(fn)" nil nil)
7542
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7544 View declaration of member at point.
7545
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7549 Find declaration of member at point.
7550
7551 \(fn)" t nil)
7552
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7554 View definition of member at point.
7555
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7557
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7559 Find definition of member at point.
7560
7561 \(fn)" t nil)
7562
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7564 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7565
7566 \(fn)" t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7569 View definition of member at point in other window.
7570
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7572
7573 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7574 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7575
7576 \(fn)" t nil)
7577
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7579 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7580
7581 \(fn)" t nil)
7582
7583 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7584 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7585
7586 \(fn)" t nil)
7587
7588 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7589 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7590
7591 \(fn)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7594 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7595 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7596 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7597 completion.
7598
7599 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7600
7601 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7602 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7603 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7604 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7605
7606 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7607
7608 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7609 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7610 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7611 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7612
7613 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7614
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7616 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7617 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7618
7619 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7620
7621 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7622 Search for call sites of a member.
7623 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7624 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7625 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7626 looks like a function call to the member.
7627
7628 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7629
7630 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7631 Move backward in the position stack.
7632 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7633
7634 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7635
7636 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7637 Move forward in the position stack.
7638 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7639
7640 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7641
7642 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7643 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7644
7645 \(fn)" t nil)
7646
7647 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7648 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7649
7650 \(fn)" t nil)
7651
7652 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7653 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7654 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7655 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7656
7657 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7660 Display statistics for a class tree.
7661
7662 \(fn)" t nil)
7663
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (18464 3947))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7669
7670 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7671 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7672 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7673 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7674
7675 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7676 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7677 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7678
7679 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7680 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7681 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7682
7683 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7684
7685 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7686
7687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7688
7689 ;;;***
7690 \f
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7692 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18507 35267))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7694
7695 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7696 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7697 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7698
7699 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7700
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7704 ;;;;;; (18463 54923))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7706
7707 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7708 Not documented
7709
7710 \(fn)" nil nil)
7711
7712 ;;;***
7713 \f
7714 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7715 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18497 7296))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7718
7719 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7720 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7721 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7722 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7723 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7724
7725 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7726 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7727 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7728 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7729
7730 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7731
7732 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7733 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7734 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7735 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7736
7737 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7738
7739 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7740 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7741 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7742 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7743
7744 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7745
7746 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7747
7748 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7749 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7750 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7751 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7752 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7753
7754 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7755 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7756 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7757 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7758 instrumented for Edebug.
7759
7760 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7761 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7762 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7763 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7764 already is one.)
7765
7766 \(fn)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7769 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7770
7771 \(fn)" t nil)
7772
7773 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7774 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7775
7776 \(fn)" t nil)
7777
7778 ;;;***
7779 \f
7780 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7781 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7782 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7783 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7784 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7785 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7786 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7787 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7788 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7789 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18464 3949))
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7794
7795 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7796
7797 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7798 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7799
7800 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7801
7802 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7803
7804 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7805
7806 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7808 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7809 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7810
7811 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7812
7813 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7814 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7815
7816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7817
7818 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7819
7820 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7821 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7822
7823 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7824
7825 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7828 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7829 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7830 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7831
7832 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7833
7834 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7835
7836 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7838 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7839 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7840
7841 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7842
7843 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7844
7845 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7846 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7847 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7848 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7849
7850 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7851
7852 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7853
7854 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7855 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7856 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7857 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7858
7859 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7860
7861 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7862
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7864 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7865 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7866 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7867 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7868 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7869
7870 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7871
7872 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7873 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7874 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7875 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7876
7877 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7878
7879 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7880
7881 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7882 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7883 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7884 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7885
7886 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7887
7888 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7889
7890 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7891
7892 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7893 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7894 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7895 follows:
7896 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7897 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7898
7899 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7900
7901 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7902 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7903 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7904 follows:
7905 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7906 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7907
7908 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7909
7910 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7911 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7912 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7913 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7914 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7915
7916 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7919 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7920 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7921 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7922 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7923 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7924
7925 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7926
7927 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7930 Merge two files without ancestor.
7931
7932 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7935 Merge two files with ancestor.
7936
7937 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7938
7939 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7940
7941 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7942 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7943
7944 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7945
7946 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7947 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7948
7949 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7950
7951 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7952 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7953 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7954 buffer.
7955
7956 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7959 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7960 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7961 buffer.
7962
7963 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7964
7965 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7966 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7967 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7968 and don't ask the user.
7969 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7970 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7971
7972 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7973
7974 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7975 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7976 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7977 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7978 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7979 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7980 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7981 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7982
7983 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7984
7985 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7986
7987 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7988
7989 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7990 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7991 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7992 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7993 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7994
7995 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7996
7997 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7998
7999 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8000 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8001 When called interactively, displays the version.
8002
8003 \(fn)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8006 Display Ediff's manual.
8007 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8008
8009 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8010
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8014 ;;;;;; (18464 3948))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8016
8017 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8018 Not documented
8019
8020 \(fn)" t nil)
8021
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18464 3948))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8026
8027 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
8028
8029 ;;;***
8030 \f
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8032 ;;;;;; (18464 3948))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8034
8035 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8036 Display Ediff's registry.
8037
8038 \(fn)" t nil)
8039
8040 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8041
8042 ;;;***
8043 \f
8044 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8045 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18580 33791))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8047
8048 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8049 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8050 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8051 which see.
8052
8053 \(fn)" t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8056 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8057 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8058 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8059
8060 \(fn)" t nil)
8061
8062 ;;;***
8063 \f
8064 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8065 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8066 ;;;;;; (18634 15333))
8067 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8068
8069 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8070 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8071 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8072
8073 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8074 Edit a keyboard macro.
8075 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8076 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8077 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8078 its command name.
8079 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8080
8081 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8084 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8085
8086 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8089 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8090
8091 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8094 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8095 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8096 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8097 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8098 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8099
8100 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8101 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8102 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8103 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8104
8105 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8106
8107 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8108 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8109 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8110 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8111 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8112 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8113
8114 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8115
8116 ;;;***
8117 \f
8118 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8119 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18603 62947))
8120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8121
8122 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8123 Set scroll margins.
8124 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8125 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8126
8127 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8128
8129 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8130 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8131
8132 \(fn)" t nil)
8133
8134 ;;;***
8135 \f
8136 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8137 ;;;;;; (18464 3949))
8138 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8139
8140 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8141 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8142 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8143 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8144 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8145 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8146 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8147
8148 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8149 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8150
8151 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8152 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8153 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8154 this value is non-nil.
8155
8156 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8157 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8158 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8159
8160 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8161 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8162 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8163
8164 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8165
8166 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8167 Not documented
8168
8169 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8170
8171 ;;;***
8172 \f
8173 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8174 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18463 52908))
8175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8176
8177 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8178 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8179
8180 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8181
8182 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8183 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8184 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8185 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8186 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8187 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8188 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8189
8190 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8191
8192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8195 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8196
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8198
8199 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8200 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8201 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8202 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8203 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8204 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8205 arg list.
8206
8207 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8208 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8209
8210 ;;;***
8211 \f
8212 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18479
8213 ;;;;;; 15608))
8214 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8215
8216 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8217 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8218
8219 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8220 an elided material again.
8221
8222 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8223
8224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8225
8226 ;;;***
8227 \f
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8229 ;;;;;; (18463 52908))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8231
8232 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8233 Initialize elint.
8234
8235 \(fn)" t nil)
8236
8237 ;;;***
8238 \f
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8240 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18463
8241 ;;;;;; 52908))
8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8243
8244 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8245 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8246 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8247
8248 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8251 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8252 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8253
8254 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8255
8256 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8257 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8258 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8259
8260 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8261
8262 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8265 Display current profiling results.
8266 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8267 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8268 displayed.
8269
8270 \(fn)" t nil)
8271
8272 ;;;***
8273 \f
8274 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8275 ;;;;;; (18580 33796))
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8277
8278 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8279 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8280 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8281
8282 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8283
8284 ;;;***
8285 \f
8286 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8287 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8288 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8289 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8290 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18430 8096))
8291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8292
8293 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8294 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8295 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8296 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8297 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8298 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8299 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8300 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8301 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8302 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8303 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8304 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8305 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8306 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8307 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8308 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8309
8310 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8311 Run Emerge on two files.
8312
8313 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8316 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8317
8318 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8321 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8322
8323 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8324
8325 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8326 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8327
8328 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8329
8330 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8331 Not documented
8332
8333 \(fn)" nil nil)
8334
8335 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8336 Not documented
8337
8338 \(fn)" nil nil)
8339
8340 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8341 Not documented
8342
8343 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8344
8345 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8346 Not documented
8347
8348 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8349
8350 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8351 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8352
8353 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8356 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8357
8358 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8361 Not documented
8362
8363 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8364
8365 ;;;***
8366 \f
8367 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8368 ;;;;;; (18580 33796))
8369 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8370
8371 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8372 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8373
8374 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8375
8376 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8377
8378 ;;;***
8379 \f
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8381 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18580 33799))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8383
8384 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8385 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8386 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8387 text/enriched format.
8388 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8389
8390 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8391 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8392
8393 Commands:
8394
8395 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8396
8397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8398
8399 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8400 Not documented
8401
8402 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8405 Not documented
8406
8407 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8408
8409 ;;;***
8410 \f
8411 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8412 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8413 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8414 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8415 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8416 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18612
8417 ;;;;;; 17517))
8418 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8419
8420 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8421 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8422
8423 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8426 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8427
8428 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8431 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8432 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8433 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8434 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8435 the keys are listed.
8436 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8437
8438 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8439
8440 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8441 Decrypt FILE.
8442
8443 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8446 Verify FILE.
8447
8448 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8451 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8452
8453 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8454
8455 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8456 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8457
8458 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8459
8460 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8461 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8462
8463 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8464 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8465 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8466 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8467 should consider using the string based counterpart
8468 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8469 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8470
8471 For example:
8472
8473 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8474 (decode-coding-string
8475 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8476 'utf-8))
8477
8478 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8479
8480 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8481 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8482
8483 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8484 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8485
8486 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8487
8488 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8489 Verify the current region between START and END.
8490
8491 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8492 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8493 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8494 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8495 should consider using the string based counterpart
8496 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8497 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8498
8499 For example:
8500
8501 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8502 (decode-coding-string
8503 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8504 'utf-8))
8505
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8509 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8510 between START and END.
8511
8512 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8513 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8514
8515 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8518 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8519
8520 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8521 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8522 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8523 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8524 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8525 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8526
8527 For example:
8528
8529 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8530 (epg-sign-string
8531 context
8532 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8533
8534 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8535
8536 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8537 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8538
8539 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8540 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8541 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8542 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8543 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8544 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8545
8546 For example:
8547
8548 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8549 (epg-encrypt-string
8550 context
8551 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8552 nil))
8553
8554 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8555
8556 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8557 Delete selected KEYS.
8558
8559 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8560
8561 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8562 Import keys from FILE.
8563
8564 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8567 Import keys from the region.
8568
8569 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8570
8571 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8572 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8573 between START and END.
8574
8575 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8578 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8579
8580 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8583 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8584
8585 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8586
8587 ;;;***
8588 \f
8589 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8590 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18464 3950))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8592
8593 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8594 Decrypt marked files.
8595
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8599 Verify marked files.
8600
8601 \(fn)" t nil)
8602
8603 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8604 Sign marked files.
8605
8606 \(fn)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8609 Encrypt marked files.
8610
8611 \(fn)" t nil)
8612
8613 ;;;***
8614 \f
8615 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8616 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18659 12583))
8617 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8618
8619 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8620 Not documented
8621
8622 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8625 Not documented
8626
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8630 Not documented
8631
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8633
8634 ;;;***
8635 \f
8636 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8637 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8638 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18464 3950))
8639 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8640
8641 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8642 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8643
8644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8647 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8648 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8649
8650 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8651
8652 \(fn)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8655 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8656 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8657
8658 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8659
8660 \(fn)" t nil)
8661
8662 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8663 Sign the current buffer.
8664 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8665
8666 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8667
8668 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8671 Encrypt the current buffer.
8672 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8673
8674 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8675
8676 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8677
8678 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8679 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8680 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8681
8682 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8683
8684 \(fn)" t nil)
8685
8686 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8687 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8688 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8690 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8691 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8692
8693 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8694
8695 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8696 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8697
8698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8699
8700 ;;;***
8701 \f
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8703 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8704 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8705 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8706 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8707 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8708 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8709 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8710 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18654 2589))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8712
8713 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8714 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8715 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8716 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8717 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8718 signatures should be included.
8719 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8720
8721 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8722
8723 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8724 Not documented
8725
8726 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8729 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8730 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8731
8732 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8733 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8734 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8735 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8736 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8737
8738 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8739
8740 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8741 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8742 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8743
8744 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8747 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8748
8749 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8750
8751 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8752 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8753 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8754
8755 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8756 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8757
8758 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8759 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8760 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8761 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8762 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8763
8764 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8765
8766 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8767 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8768 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8769
8770 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8771 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8772 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8773 stored into the file after successful verification.
8774
8775 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8776
8777 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8778 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8779 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8780
8781 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8782 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8783 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8784 successful verification.
8785
8786 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8787
8788 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8789 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8790 PLAIN is a data object.
8791
8792 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8793 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8794 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8795
8796 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8797 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8798 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8799 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8800 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8801
8802 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8803
8804 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8805 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8806 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8807 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8808 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8809 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8810
8811 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8812
8813 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8814 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8815 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8816 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8817 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8818
8819 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8822 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8823 PLAIN is a data object.
8824 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8825
8826 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8827 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8828 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8829 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8830 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8831
8832 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8833
8834 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8835 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8836 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8837 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8838
8839 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8840
8841 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8842 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8843 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8844
8845 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8846
8847 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8848 Initiate an export keys operation.
8849
8850 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8851 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8852 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8853 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8854 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8855
8856 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8857
8858 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8859 Extract public KEYS.
8860
8861 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8862
8863 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8864 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8865
8866 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8867
8868 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8869 Initiate an import keys operation.
8870 KEYS is a data object.
8871
8872 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8873 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8874 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8875 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8876 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8877
8878 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8879
8880 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8881 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8882
8883 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8884
8885 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8886 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8887
8888 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8889
8890 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8891 Initiate a receive key operation.
8892 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8893
8894 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8895 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8896 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8897 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8898 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8899
8900 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8901
8902 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8903 Add keys from server.
8904 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8905
8906 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8907
8908 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8909
8910 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8911 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8912
8913 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8914 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8915 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8916 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8917 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8918
8919 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8920
8921 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8922 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8923
8924 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8925
8926 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8927 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8928
8929 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8930 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8931 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8932 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8933 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8934
8935 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8936
8937 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8938 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8939
8940 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8941
8942 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8943 Initiate a key generation.
8944 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8945
8946 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8947 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8948 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8949 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8950 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8951
8952 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8955 Generate a new key pair.
8956 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8957
8958 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8959
8960 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8961 Generate a new key pair.
8962 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8963
8964 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8965
8966 ;;;***
8967 \f
8968 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8969 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18464 3950))
8970 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8971
8972 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8973 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8974
8975 \(fn)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8978 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8979
8980 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8981
8982 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8983 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8984
8985 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8986
8987 ;;;***
8988 \f
8989 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8990 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18580 33795))
8991 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8992
8993 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8994 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8995
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8999 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9000 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9001
9002 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9003
9004 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9005 (server (erc-compute-server))
9006 (port (erc-compute-port))
9007 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9008 password
9009 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9010
9011 That is, if called with
9012
9013 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9014
9015 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9016 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9017 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9018
9019 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9020
9021 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9022
9023 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9024 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9025 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9026 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9027
9028 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9029
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18507
9033 ;;;;;; 35268))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9036
9037 ;;;***
9038 \f
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18463 53696))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9041 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9042
9043 ;;;***
9044 \f
9045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18580 33795))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9048
9049 ;;;***
9050 \f
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18463 53696))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9053 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9054
9055 ;;;***
9056 \f
9057 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9058 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18463 53696))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9061
9062 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9063 Parser for /dcc command.
9064 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9065 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9066 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9067
9068 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9069
9070 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9071 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9072
9073 \(fn)" nil nil)
9074
9075 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9076 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9077
9078 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9079 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9080 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9081 that subcommand.
9082
9083 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9084
9085 ;;;***
9086 \f
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9088 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9089 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9090 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9091 ;;;;;; (18463 53696))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9093
9094 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9095 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9096
9097 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9100 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9101 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9102 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9103
9104 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9105
9106 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9107 Not documented
9108
9109 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9110
9111 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9112 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9113
9114 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9115
9116 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9117 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9118
9119 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9120
9121 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9122 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9123
9124 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9127 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9128
9129 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9132 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9133
9134 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9135
9136 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9137 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9138
9139 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9140
9141 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9142 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9143
9144 \(fn)" nil nil)
9145
9146 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9147 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9148
9149 \(fn)" nil nil)
9150
9151 ;;;***
9152 \f
9153 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18463
9154 ;;;;;; 53696))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9156 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9157
9158 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9159 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9160 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9161
9162 \(fn)" nil nil)
9163
9164 ;;;***
9165 \f
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18463
9167 ;;;;;; 53696))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9174 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18463 53697))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9177
9178 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9179 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9180 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9181 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9182 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9183 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9184 system.
9185
9186 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9187
9188 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9189 Not documented
9190
9191 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9192
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9196 ;;;;;; (18463 53697))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9198
9199 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9200 Not documented
9201
9202 \(fn)" nil nil)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18463 53697))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18464 4289))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9215
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9219 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18463 53697))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9222
9223 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9224 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9225 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9226 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9227 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9228 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9229
9230 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9231
9232 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9233 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9234 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9235 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9236
9237 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9238 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9239 automatically.
9240
9241 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9242 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9243
9244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9249 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9250 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9251 ;;;;;; (18463 53697))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9254
9255 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9256 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9257
9258 \(fn)" t nil)
9259
9260 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9261 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9262
9263 \(fn)" t nil)
9264
9265 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9266 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9267
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9269
9270 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9271 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9272
9273 \(fn)" t nil)
9274
9275 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9276 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9277
9278 \(fn)" t nil)
9279
9280 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9281 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9282
9283 \(fn)" t nil)
9284
9285 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9286 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9287
9288 \(fn)" t nil)
9289
9290 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9291 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9292
9293 \(fn)" t nil)
9294
9295 ;;;***
9296 \f
9297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18507 35268))
9298 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9299 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9300
9301 ;;;***
9302 \f
9303 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9304 ;;;;;; (18463 53697))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9306 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9307
9308 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9309 Show who's gone.
9310
9311 \(fn)" nil nil)
9312
9313 ;;;***
9314 \f
9315 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9316 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18463 53697))
9317 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9318
9319 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9320 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9321 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9322 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9323
9324 \(fn)" nil nil)
9325
9326 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9327 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9328
9329 \(fn)" t nil)
9330
9331 ;;;***
9332 \f
9333 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9334 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18463 53697))
9335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9336 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9337
9338 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9339 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9340 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9341 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9342
9343 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9344
9345 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9346 Not documented
9347
9348 \(fn)" nil nil)
9349
9350 ;;;***
9351 \f
9352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18463 53697))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9354 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18463
9359 ;;;;;; 53698))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9362
9363 ;;;***
9364 \f
9365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18463 53698))
9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9367 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18463 53698))
9372 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9373 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9374
9375 ;;;***
9376 \f
9377 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9378 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18580 33795))
9379 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9380 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9381
9382 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9383 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9384
9385 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9386
9387 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9388 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9389 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9390
9391 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9392
9393 ;;;***
9394 \f
9395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18463 53698))
9396 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9397 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9398
9399 ;;;***
9400 \f
9401 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9402 ;;;;;; (18463 53698))
9403 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9404
9405 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9406 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9407 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9408
9409 \(fn)" t nil)
9410
9411 ;;;***
9412 \f
9413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18463
9414 ;;;;;; 53698))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9416 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9417
9418 ;;;***
9419 \f
9420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18507 35268))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9422 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9423
9424 ;;;***
9425 \f
9426 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9427 ;;;;;; (18463 53698))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9429
9430 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9431 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9432 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9433
9434 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9435
9436 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9437 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9438 mode line.
9439
9440 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9441 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9442 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9443
9444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9445 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9446
9447 ;;;***
9448 \f
9449 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9450 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18580 33795))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9452 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9453
9454 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9455 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9456 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9457 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9458
9459 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9460
9461 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9462 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9463 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9464
9465 \(fn)" t nil)
9466
9467 ;;;***
9468 \f
9469 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9470 ;;;;;; (18463 53698))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9472 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9473
9474 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9475 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9476
9477 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9478
9479 ;;;***
9480 \f
9481 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18463
9482 ;;;;;; 53812))
9483 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9484
9485 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9486 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9487
9488 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9489
9490 \(fn)" nil nil)
9491
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18507
9495 ;;;;;; 35269))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9497
9498 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9499 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9500
9501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9502
9503 ;;;***
9504 \f
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9506 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18483 39954))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9508
9509 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9510 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9511 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9512 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9513 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9514 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9515 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9516 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9517 buffer selected (or created).
9518
9519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9520
9521 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9522 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9523 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9524
9525 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9528 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9529 The result might be any Lisp object.
9530 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9531 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9532 corresponding to a successful execution.
9533
9534 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9535
9536 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9537
9538 ;;;***
9539 \f
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9541 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9542 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9543 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9544 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9545 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9546 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9547 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9549
9550 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9551 *File name of tags table.
9552 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9553 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9554 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9555 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9556
9557 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9558 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9559 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9560 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9561
9562 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9563
9564 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9565 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9566 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9567 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9568 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9569 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9570
9571 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9572
9573 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9574 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9575 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9576 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9577 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9578 `auto-compression-mode').")
9579
9580 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9581
9582 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9583 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9584 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9585 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9586 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9587
9588 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9589
9590 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9591 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9592 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9593 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9594
9595 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9596
9597 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9598 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9599 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9600 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9601 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9602
9603 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9604
9605 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9606 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9607
9608 \(fn)" t nil)
9609
9610 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9611 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9612 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9613 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9614
9615 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9616 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9617 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9618 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9619 file the tag was in.
9620
9621 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9622
9623 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9624 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9625 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9626 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9627 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9628 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9629 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9630 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9631 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9632
9633 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9634
9635 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9636 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9637 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9638 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9639 without directory names.
9640
9641 \(fn)" nil nil)
9642
9643 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9644 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9645 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9646 but does not select the buffer.
9647 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9648
9649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9652 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9653 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9654
9655 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9656
9657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9658 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9660
9661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9662
9663 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9664
9665 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9666 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9667 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9668 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9669
9670 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9671 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9672 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9673 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9674 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9675
9676 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9677
9678 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9679 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9680 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9681
9682 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9683
9684 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9685 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9686
9687 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9688 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9689 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9690 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9691 around or before point.
9692
9693 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9694 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9695 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9696 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9697 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9698
9699 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9700
9701 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9702 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9703 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9704
9705 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9706
9707 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9708 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9709
9710 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9711 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9712 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9713 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9714 around or before point.
9715
9716 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9717 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9718 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9719 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9720 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9721
9722 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9723
9724 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9725 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9726 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9727
9728 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9729
9730 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9731 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9732
9733 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9734 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9735 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9736
9737 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9738 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9739 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9740 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9741 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9742
9743 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9744
9745 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9746 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9747 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9748
9749 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9750
9751 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9752 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9753 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9754
9755 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9756 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9757
9758 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9759 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9760 where they were found.
9761
9762 \(fn)" t nil)
9763
9764 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9765 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9766
9767 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9768 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9769 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9770
9771 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9772 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9773
9774 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9775 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9776
9777 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9780 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9781 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9782 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9783
9784 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9785 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9786 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9787 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9788 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9789
9790 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9791 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9792
9793 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9794 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9795 Stops when a match is found.
9796 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9797
9798 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9799
9800 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9803 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9804 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9805 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9806 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9807 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9808 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9809 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9810
9811 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9812 produce the list of files to search.
9813
9814 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9815
9816 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9817
9818 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9819 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9820 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9821 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9822 directory specification.
9823
9824 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9827 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9828
9829 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9832 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9833 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9834 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9835
9836 \(fn)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9839 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9840 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9841 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9842 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9843
9844 \(fn)" t nil)
9845
9846 ;;;***
9847 \f
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9849 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9850 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9851 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9852 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9853 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9854 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9855 ;;;;;; (18463 56563))
9856 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9857
9858 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9859 Not documented
9860
9861 \(fn)" nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9864 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9865
9866 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9867 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9868
9869 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9870 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9871 primary language.
9872
9873 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9874 even if the buffer is read-only.
9875
9876 See also the descriptions of the variables
9877 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9878
9879 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9882 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9883
9884 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9885 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9886
9887 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9888 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9889 primary language.
9890
9891 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9892 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9893
9894 See also the descriptions of the variables
9895 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9896
9897 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9900 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9901 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9902 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9903
9904 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9905
9906 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9907 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9908 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9909 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9910
9911 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9912 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9913 primary language.
9914
9915 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9916 buffer is read-only.
9917
9918 See also the descriptions of the variables
9919 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9920 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9921
9922 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9925 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9926
9927 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9928 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9929
9930 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9931 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9932 the primary language.
9933
9934 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9935 buffer is read-only.
9936
9937 See also the descriptions of the variables
9938 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9939 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9940
9941 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9944 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9945 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9946
9947 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9950 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9951
9952 \(fn)" t nil)
9953
9954 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9955 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9956
9957 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9958 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9959 be 1, 2, or 3.
9960
9961 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9962 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9963 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9964
9965 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9966
9967 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9968
9969 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9970 This function is deprecated.
9971
9972 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9973
9974 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9975 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9976
9977 \(fn)" t nil)
9978
9979 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9980 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9981
9982 \(fn)" t nil)
9983
9984 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9985 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9986
9987 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9988 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9989
9990 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9991 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9992
9993 \(fn)" nil nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9996 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9997
9998 \(fn)" nil nil)
9999
10000 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10001 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10002
10003 \(fn)" nil nil)
10004
10005 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10006 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10007
10008 \(fn)" nil nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10011 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10012 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10013
10014 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10015
10016 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10017 Not documented
10018
10019 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10020
10021 ;;;***
10022 \f
10023 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10024 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10025 ;;;;;; (18464 2401))
10026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10027
10028 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10029 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10030 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10031 server for future sessions.
10032
10033 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10036 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10037 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10038
10039 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10040
10041 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10042 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10043 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10044
10045 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10048 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10049 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10050 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10051 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10052 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10053 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10054 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10055 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10056 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10057 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10058 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10059
10060 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10061
10062 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10063 Display a form to query the directory server.
10064 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10065 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10066
10067 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10068
10069 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10070 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10071 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10072
10073 \(fn)" t nil)
10074
10075 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10076
10077 ;;;***
10078 \f
10079 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10080 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10081 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18464 2401))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10083
10084 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10085 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10086
10087 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10088
10089 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10090 Display URL and make it clickable.
10091
10092 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10093
10094 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10095 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10096
10097 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10098
10099 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10100 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10101
10102 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10103
10104 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10105 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10106
10107 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10108
10109 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10110 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10111
10112 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10113
10114 ;;;***
10115 \f
10116 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10117 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18464 2401))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10119
10120 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10121 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10122 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10123
10124 \(fn)" t nil)
10125
10126 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10127 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10128
10129 \(fn)" t nil)
10130
10131 ;;;***
10132 \f
10133 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10134 ;;;;;; (18464 2401))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10136
10137 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10138 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10139
10140 \(fn)" t nil)
10141
10142 ;;;***
10143 \f
10144 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18468
10145 ;;;;;; 53415))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10147
10148 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10149 Create an empty ewoc.
10150
10151 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10152
10153 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10154 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10155 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10156 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10157 `insert-before-markers'.
10158
10159 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10160 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10161 respectively, of the ewoc.
10162
10163 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10164 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10165 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10166
10167 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10168
10169 ;;;***
10170 \f
10171 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10172 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10173 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10174 ;;;;;; (18464 1599))
10175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10176
10177 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10178 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10179 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10180
10181 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10182
10183 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10184 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10185 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10186 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10187 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10188
10189 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10190
10191 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10192 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10193 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10194 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10195 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10196 executable.
10197
10198 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10199
10200 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10201 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10202 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10203
10204 \(fn)" t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10207 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10208 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10209 file modes.
10210
10211 \(fn)" nil nil)
10212
10213 ;;;***
10214 \f
10215 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10216 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10217 ;;;;;; (18580 33791))
10218 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10219
10220 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10221 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10222 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10223 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10224
10225 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10226
10227 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10228 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10229 to generate such functions.
10230
10231 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10232 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10233 beginning of the expanded text.
10234
10235 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10236 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10237 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10238 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10239
10240 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10241
10242 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10243
10244 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10245 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10246 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10247
10248 \(fn)" nil nil)
10249
10250 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10251 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10252 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10253
10254 \(fn)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10257 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10258 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10259
10260 \(fn)" t nil)
10261 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10262 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10263
10264 ;;;***
10265 \f
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18634 15334))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10268
10269 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10270 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10271 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10272
10273 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10274 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10275 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10276
10277 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10278
10279 Key definitions:
10280 \\{f90-mode-map}
10281
10282 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10283
10284 `f90-do-indent'
10285 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10286 `f90-if-indent'
10287 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10288 `f90-type-indent'
10289 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10290 `f90-program-indent'
10291 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10292 (default 2).
10293 `f90-continuation-indent'
10294 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10295 `f90-comment-region'
10296 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10297 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10298 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10299 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10300 (default \"!\").
10301 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10302 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10303 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10304 `f90-break-delimiters'
10305 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10306 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10307 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10308 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10309 (default t).
10310 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10311 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10312 `f90-smart-end'
10313 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10314 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10315 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10316 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10317 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10318 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10319 `f90-leave-line-no'
10320 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10321
10322 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10323 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10324
10325 \(fn)" t nil)
10326
10327 ;;;***
10328 \f
10329 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10330 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10331 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10332 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18580 33791))
10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10334
10335 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10336 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10337
10338 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10339 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10340
10341 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10342 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10343 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10344 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10345 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10346 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10347 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10348
10349 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10350 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10351 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10352
10353 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10354
10355 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10356 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10357
10358 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10359
10360 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10361 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10362 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10363 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10364 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10365 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10366
10367 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10368
10369 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10370 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10371 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10372
10373 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10374 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10375 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10376 will remove any scaling currently active.
10377
10378 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10379
10380 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10381 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10382 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10383
10384 \(fn &optional DEC)" t nil)
10385 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10386 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10387 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10388 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10389
10390 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10391 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10392
10393 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10394 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10395
10396 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10397 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10398 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10399
10400 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10401 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10402 is one of the above.
10403
10404 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10405 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10406 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10407 will remove any scaling currently active.
10408
10409 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10410 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10411 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10412 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10413 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10414
10415 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10418 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10419 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10420 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10421
10422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10423
10424 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10425 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10426 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10427 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10428 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10429
10430 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10431 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10432
10433 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10434
10435 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10436 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10437 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10438 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10439
10440 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10441 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10442 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10443 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10444
10445 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10446 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10447
10448 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10449
10450 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10451 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10452 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10453 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10454
10455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10456
10457 ;;;***
10458 \f
10459 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10460 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10461 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18580 33796))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10463
10464 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10465 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10466 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10467 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10468
10469 \(fn)" nil nil)
10470
10471 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10472 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10473
10474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10475
10476 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10477 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10478 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10479 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10480
10481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10484 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10485 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10486 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10487 backup file names and the like).
10488
10489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10490
10491 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10492 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10493 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10494 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10495 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10496 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10497 internally by feedmail):
10498
10499 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10500 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10501 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10502 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10503
10504 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10505 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10506 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10507 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10508 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10509
10510 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10511
10512 ;;;***
10513 \f
10514 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10515 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18654 2590))
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10517
10518 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10519 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10520 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10521 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10522 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10523 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10524 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10525
10526 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10527
10528 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10529 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10530 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10531 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10532 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10533 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10534 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10535
10536 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10537
10538 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10539
10540 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10541 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10542 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10543 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10544 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10545 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10546
10547 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10550 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10551 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10552 Return value:
10553 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10554 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10555 * otherwise, nil
10556
10557 \(fn E)" t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10560 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10561
10562 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10563
10564 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10565 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10566
10567 \(fn)" t nil)
10568
10569 ;;;***
10570 \f
10571 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10572 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10573 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10574 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18464 3951))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10576
10577 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10578 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10579 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10580 be added to the cache.
10581
10582 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10583
10584 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10585 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10586 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10587 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10588 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10589
10590 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10591
10592 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10593 Add FILE to the file cache.
10594
10595 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10596
10597 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10598 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10599 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10600
10601 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10602
10603 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10604 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10605 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10606
10607 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10610 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10611 This function does not use any external programs
10612 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10613 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10614 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10615
10616 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10619 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10620 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10621 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10622 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10623 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10624 \(directories) is done.
10625
10626 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10627
10628 ;;;***
10629 \f
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18659
10631 ;;;;;; 12583))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10633
10634 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10635 Filesets initialization.
10636 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10637
10638 \(fn)" nil nil)
10639
10640 ;;;***
10641 \f
10642 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18464 3951))
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10644
10645 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10646 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10647
10648 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10649 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10650 (mtime \"+1\"))
10651 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10652
10653 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10654 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10655
10656 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10657
10658 ;;;***
10659 \f
10660 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10661 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10662 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18580 33792))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10664
10665 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10666 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10667 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10668 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10669 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10670
10671 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10672
10673 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10674 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10675 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10676 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10677 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10678
10679 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10680
10681 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10682 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10683 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10684 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10685
10686 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10687
10688 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10689 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10690 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10691 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10692
10693 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10694
10695 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10696 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10697 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10698
10699 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10700
10701 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10702 as the final argument.
10703
10704 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10707 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10708 and run dired on those files.
10709 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10710 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10711
10712 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10713
10714 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10715
10716 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10717 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10718 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10719
10720 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10721
10722 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10723
10724 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10725
10726 ;;;***
10727 \f
10728 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10729 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10730 ;;;;;; (18464 3952))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10732
10733 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10734 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10735 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10736 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10737 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10738 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10739 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10740
10741 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10742 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10743 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10744
10745 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10746
10747 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10748
10749 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10750
10751 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10752 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10753 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10754
10755 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10756 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10757
10758 Variables of interest include:
10759
10760 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10761 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10762 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10763
10764 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10765 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10766 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10767
10768 - `ff-ignore-include'
10769 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10770
10771 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10772 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10773
10774 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10775 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10776
10777 - `ff-special-constructs'
10778 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10779 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10780 extracting the filename from that construct.
10781
10782 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10783 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10784
10785 - `ff-search-directories'
10786 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10787 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10788
10789 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10790 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10791
10792 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10793 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10794
10795 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10796 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10797
10798 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10799 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10800
10801 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10802 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10803
10804 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10805
10806 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10807 Visit the file you click on.
10808
10809 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10810
10811 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10812 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10813
10814 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10815
10816 ;;;***
10817 \f
10818 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10819 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10820 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10821 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10822 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10823 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10824 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18580 33794))
10825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10826
10827 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10828 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10829
10830 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10831
10832 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10833 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10834 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10835 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10836
10837 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10838 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10839 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10840 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10841
10842 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10843
10844 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10845 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10846
10847 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10848 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10849 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10850 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10851
10852 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10853 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10854 in `load-path'.
10855
10856 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10857
10858 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10859 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10860
10861 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10862 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10863 places point before the definition.
10864 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10865
10866 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10867 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10868 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10869
10870 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10871
10872 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10873 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10874
10875 See `find-function' for more details.
10876
10877 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10878
10879 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10880 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10881
10882 See `find-function' for more details.
10883
10884 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10887 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10888
10889 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10890 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10891 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10892
10893 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10894 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10895
10896 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10897
10898 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10899 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10900
10901 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10902 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10903 places point before the definition.
10904
10905 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10906
10907 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10908 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10909 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10910
10911 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10912
10913 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10914 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10915
10916 See `find-variable' for more details.
10917
10918 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10921 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10922
10923 See `find-variable' for more details.
10924
10925 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10926
10927 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10928 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10929 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10930 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10931 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10932 buffer nor display it.
10933
10934 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10935 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10936
10937 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10940 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10941
10942 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10943 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10944 places point before the definition.
10945
10946 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10947
10948 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10949 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10950 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10951
10952 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10953
10954 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10955 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10956 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10957
10958 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10959
10960 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10961 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10962
10963 \(fn)" t nil)
10964
10965 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10966 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10967
10968 \(fn)" t nil)
10969
10970 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10971 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10972
10973 \(fn)" nil nil)
10974
10975 ;;;***
10976 \f
10977 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10978 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18464 3952))
10979 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10980
10981 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10982 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10983
10984 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10987 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10988
10989 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10992 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10993
10994 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10999 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18580 33792))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11001
11002 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11003 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11004
11005 \(fn)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11008 Display FILE's commentary section.
11009 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11010
11011 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11012
11013 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11014 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11015
11016 \(fn)" t nil)
11017
11018 ;;;***
11019 \f
11020 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11021 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18464 3952))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11023
11024 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11025 Toggle flow control handling.
11026 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11027 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11028
11029 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11030
11031 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11032 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11033 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11034 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11035 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11036 to get the effect of a C-q.
11037
11038 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11039
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11043 ;;;;;; (18463 54924))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11045
11046 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11047 Not documented
11048
11049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11050
11051 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11052 Not documented
11053
11054 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11055
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11059 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18634 15334))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11061
11062 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11063 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11064 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11065 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11066
11067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11068
11069 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11070 Turn flymake mode on.
11071
11072 \(fn)" nil nil)
11073
11074 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11075 Turn flymake mode off.
11076
11077 \(fn)" nil nil)
11078
11079 ;;;***
11080 \f
11081 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11082 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11083 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18643 25224))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11085
11086 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11087 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11088
11089 \(fn)" t nil)
11090 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11091
11092 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11093 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11094 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11095 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11096 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11097 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11098 otherwise turn it off.
11099
11100 Bindings:
11101 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11102 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11103 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11104 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11105
11106 Hooks:
11107 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11108
11109 Remark:
11110 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11111 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11112 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11113
11114 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11115 consider adding:
11116 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11117 in your .emacs file.
11118
11119 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11120 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11121
11122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11123
11124 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11125 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11126
11127 \(fn)" nil nil)
11128
11129 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11130 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11131
11132 \(fn)" nil nil)
11133
11134 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11135 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11136
11137 \(fn)" nil nil)
11138
11139 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11140 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11141
11142 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11143
11144 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11145 Flyspell whole buffer.
11146
11147 \(fn)" t nil)
11148
11149 ;;;***
11150 \f
11151 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11152 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11153 ;;;;;; (18464 3952))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11155
11156 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11157 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11158
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11162 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11163
11164 \(fn)" nil nil)
11165
11166 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11167 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11168
11169 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11170 of two major techniques:
11171
11172 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11173 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11174 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11175
11176 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11177 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11178 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11179 movement commands.
11180
11181 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11182 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11183 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11184 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11185 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11186 mileage may vary).
11187
11188 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11189 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11190
11191 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11192
11193 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11194 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11195 \(This is the default.)
11196
11197 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11198
11199 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11200 \\{follow-mode-map}
11201
11202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11203
11204 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11205 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11206
11207 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11208 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11209 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11210 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11211 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11212 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11213
11214 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11215 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11216 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11217
11218 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11219 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11220 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11221
11222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11223
11224 ;;;***
11225 \f
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18464
11227 ;;;;;; 1839))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11229
11230 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11231 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11232 \\<message-mode-map>
11233 key binding
11234 --- -------
11235
11236 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11237 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11238 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11239 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11240 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11241 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11242
11243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11244
11245 ;;;***
11246 \f
11247 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11248 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18464 3953))
11249 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11250
11251 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11252 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11253
11254 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11255 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11256 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11257 C-c < forms-first-record <
11258 C-c > forms-last-record >
11259 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11260 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11261 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11262 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11263 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11264 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11265 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11266 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11267 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11268 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11269
11270 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11271
11272 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11273 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11274
11275 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11279
11280 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11285 ;;;;;; (18612 17519))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11287
11288 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11289 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11290 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11291
11292 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11293 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11294
11295 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11296
11297 Key definitions:
11298 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11299
11300 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11301
11302 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11303 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11304 `fortran-do-indent'
11305 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11306 `fortran-if-indent'
11307 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11308 `fortran-structure-indent'
11309 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11310 (default 3)
11311 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11312 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11313 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11314 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11315 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11316 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11317 nil don't change the indentation
11318 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11319 value of either
11320 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11321 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11322 depending on the continuation format in use.
11323 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11324 indentation for a line of code.
11325 (default 'fixed)
11326 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11327 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11328 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11329 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11330 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11331 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11332 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11333 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11334 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11335 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11336 column 5.
11337 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11338 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11339 statements (default nil).
11340 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11341 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11342 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11343 `fortran-continuation-string'
11344 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11345 line (default \"$\").
11346 `fortran-comment-region'
11347 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11348 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11349 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11350 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11351 as typed (default t).
11352 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11353 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11354
11355 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11356 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11357
11358 \(fn)" t nil)
11359
11360 ;;;***
11361 \f
11362 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11363 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18654 2598))
11364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11365
11366 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11367 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11368
11369 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11370 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11371
11372 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11373
11374 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11375 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11376
11377 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11378 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11379
11380 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11381
11382 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11383 Compile fortune file.
11384
11385 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11386 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11387
11388 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11391 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11392
11393 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11394 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11395 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11396 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11397
11398 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11399
11400 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11401 Display a fortune cookie.
11402
11403 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11404 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11405 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11406 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11407
11408 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11409
11410 ;;;***
11411 \f
11412 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11413 ;;;;;; (18580 33799))
11414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11415
11416 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11417 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11418 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11419 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11420
11421 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11422 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11423 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11424 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11425
11426 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11427 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11428 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11429 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11430 some of the buffers.
11431
11432 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11433
11434 The following commands help control operation :
11435
11436 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11437 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11438
11439 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11440 detailed description of this mode.
11441
11442 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11443 | GDB Toolbar |
11444 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11445 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11446 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11447 | | |
11448 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11449 | | |
11450 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11451 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11452 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11453
11454 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11455 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11456 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11457 session.
11458
11459 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11460
11461 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11462
11463 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11464 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11465
11466 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11467
11468 ;;;***
11469 \f
11470 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11471 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18463
11472 ;;;;;; 52909))
11473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11474
11475 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11476 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11477 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11478 instead (which see).")
11479
11480 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11481 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11482
11483 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11484 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11485 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11486 documentation string instead.
11487
11488 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11489 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11490 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11491 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11492 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11493 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11494 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11495 enders are actually possible.
11496
11497 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11498 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11499
11500 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11501 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11502 `font-lock-keywords'.
11503
11504 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11505 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11506 runs the macro expansion.
11507
11508 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11509 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11510 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11511
11512 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11513
11514 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11515
11516 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11517 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11518
11519 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11520
11521 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11522 Enter generic mode MODE.
11523
11524 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11525 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11526 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11527
11528 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11529 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11530
11531 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11532
11533 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11534 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11535 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11536 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11537 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11538 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11539 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11540 `font-lock-keywords'.
11541
11542 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11543
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11547 ;;;;;; (18464 1602))
11548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11549
11550 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11551 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11552 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11553 at places they belong to.
11554
11555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11556
11557 ;;;***
11558 \f
11559 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11560 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11561 ;;;;;; (18463 54924))
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11563
11564 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11565 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11566 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11567
11568 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11569
11570 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11571 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11572
11573 Guideline for numbers:
11574 1 - error messages
11575 3 - non-serious error messages
11576 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11577 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11578 9 - messages inside loops.
11579
11580 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11581
11582 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11583 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11584 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11585
11586 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11587
11588 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11589 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11590
11591 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11594 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11595
11596 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11597 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11598 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11599 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11600 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11601 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11602
11603 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11604 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11605 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11606 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11607 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11608
11609 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11610
11611 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11612
11613 ;;;***
11614 \f
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11616 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18580 33796))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11618 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11619 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11620
11621 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11622 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11623
11624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11625
11626 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11627 Read network news.
11628 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11629 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11630 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11631 name of an NNTP server to use.
11632 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11633 server.
11634
11635 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11636
11637 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11638 Read news as a slave.
11639
11640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11643 Pop up a frame to read news.
11644 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11645 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11646 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11647 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11648 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11649 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11650 current display is used.
11651
11652 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11653
11654 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11655 Read network news.
11656 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11657 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11658 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11659
11660 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11661
11662 ;;;***
11663 \f
11664 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11665 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11666 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11667 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11668 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11669 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18580 33795))
11670 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11671
11672 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11673 Start Gnus unplugged.
11674
11675 \(fn)" t nil)
11676
11677 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11678 Start Gnus plugged.
11679
11680 \(fn)" t nil)
11681
11682 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11683 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11684
11685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11689
11690 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11691 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11692 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11693
11694 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11695 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11696 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11697
11698 \(fn)" t nil)
11699
11700 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11701 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11702
11703 \(fn)" nil nil)
11704
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11707 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11708 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11709 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11710 supported.
11711
11712 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11713
11714 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11715 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11716 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11717 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11718 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11719 supported.
11720
11721 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11722
11723 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11724 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11725
11726 \(fn)" nil nil)
11727
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11730 downloaded into the agent.
11731
11732 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11733
11734 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11735 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11736 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11737 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11738
11739 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11740
11741 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11742 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11743
11744 \(fn)" t nil)
11745
11746 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11747 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11748
11749 \(fn)" t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11752 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11753 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11754
11755 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11756
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11760 ;;;;;; (18659 12584))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11762
11763 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11764 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11765
11766 \(fn)" nil nil)
11767
11768 ;;;***
11769 \f
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11771 ;;;;;; (18463 54925))
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11773
11774 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11775 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11776
11777 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11778
11779 ;;;***
11780 \f
11781 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11782 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18463 54925))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11784
11785 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11786 Set a bookmark for this article.
11787
11788 \(fn)" t nil)
11789
11790 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11791 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11792
11793 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11796 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11797 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11798 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11799 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11800
11801 \(fn)" t nil)
11802
11803 ;;;***
11804 \f
11805 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11806 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11807 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18580
11808 ;;;;;; 33795))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11810
11811 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11812 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11813
11814 Usage:
11815 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11816
11817 \(fn)" t nil)
11818
11819 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11820 Generate the cache active file.
11821
11822 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11825 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11826
11827 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11828
11829 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11830 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11831 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11832 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11833 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11834 supported.
11835
11836 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11837
11838 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11839 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11840 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11841 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11842 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11843 supported.
11844
11845 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11846
11847 ;;;***
11848 \f
11849 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11850 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18463 54926))
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11852
11853 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11854 Delay this article by some time.
11855 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11856
11857 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11858 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11859
11860 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11861 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11862
11863 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11864 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11865
11866 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11869 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11870
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11874 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11875 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11876 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11877
11878 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11879 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11880
11881 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11882
11883 ;;;***
11884 \f
11885 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11886 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18463 54926))
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11890 Not documented
11891
11892 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11895 Not documented
11896
11897 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11898
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11902 ;;;;;; (18463 54926))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11904
11905 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11906 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11907
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11909
11910 ;;;***
11911 \f
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11913 ;;;;;; (18484 65153))
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11915
11916 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11917 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11918
11919 \(fn)" t nil)
11920
11921 ;;;***
11922 \f
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11924 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11925 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18463
11926 ;;;;;; 54927))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11930 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11931
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11935 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11936
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11940 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11941
11942 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11943 different input formats.
11944
11945 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11948 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11949
11950 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11951 different input formats.
11952
11953 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11954
11955 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11956 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11957 The PNG is returned as a string.
11958
11959 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11962 Convert FILE to a Face.
11963 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11964 726 bytes.
11965
11966 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11967
11968 ;;;***
11969 \f
11970 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11971 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18634 15334))
11972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11973
11974 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11975 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11976 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11977 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11978
11979 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11982 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11983
11984 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11985
11986 ;;;***
11987 \f
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11989 ;;;;;; (18463 54927))
11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11991
11992 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11995 Run batched scoring.
11996 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11997
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
11999
12000 ;;;***
12001 \f
12002 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12003 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12004 ;;;;;; (18463 54928))
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12006
12007 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12008 Not documented
12009
12010 \(fn)" nil nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12013 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12014 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12015
12016 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12019 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12020
12021 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12022
12023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12024
12025 ;;;***
12026 \f
12027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12028 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12029 ;;;;;; (18463 54929))
12030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12031
12032 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12033 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12034 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12035 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12036 group parameters.
12037
12038 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12039 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12040 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12041 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12042
12043 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12044 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12045 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12046 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12047 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12048 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12049 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12050 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12051 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12052 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12053
12054 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12057 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12058 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12059 nil CATCH-ALL).
12060
12061 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12062 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12063
12064 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12067 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12068 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12069
12070 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12071
12072 \(fn)" nil nil)
12073
12074 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12075 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12076 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12077
12078 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12079
12080 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12081 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12082 existing groups are considered.
12083
12084 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12085 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12086 returned.
12087
12088 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12089 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12090 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12091 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12092 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12093 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12094 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12095 clauses will be generated.
12096
12097 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12098 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12099 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12100 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12101 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12102 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12103
12104 For example, given the following group parameters:
12105
12106 nnml:mail.bar:
12107 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12108 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12109 nnml:mail.foo:
12110 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12111 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12112 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12113 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12114 nnml:mail.others:
12115 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12116
12117 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12118
12119 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12120 \"mail.bar\")
12121 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12122 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12123 \"mail.others\")
12124
12125 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12126
12127 ;;;***
12128 \f
12129 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12130 ;;;;;; (18463 54929))
12131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12132
12133 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12134 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12135 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12136
12137 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12138
12139 ;;;***
12140 \f
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12142 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18603 62948))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12144
12145 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12146 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12147 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12148 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12149
12150 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12151
12152 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12153 Mail to ADDRESS.
12154
12155 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12158 Like `message-reply'.
12159
12160 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12161
12162 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12167 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18463 54930))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12171 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12172
12173 \(fn)" t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12176 Load the NoCeM cache.
12177
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12179
12180 ;;;***
12181 \f
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12183 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12184 ;;;;;; (18580 33795))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12186
12187 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12188 Display picons in the From header.
12189 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12190
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12194 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12195 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12196
12197 \(fn)" t nil)
12198
12199 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12200 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12201 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12202
12203 \(fn)" t nil)
12204
12205 ;;;***
12206 \f
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12208 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12209 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12210 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12211 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18463 54930))
12212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12213
12214 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12215 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12216 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12217 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12218
12219 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12220
12221 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12222 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12223 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12224 LIST1 is modified.
12225
12226 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12229 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12230 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12231
12232 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12233
12234 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12235 Not documented
12236
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12240 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12241 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12242
12243 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12244
12245 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12246 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12247 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12248
12249 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12250
12251 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12254 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12255 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12256
12257 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12260 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12261 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12262
12263 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12264
12265 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12266 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12267 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12268
12269 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12270
12271 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12272 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12273
12274 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12275
12276 ;;;***
12277 \f
12278 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12279 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18654 2593))
12280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12281
12282 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12283 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12284
12285 \(fn)" t nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12288 Install the registry hooks.
12289
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12291
12292 ;;;***
12293 \f
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12295 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18463
12296 ;;;;;; 54931))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12300 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12301 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12302 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12303 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12304 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12305
12306 \(fn)" t nil)
12307
12308 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12309 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12310 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12311 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12312 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12313
12314 \(fn)" t nil)
12315
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12317 Not documented
12318
12319 \(fn)" t nil)
12320
12321 ;;;***
12322 \f
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12324 ;;;;;; (18463 54931))
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12326
12327 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12328 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12329 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12330 for matching on group names.
12331
12332 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12333 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12334
12335 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12336
12337 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12338
12339 \(fn)" t nil)
12340
12341 ;;;***
12342 \f
12343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12344 ;;;;;; (18463 54931))
12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12346
12347 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12348 Update the format specification near point.
12349
12350 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12351
12352 ;;;***
12353 \f
12354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12355 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18580
12356 ;;;;;; 33795))
12357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12360 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12361
12362 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12363
12364 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12365 Not documented
12366
12367 \(fn)" nil nil)
12368
12369 ;;;***
12370 \f
12371 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12372 ;;;;;; (18463 54933))
12373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12374
12375 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12376 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12377
12378 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12379
12380 ;;;***
12381 \f
12382 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18464 1942))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12384
12385 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12386 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12387
12388 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12389 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12390 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12391
12392 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12393 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12394 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12395
12396 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12397 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12398
12399 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12400 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12401
12402 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12403
12404 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12405
12406 ;;;***
12407 \f
12408 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12409 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18464
12410 ;;;;;; 2402))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12412
12413 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12414
12415 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12416 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12417 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12418 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12419 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12420
12421 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12422
12423 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12424 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12425 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12426 or to send e-mail.
12427 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12428 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12429
12430 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12431 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12432
12433 \(fn)" t nil)
12434 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12435
12436 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12437 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12438
12439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12440
12441 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12442 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12443
12444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12445
12446 ;;;***
12447 \f
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12449 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12450 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18580 33799))
12451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12452
12453 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12454 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12455
12456 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12457
12458 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12459 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12460 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12461 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12462 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12463
12464 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12465 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12466
12467 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12468
12469 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12470 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12471 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12472 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12473
12474 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12475
12476 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12477 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12478
12479 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12480
12481 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12482 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12483
12484 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12485 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12486 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12487
12488 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12489 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12490 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12491
12492 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12493 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12494 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12495 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12496
12497 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12498 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12499 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12500 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12501 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12502
12503 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12504
12505 (defvar grep-history nil)
12506
12507 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12508
12509 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12510 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12511 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12512
12513 \(fn)" nil nil)
12514
12515 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12516 Not documented
12517
12518 \(fn)" nil nil)
12519
12520 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12521 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12522
12523 \(fn)" nil nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12526 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12527 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12528 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12529 found matches.
12530
12531 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12532 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12533
12534 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12535 can easily repeat a grep command.
12536
12537 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12538 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12539 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12540 list is empty).
12541
12542 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12543
12544 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12545 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12546 Collect output in a buffer.
12547 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12548 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12549
12550 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12551 easily repeat a find command.
12552
12553 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12554
12555 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12556
12557 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12558 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12559 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12560 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12561 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12562
12563 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12564 before it is executed.
12565 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12566
12567 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12568 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12569 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12570
12571 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12572
12573 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12574
12575 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12576 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12577 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12578 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12579 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12580
12581 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12582 before it is executed.
12583 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12584
12585 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12586 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12587 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12588
12589 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12590
12591 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12592
12593 ;;;***
12594 \f
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18580 33792))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12597
12598 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12599 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12600 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12601 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12602 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12603
12604 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12605
12606 ;;;***
12607 \f
12608 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12609 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18634 15334))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12611
12612 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12613 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12614 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12615 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12616
12617 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12618
12619 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12620 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12621 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12622 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12623
12624 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12627 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12628 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12629 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12630
12631 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12632
12633 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12634 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12635 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12636 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12637
12638 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12639 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12640
12641 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12642
12643 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12644 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12645 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12646 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12647
12648 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12649
12650 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12651 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12652 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12653 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12654
12655 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12658 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12659 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12660 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12661 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12662
12663 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12664 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12665 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12666 original source file access method.
12667
12668 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12669 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12670
12671 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12672 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12673
12674 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12675
12676 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12677 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12678
12679 \(fn)" t nil)
12680
12681 ;;;***
12682 \f
12683 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18464
12684 ;;;;;; 1942))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12686
12687 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12688 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12689 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12690 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12691
12692 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12693 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12694 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12695 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12696
12697 \(fn)" t nil)
12698
12699 ;;;***
12700 \f
12701 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12702 ;;;;;; (18430 8151))
12703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12704
12705 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12706 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12707
12708 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12709
12710 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12711 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12712 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12713 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12714
12715 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12716
12717 \(fn)" t nil)
12718
12719 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12720 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12721 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12722 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12723 to be updated.
12724
12725 \(fn)" t nil)
12726
12727 ;;;***
12728 \f
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12730 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12731 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18580 33796))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12733
12734 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12735 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12736
12737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12740 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12741 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12742
12743 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12744
12745 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12746 Verify a hashcash payment
12747
12748 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12749
12750 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12751 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12752 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12753 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12754 `mail-add-payment-async').
12755
12756 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12759 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12760 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12761 Calculation is asynchronous.
12762
12763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12766 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12767 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12768
12769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12770
12771 ;;;***
12772 \f
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12774 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12775 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12776 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18464 3953))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12778
12779 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12780 Return the help-echo string at point.
12781 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12782 property, or nil, is returned.
12783 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12784 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12785 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12786
12787 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12788
12789 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12790 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12791 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12792 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12793 this produces no string either, return nil.
12794
12795 \(fn)" nil nil)
12796
12797 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12798 Display local help in the echo area.
12799 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12800 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12801 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12802 printed instead.
12803
12804 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12805 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12806 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12807
12808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12811 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12812 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12813
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12815
12816 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12817 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12818 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12819
12820 \(fn)" t nil)
12821
12822 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12823 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12824 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12825 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12826 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12827 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12828 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12829 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12830 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12831 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12832 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12833
12834 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12835 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12836 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12837 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12838 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12839
12840 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12841 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12842 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12843 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12844 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12845 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12846 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12847 The default is `never'.")
12848
12849 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12850
12851 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12852 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12853 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12854 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12855 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12856 considered different regions.
12857
12858 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12859 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12860 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12861 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12862 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12863 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12864 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12865 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12866 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12867
12868 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12869
12870 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12871 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12872 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12873 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12874 different regions.
12875
12876 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12877 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12878 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12879 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12880 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12881 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12882 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12883 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12884
12885 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12886 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12887 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12888 rarely happens in practice.
12889
12890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12891
12892 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12893 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12894 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12895 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12896 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12897 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12898
12899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12900
12901 ;;;***
12902 \f
12903 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12904 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12905 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12906 ;;;;;; (18654 2590))
12907 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12908
12909 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12910 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12911
12912 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12913
12914 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12915 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12916 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12917
12918 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12919
12920 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12921 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12922 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12923 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12924 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12925 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12926 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12927 search for a function definition.
12928
12929 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12930 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12931 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12932 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12933 suitable file is found, return nil.
12934
12935 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12936
12937 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12938 Not documented
12939
12940 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12941
12942 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12943 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12944 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12945 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12946
12947 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12948
12949 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12950 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12951 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12952 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12953 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12954 it is displayed along with the global value.
12955
12956 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12957
12958 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12959 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12960 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12961 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12962
12963 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12964
12965 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12966 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12967 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12968 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12969 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12970
12971 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12972
12973 ;;;***
12974 \f
12975 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12976 ;;;;;; (18643 25222))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12978
12979 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12980 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12981 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12982 and window listing and describing the options.
12983 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12984 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12985
12986 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12987
12988 ;;;***
12989 \f
12990 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12991 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12992 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18634
12993 ;;;;;; 15333))
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12995
12996 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12997 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12998 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12999 Commands:
13000 \\{help-mode-map}
13001
13002 \(fn)" t nil)
13003
13004 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13005 Not documented
13006
13007 \(fn)" nil nil)
13008
13009 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13010 Not documented
13011
13012 \(fn)" nil nil)
13013
13014 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13015 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13016
13017 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13018 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13019 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13020 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13021
13022 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13023 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13024 restore it properly when going back.
13025
13026 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13027
13028 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13029 Not documented
13030
13031 \(fn)" nil nil)
13032
13033 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13034 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13035
13036 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13037 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13038 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13039 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13040 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13041 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13042 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13043 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13044
13045 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13046 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13047 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13048 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13049
13050 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13051 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13052 that.
13053
13054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13055
13056 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13057 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13058 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13059 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13060 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13061 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13062
13063 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13064
13065 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13066 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13067 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13068 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13069 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13070
13071 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13072
13073 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13074 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13075
13076 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13077
13078 ;;;***
13079 \f
13080 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13081 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18463 52909))
13082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13083
13084 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13085 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13086
13087 \(fn)" t nil)
13088
13089 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13090 Provide help for current mode.
13091
13092 \(fn)" t nil)
13093
13094 ;;;***
13095 \f
13096 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13097 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18464 3954))
13098 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13099
13100 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13101 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13102 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13103 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13104 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13105
13106 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13107 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13108
13109 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13110 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13111 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13112 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13113
13114 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13115 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13116 periods.
13117
13118 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13119 in hexl format.
13120
13121 A sample format:
13122
13123 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13124 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13125 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13126 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13127 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13128 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13129 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13130 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13131 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13132 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13133 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13134 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13135 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13136 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13137 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13138
13139 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13140 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13141 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13142
13143 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13144 also supported.
13145
13146 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13147
13148 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13149 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13150 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13151
13152 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13153 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13154 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13155
13156 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13157 into the buffer at the current point.
13158
13159 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13160 into the buffer at the current point.
13161
13162 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13163 into the buffer at the current point.
13164
13165 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13166
13167 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13168 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13169
13170 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13171
13172 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13173
13174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13177 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13178 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13179 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13180
13181 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13182
13183 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13184 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13185 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13186
13187 \(fn)" t nil)
13188
13189 ;;;***
13190 \f
13191 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13192 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13193 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13194 ;;;;;; (18592 38131))
13195 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13196
13197 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13198 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13199
13200 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13201 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13202 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13203 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13204 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13205 called interactively, are:
13206
13207 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13208 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13209
13210 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13211 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13212 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13213 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13214
13215 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13216 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13217
13218 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13219 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13220
13221 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13222 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13223 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13224 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13225 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13226 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13227 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13228 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13229 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13230 function returns t.
13231
13232 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13233 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13234
13235 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13236 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13237 form:
13238 Hi-lock: FOO
13239 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13240 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13241 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13242 Patterns will be read until
13243 Hi-lock: end
13244 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13245
13246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13247
13248 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13249 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13250 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13253 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13254
13255 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13256
13257 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13258 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13259 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13260 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13261 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13262
13263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13264
13265 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13266
13267 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13268 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13269
13270 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13271 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13272 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13273 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13274 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13275
13276 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13277
13278 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13279
13280 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13281 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13282
13283 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13284 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13285 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13286 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13287 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13288
13289 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13290
13291 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13292
13293 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13294 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13295
13296 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13297 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13298
13299 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13300
13301 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13302
13303 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13304 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13305
13306 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13307 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13308 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13309 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13310 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13311
13312 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13313
13314 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13315 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13316
13317 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13318 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13319 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13320
13321 \(fn)" t nil)
13322
13323 ;;;***
13324 \f
13325 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13326 ;;;;;; (18464 1603))
13327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13328
13329 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13330 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13331 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13332 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13333 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13334 how the hiding is done:
13335
13336 `hide-ifdef-env'
13337 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13338 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13339 is used.
13340
13341 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13342 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13343 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13344 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13345 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13346
13347 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13348 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13349 #endif lines when hiding.
13350
13351 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13352 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13353 is activated.
13354
13355 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13356 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13357 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13358
13359 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13360
13361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13362
13363 ;;;***
13364 \f
13365 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13366 ;;;;;; (18464 1604))
13367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13368
13369 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13370 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13371 Each element has the form
13372 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13373
13374 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13375 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13376
13377 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13378 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13379
13380 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13381 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13382 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13383 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13384 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13385 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13386
13387 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13388 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13389
13390 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13391 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13392
13393 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13394 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13395 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13396
13397 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13398 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13399 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13400 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13401 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13402
13403 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13404 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13405 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13406
13407 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13408 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13409
13410 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13411
13412 Key bindings:
13413 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13414
13415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13418 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13419
13420 \(fn)" nil nil)
13421
13422 ;;;***
13423 \f
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13425 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13426 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13427 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13428 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18464
13429 ;;;;;; 3954))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13431
13432 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13433 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13434
13435 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13436
13437 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13438 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13439 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13440 on and off.
13441
13442 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13443 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13444 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13445 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13446 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13447 through various faces.
13448 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13449 buffer with the contents of a file
13450 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13451
13452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13453
13454 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13455 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13456
13457 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13458 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13459 in a distinctive face.
13460
13461 The default value can be customized with variable
13462 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13463
13464 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13465
13466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13467
13468 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13469 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13470 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13471
13472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13475 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13476
13477 \(fn)" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13480 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13481
13482 \(fn)" t nil)
13483
13484 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13485 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13486
13487 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13488 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13489 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13490 shown in the last face in the list.
13491
13492 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13493 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13494 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13495
13496 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13497
13498 \(fn)" t nil)
13499
13500 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13501 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13502
13503 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13504
13505 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13506 to save the file.
13507
13508 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13509 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13510
13511 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13512 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13513 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13514
13515 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13516
13517 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13518 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13519
13520 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13521 this function is called interactively.
13522
13523 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13524 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13525 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13526
13527 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13528 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13529 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13530
13531 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13532
13533 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13534 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13535 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13538 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13539
13540 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13541
13542 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13543 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13544 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13545 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13546 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13547
13548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13549
13550 ;;;***
13551 \f
13552 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13553 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13554 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13555 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13556 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18580 33792))
13557 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13558
13559 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13560 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13561 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13562 or insert functions in this list.")
13563
13564 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13565
13566 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13567 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13568
13569 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13570
13571 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13572 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13573
13574 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13575
13576 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13577 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13578
13579 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13580
13581 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13582 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13583
13584 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13585
13586 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13587 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13588 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13589
13590 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13591
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13593 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13594 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13595 \(as atoms)")
13596
13597 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13598
13599 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13600 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13601 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13602 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13603 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13604
13605 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13606
13607 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13608 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13609 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13610 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13611 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13612 expansions.
13613 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13614 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13615 undoes the expansion.
13616
13617 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13618
13619 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13620 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13621 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13622 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13623
13624 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13625
13626 ;;;***
13627 \f
13628 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13629 ;;;;;; (18580 33792))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13631
13632 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13633 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13634 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13635
13636 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13637 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13638 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13639 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13640 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13641
13642 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13643 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13644 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13645 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13646
13647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13648
13649 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13650 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13651 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13653 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13654 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13655
13656 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13657
13658 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13659 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13660 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13661
13662 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13663 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13664
13665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13666
13667 ;;;***
13668 \f
13669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13670 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13671 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13672 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13673 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18612 17518))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13675
13676 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13677 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13678 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13679
13680 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13681
13682 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13683
13684 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13685
13686 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13687 Oriental holidays.
13688 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13689
13690 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13691
13692 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13693
13694 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13695
13696 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13697 Local holidays.
13698 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13699
13700 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13701
13702 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13703
13704 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13705
13706 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13707 User defined holidays.
13708 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13709
13710 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13711
13712 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13713
13714 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13715
13716 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13717 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13718
13719 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13720
13721 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13722 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13723
13724 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13725
13726 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13727 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13728
13729 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13730
13731 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13732 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13733
13734 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13735
13736 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13737 Jewish holidays.
13738 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13739
13740 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13741
13742 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13743
13744 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13745
13746 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13747 Christian holidays.
13748 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13749
13750 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13751
13752 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13753
13754 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13755
13756 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13757 Islamic holidays.
13758 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13759
13760 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13761
13762 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13763
13764 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13765
13766 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13767 Baha'i holidays.
13768 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13769
13770 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13771
13772 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13773
13774 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13775
13776 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13777 Sun-related holidays.
13778 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13779
13780 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13781
13782 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13783
13784 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13785
13786 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13787 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13788
13789 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13790 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13791 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13792 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13793 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13794 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13795 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13796
13797 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13798 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13799
13800 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13801 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13802 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13803 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13804 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13805 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13806
13807 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13808 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13809
13810 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13811 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13812 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13813 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13814
13815 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13816 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional DAY) is the Kth DAYNAME
13817 (0 for Sunday, etc.) after/before Gregorian
13818 MONTH DAY. K<0 means count back from the end
13819 of the month. Optional DAY defaults to 1 if
13820 K>0, and MONTH's last day otherwise.
13821 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13822 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13823 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13824 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13825 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13826 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13827 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13828 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13829 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13830
13831 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13832
13833 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13834
13835 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13836 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13837
13838 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13839
13840 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13841 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13842
13843 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13844
13845 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13846 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13847
13848 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13849
13850 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13851 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13852
13853 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13854
13855 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13856 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13857
13858 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13859
13860 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13861 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13862 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13863
13864 (holiday-sexp
13865 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13866 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13867 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13868 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13869 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13870 \"US Presidential Election\")
13871
13872 or
13873
13874 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13875 (holiday-fixed 11
13876 (calendar-extract-day
13877 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13878 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13879 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13880 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13881 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13882
13883 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13884
13885 (lunar-phases)
13886
13887 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13888 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13889 with descriptive strings such as
13890
13891 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13892
13893 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13894
13895 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13896
13897 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13898 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13899 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13900 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13901
13902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13903
13904 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13905 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13906 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13907 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13908 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13909
13910 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13911 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13912
13913 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13914 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13915
13916 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13917 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13918 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13919 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13920 of a holiday list.
13921
13922 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13923
13924 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13925
13926 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13927
13928 ;;;***
13929 \f
13930 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18486
13931 ;;;;;; 19197))
13932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13933
13934 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13935 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13936
13937 \(fn)" t nil)
13938
13939 ;;;***
13940 \f
13941 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13961 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13962 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13963 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18634 15333))
13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13965
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13968 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13969
13970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13971
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13973 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13974
13975 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13976
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13978 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13979
13980 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13981
13982 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13984
13985 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13986
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13989
13990 \(fn)" t nil)
13991
13992 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13994
13995 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13999
14000 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
14009 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14014
14015 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Not documented
14017
14018 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14019
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14022
14023 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14024
14025 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14027
14028 \(fn)" t nil)
14029
14030 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Remove the first filter group.
14032
14033 \(fn)" t nil)
14034
14035 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14037
14038 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Remove all filter groups.
14042
14043 \(fn)" t nil)
14044
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14047
14048 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14049
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14052 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14053
14054 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14055
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Kill the filter group at point.
14058 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14059
14060 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14061
14062 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14064
14065 \(fn)" t nil)
14066
14067 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14069
14070 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14071
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14073 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14074 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14075 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14076
14077 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14078
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14081 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14082
14083 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14087 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14088
14089 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14090
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14092 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14093
14094 \(fn)" t nil)
14095
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14097 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14098
14099 \(fn)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14102 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14103
14104 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14105 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14106 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14107
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14109
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14112
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14122 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14123 filter into parts.
14124
14125 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14128 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14129 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14130
14131 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14132
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14134 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14135
14136 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14137
14138 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14140
14141 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14142
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14145
14146 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14149 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14151 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14153 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14154 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14155
14156 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14157 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14158 Default sorting modes are:
14159 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14160 Name - the name of the buffer
14161 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14162 Size - the size of the buffer
14163
14164 \(fn)" t nil)
14165
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14167 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14168
14169 \(fn)" t nil)
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14171 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14172 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14173 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14174 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14175
14176 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14178
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14180
14181 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14183 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14184 for this Ibuffer session.
14185
14186 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14187
14188 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14189 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14190 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14191 for this Ibuffer session.
14192
14193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14197
14198 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14199 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14200
14201 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14202 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14203
14204 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14208
14209 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14210 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14211
14212 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14213
14214 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14215 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14216
14217 \(fn)" t nil)
14218
14219 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14220 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14221
14222 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14223 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14224 hidden group filter, open it.
14225
14226 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14227 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14228 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14229
14230 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14231
14232 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14233 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14234 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14235 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14236
14237 \(fn)" t nil)
14238
14239 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14240 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14241
14242 The names are separated by a space.
14243 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14244
14245 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14246 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14247 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14248 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14249
14250 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14251
14252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14253
14254 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14255 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14256
14257 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14258
14259 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14260 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14261
14262 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14263
14264 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14265 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14266
14267 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14268
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14270 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14271
14272 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14275 Mark all modified buffers.
14276
14277 \(fn)" t nil)
14278
14279 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14280 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14281
14282 \(fn)" t nil)
14283
14284 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14285 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14286
14287 \(fn)" t nil)
14288
14289 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14290 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14291
14292 \(fn)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14295 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14296
14297 \(fn)" t nil)
14298
14299 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14300 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14301
14302 \(fn)" t nil)
14303
14304 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14305 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14306
14307 \(fn)" t nil)
14308
14309 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14310 Mark all read-only buffers.
14311
14312 \(fn)" t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14315 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14316
14317 \(fn)" t nil)
14318
14319 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14320 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14321 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14322 defaults to one.
14323
14324 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14325
14326 ;;;***
14327 \f
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14329 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18475
14330 ;;;;;; 32549))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14332
14333 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14334 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14335
14336 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14337 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14338 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14339
14340 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14341 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14342 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14343 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14344 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14345 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14346
14347 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14348 title of the column.
14349
14350 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14351 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14352 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14353 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14354 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14355
14356 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14357
14358 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14359 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14360 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14361 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14362 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14363
14364 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14365 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14366 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14367
14368 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14369
14370 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14371 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14372 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14373 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14374 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14375 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14376
14377 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14378 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14379 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14380 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14381 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14382 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14383 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14384 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14385 values are:
14386 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14387 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14388 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14389 buffer's modification flag.
14390 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14391 prompted before performing this operation.
14392 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14393 operation is complete, in the form:
14394 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14395 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14396 confirmation message, in the form:
14397 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14398 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14399 macro for exactly what it does.
14400
14401 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14402
14403 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14404 Define a filter named NAME.
14405 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14406 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14407 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14408
14409 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14410 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14411 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14412 bound to the current value of the filter.
14413
14414 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14415
14416 ;;;***
14417 \f
14418 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14419 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18592 38131))
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14421
14422 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14423 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14424 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14425 buffers which are visiting a file.
14426
14427 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14428
14429 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14430 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14431 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14432 buffers which are visiting a file.
14433
14434 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14435
14436 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14437 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14438 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14439
14440 All arguments are optional.
14441 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14442 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14443 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14444 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14445 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14446 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14447 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14448 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14449 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14450 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14451 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14452 that value locally in this buffer.
14453
14454 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14455
14456 ;;;***
14457 \f
14458 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14459 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14460 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18487 31934))
14461 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14462
14463 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14464 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14465 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14466 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14467
14468 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14469
14470 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14471 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14472 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14473 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14474 ICAL-FILENAME.
14475 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14476 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14477 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14478
14479 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14480
14481 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14482 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14483 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14484 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14485 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14486 non-marking or not.
14487
14488 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14489
14490 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14491 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14492
14493 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14494 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14495 DIARY-FILE.
14496
14497 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14498 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14499 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14500
14501 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14502 non-marking.
14503
14504 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14505 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14506 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14507
14508 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14509
14510 ;;;***
14511 \f
14512 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18507
14513 ;;;;;; 35267))
14514 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14515
14516 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14517 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14518 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14521 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14522
14523 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14524
14525 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14526 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14527 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14528 otherwise turn it off.
14529
14530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14531
14532 ;;;***
14533 \f
14534 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18464 1605))
14535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14536
14537 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14538 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14539 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14540 Tab indents for Icon code.
14541 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14542 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14543 \\{icon-mode-map}
14544 Variables controlling indentation style:
14545 icon-tab-always-indent
14546 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14547 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14548 icon-auto-newline
14549 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14550 inserted in Icon code.
14551 icon-indent-level
14552 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14553 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14554 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14555 icon-continued-statement-offset
14556 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14557 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14558 icon-continued-brace-offset
14559 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14560 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14561 icon-brace-offset
14562 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14563 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14564 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14565 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14566
14567 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14568 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14569
14570 \(fn)" t nil)
14571
14572 ;;;***
14573 \f
14574 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14575 ;;;;;; (18464 1606))
14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14577
14578 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14579 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14580 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14581 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14582
14583 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14584 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14585 separate frames.
14586
14587 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14588 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14589
14590 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14591 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14592 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14593
14594 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14595
14596 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14597
14598 ;;;***
14599 \f
14600 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14601 ;;;;;; (18464 1607))
14602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14603
14604 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14605 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14606
14607 The main features of this mode are
14608
14609 1. Indentation and Formatting
14610 --------------------------
14611 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14612 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14613
14614 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14615 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14616 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14617 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14618
14619 Comments are indented as follows:
14620
14621 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14622 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14623 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14624
14625 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14626
14627 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14628 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14629 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14630 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14631 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14632 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14633
14634 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14635 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14636 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14637 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14638
14639 2. Routine Info
14640 ------------
14641 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14642 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14643 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14644 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14645 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14646 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14647 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14648 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14649 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14650 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14651
14652 3. Online IDL Help
14653 ---------------
14654
14655 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14656 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14657 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14658 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14659
14660 4. Completion
14661 ----------
14662 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14663 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14664 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14665 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14666 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14667 upper case.
14668
14669 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14670 --------------------------------
14671 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14672 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14673
14674 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14675 \\fu FUNCTION template
14676 \\c CASE statement template
14677 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14678 \\f FOR loop template
14679 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14680 \\w WHILE loop template
14681 \\i IF statement template
14682 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14683 \\b BEGIN
14684
14685 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14686 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14687
14688 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14689 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14690 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14691 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14692
14693 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14694 -------------------------
14695 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14696 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14697
14698 7. Automatic END completion
14699 ------------------------
14700 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14701 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14702
14703 8. Hooks
14704 -----
14705 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14706 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14707
14708 9. Documentation and Customization
14709 -------------------------------
14710 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14711 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14712 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14713 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14714 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14715
14716 10.Keybindings
14717 -----------
14718 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14719 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14720 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14721
14722 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14723
14724 \(fn)" t nil)
14725 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14726
14727 ;;;***
14728 \f
14729 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14730 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14731 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14732 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14733 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14734 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14735 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14736 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18634
14737 ;;;;;; 15333))
14738 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14739
14740 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14741 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14742 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14743 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14744 displaying...)
14745 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14746 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14747 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14748
14749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14750 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14751
14752 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14753
14754 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14755 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14756 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14757 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14758 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14759 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14760 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14761 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14762 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14763
14764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14767 Switch to another buffer.
14768 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14769 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14770 in another frame.
14771
14772 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14773 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14774 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14775 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14776 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14777
14778 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14779 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14780
14781 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14782 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14783
14784 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14785 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14786 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14787 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14788 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14789 in a separate window.
14790 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14791 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14792 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14793 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14794 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14795 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14796 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14797 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14798 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14799
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14801
14802 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14803 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14806
14807 \(fn)" t nil)
14808
14809 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14810 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14811 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14813
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14815
14816 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14817 Kill a buffer.
14818 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14820
14821 \(fn)" t nil)
14822
14823 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14824 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14825 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14827
14828 \(fn)" t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14831 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14832 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14833 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14834
14835 \(fn)" t nil)
14836
14837 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14838 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14839
14840 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14843 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14844 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14845 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14846 visible in another frame.
14847
14848 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14849 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14850 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14851 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14852 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14853 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14854
14855 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14856 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14857
14858 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14859 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14860
14861 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14862 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14863 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14864 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14865 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14866 in a separate window.
14867 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14868 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14869 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14870 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14871 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14872 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14873 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14874 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14876 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14878 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14879 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14880 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14881 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14882
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14884
14885 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14886 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14893 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14900 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14907 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14910
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14914 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14915 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14917
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14921 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14922 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14923 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14924
14925 \(fn)" t nil)
14926
14927 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14928 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14929 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14930 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14931
14932 \(fn)" t nil)
14933
14934 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14935 Write current buffer to a file.
14936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14937 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14938
14939 \(fn)" t nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14942 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14943 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14944 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14945
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14947
14948 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14949 Call `dired' the ido way.
14950 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14951 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14952
14953 \(fn)" t nil)
14954
14955 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14956 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14957 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14958 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14959 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14960 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14961
14962 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14963
14964 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14965 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14966 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14967 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14968
14969 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14970
14971 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14972 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14973 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14974 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14975
14976 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14977
14978 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14979 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14980 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14981 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14982 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14983 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14984 with `completing-read'.
14985 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14986 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14987 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14988 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14989 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14990 with point positioned at the end.
14991 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14992 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14993
14994 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14995
14996 ;;;***
14997 \f
14998 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18464 3955))
14999 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15000 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15001
15002 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15003 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15004 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15005
15006 \(fn)" t nil)
15007
15008 ;;;***
15009 \f
15010 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15011 ;;;;;; (18464 3955))
15012 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15013
15014 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15015 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15016
15017 \(fn)" t nil)
15018
15019 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15020 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15021
15022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15023
15024 ;;;***
15025 \f
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15027 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15028 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15029 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15030 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18580 33792))
15031 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15032
15033 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15034 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15035 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15036 be determined.
15037
15038 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15041 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15042 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15043 be determined.
15044
15045 \(fn)" nil nil)
15046
15047 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15048 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15049 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15050 be determined.
15051
15052 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15053
15054 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15055 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15056 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15057 be determined.
15058
15059 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15060
15061 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15062 Determine and return image type.
15063 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15064 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15065 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15066 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15067 use its file extension as image type.
15068 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15069
15070 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15071
15072 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15073 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15074 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15075
15076 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15077
15078 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15079 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15080 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15081
15082 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15083 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15084 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15085 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15086 must be available.
15087
15088 \(fn)" nil nil)
15089
15090 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15091 Create an image.
15092 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15093 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15094 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15095 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15096 use its file extension as image type.
15097 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15098 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15099 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15100 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15101
15102 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15103
15104 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15105 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15106 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15107
15108 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15109
15110 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15111 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15112 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15113 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15114 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15115 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15116 POS may be an integer or marker.
15117 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15118 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15119 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15120 means display it in the right marginal area.
15121
15122 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15123
15124 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15125 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15126 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15127 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15128 defaulted if you omit it.
15129 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15130 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15131 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15132 means display it in the right marginal area.
15133 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15134 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15135 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15136 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15137 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15138
15139 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15140
15141 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15142 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15143 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15144 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15145 defaulted if you omit it.
15146 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15147 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15148 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15149 means display it in the right marginal area.
15150 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15151
15152 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15153
15154 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15155 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15156 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15157 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15158
15159 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15160
15161 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15162 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15163
15164 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15165
15166 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15167 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15168 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15169 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15170 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15171 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15172 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15173 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15174 satisfied.
15175
15176 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15177
15178 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15179
15180 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15183 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15184
15185 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15186 documentation string.
15187
15188 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15189 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15190 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15191 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15192 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15193 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15194 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15195 define SYMBOL.
15196
15197 Example:
15198
15199 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15200 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15201
15202 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15203
15204 ;;;***
15205 \f
15206 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15207 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15208 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15209 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15210 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15211 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15212 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15213 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18580 33792))
15214 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15215
15216 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15217 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15218
15219 \(fn)" t nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15222 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15223
15224 Convenience command that:
15225
15226 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15227 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15228 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15229
15230 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15231 image files in dired and type
15232 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15233
15234 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15235
15236 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15237 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15238
15239 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15240
15241 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15242 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15243 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15244 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15245 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15246 another one).
15247
15248 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15249 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15250 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15251
15252 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15253 instead of erasing it first.
15254
15255 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15256 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15257 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15258 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15259 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15260 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15261
15262 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15265 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15266 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15267 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15268 displayed.
15269
15270 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15271
15272 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15273
15274 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15275
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15277 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15278
15279 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15282 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15283 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15284
15285 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15286
15287 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15288 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15289
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15293 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15294 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15295 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15296
15297 \(fn)" t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15300 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15301
15302 \(fn)" t nil)
15303
15304 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15305 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15306
15307 \(fn)" t nil)
15308
15309 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15310 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15311
15312 \(fn)" t nil)
15313
15314 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15315 Display current image file.
15316 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15317 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15318
15319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15322 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15323
15324 \(fn)" t nil)
15325
15326 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15327 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15328 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15329 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15330 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15331 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15332 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15333
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15337 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15338 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15339 easy-to-use form.
15340
15341 \(fn)" t nil)
15342
15343 ;;;***
15344 \f
15345 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15346 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15347 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18464 3955))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15349
15350 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15351 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15352 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15353 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15354
15355 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15356 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15357 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15358 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15359
15360 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15361
15362 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15363 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15364 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15365 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15366
15367 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15368 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15369 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15370 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15371
15372 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15373
15374 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15375 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15376
15377 \(fn)" nil nil)
15378
15379 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15380 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15381 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15382 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15383
15384 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15385
15386 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15387 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15388 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15391 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15392
15393 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15394
15395 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15396 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15397 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15398 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15399
15400 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15401 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15402 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15403
15404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15405
15406 ;;;***
15407 \f
15408 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15409 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18634 15333))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15411 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15412 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15413 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15414 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15415 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15416 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15417 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15418 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15419 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15420
15421 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15422 Major mode for image files.
15423 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15424 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15425
15426 \(fn)" t nil)
15427
15428 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15429 Toggle Image minor mode.
15430 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15431 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15432
15433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15434
15435 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15436 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15437 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15438 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15439 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15440 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15441
15442 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15443 information on these modes.
15444
15445 \(fn)" t nil)
15446
15447 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15448 Not documented
15449
15450 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15451
15452 ;;;***
15453 \f
15454 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15455 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18659 12583))
15456 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15457
15458 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15459 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15460
15461 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15462
15463 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15464 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15465 in the buffer.
15466
15467 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15468
15469 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15470 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15471 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15472
15473 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15474
15475 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15476 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15477
15478 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15479 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15480 pattern's structure.
15481
15482 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15483 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15484 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15485 during matching.")
15486
15487 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15488
15489 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15490 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15491
15492 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15493 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15494 called within a `save-excursion'.
15495
15496 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15497
15498 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15499
15500 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15501 Function for finding the next index position.
15502
15503 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15504 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15505 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15506 file.
15507
15508 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15509 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15510
15511 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15512
15513 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15514 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15515
15516 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15517 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15518 It should return the name for that index item.")
15519
15520 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15521
15522 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15523 Function to compare string with index item.
15524
15525 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15526 non-nil if they match.
15527
15528 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15529 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15530 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15531 arguments match\".")
15532
15533 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15534
15535 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15536 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15537 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15538
15539 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15540
15541 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15542
15543 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15544
15545 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15546 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15547 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15548 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15549
15550 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15553 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15554
15555 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15556
15557 \(fn)" t nil)
15558
15559 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15560 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15561 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15562 for more information.
15563
15564 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15565
15566 ;;;***
15567 \f
15568 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15569 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15570 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18463 56564))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15572
15573 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15574 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15575
15576 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15577
15578 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15579 Not documented
15580
15581 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15582
15583 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15584 Not documented
15585
15586 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15587
15588 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15589 Not documented
15590
15591 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15592
15593 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15594 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15595
15596 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15597
15598 ;;;***
15599 \f
15600 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15601 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15602 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18464 1608))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15604
15605 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15606 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15607 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15608 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15609 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15610
15611 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15612
15613 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15614 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15615
15616 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15617
15618 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15619 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15620 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15621 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15622 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15623 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15624 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15625 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15626
15627 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15628
15629 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15630 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15631 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15632 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15633 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15634
15635 This variable is only used if the variable
15636 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15637
15638 More precise choices:
15639 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15640 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15641 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15642
15643 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15644
15645 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15646
15647 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15648 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15649
15650 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15651 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15652 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15653 to that buffer.
15654 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15655 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15656 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15657 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15658
15659 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15660 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15661
15662 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15663
15664 ;;;***
15665 \f
15666 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15667 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15668 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15669 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18643 25222))
15670 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15671
15672 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15673 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15674
15675 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15676 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15677 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15678
15679 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15680 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15681 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15682 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15683 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15684 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15685 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15686 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15687 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15688 with the top-level Info directory.
15689
15690 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15691 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15692 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15693 appended to the Info buffer name.
15694
15695 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15696 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15697 in all the directories in that path.
15698
15699 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15700
15701 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15702
15703 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15704 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15705
15706 \(fn)" t nil)
15707
15708 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15709 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15710 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15711 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15712
15713 \(fn)" nil nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15716 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15717 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15718 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15719
15720 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15723 Go to the Info directory node.
15724
15725 \(fn)" t nil)
15726
15727 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15728 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15729 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15730 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15731 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15732 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15733
15734 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15735
15736 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15737 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15738 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15739
15740 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15741
15742 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15743 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15744 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15745 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15746 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15747
15748 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15749 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15750
15751 Selecting other nodes:
15752 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15753 Follow a node reference you click on.
15754 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15755 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15756 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15757 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15758 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15759 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15760 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15761 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15762 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15763 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15764 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15765 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15766 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15767 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15768 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15769 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15770 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15771 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15772 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15773 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15774
15775 Moving within a node:
15776 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15777 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15778 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15779 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15780 move up to the parent node.
15781 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15782 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15783 if there is none.
15784 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15785
15786 Advanced commands:
15787 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15788 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15789 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15790 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15791 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15792 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15793 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15794 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15795 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15796 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15797 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15798 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15799 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15800 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15801 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15802 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15803 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15804
15805 \(fn)" nil nil)
15806 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15807
15808 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15809 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15810 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15811 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15812 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15813 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15814
15815 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15816 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15817
15818 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15819 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15820 KEY is a string.
15821 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15822 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15823 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15824 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15825
15826 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15827
15828 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15829 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15830 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15831
15832 \(fn)" t nil)
15833
15834 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15835 Not documented
15836
15837 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15838
15839 ;;;***
15840 \f
15841 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15842 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15843 ;;;;;; (18580 33792))
15844 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15845
15846 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15847 Throw away all cached data.
15848 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15849 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15850 system.
15851
15852 \(fn)" t nil)
15853 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15854
15855 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15856 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15857 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15858 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15859 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15860 one found at point.
15861
15862 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15863
15864 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15865 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15866
15867 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15868 Display the documentation of a file.
15869 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15870 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15871 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15872 The default file name is the one found at point.
15873
15874 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15875
15876 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15877
15878 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15879 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15880
15881 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15882
15883 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15884 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15885
15886 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15887
15888 ;;;***
15889 \f
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15891 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18464 3956))
15892 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15893
15894 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15895 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15896
15897 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15898
15899 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15900 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15901 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15902
15903 \(fn)" t nil)
15904
15905 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15906 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15907 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15908
15909 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15910 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15911 quite a while.
15912
15913 \(fn)" t nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15918 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18654 2590))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15920
15921 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15922 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15923
15924 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15925
15926 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15927 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15928
15929 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15930
15931 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15932 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15933 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15934 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15935
15936 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15937 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15938 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15939
15940 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15941 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15942 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15943 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15944
15945 \(fn)" t nil)
15946
15947 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15948 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15949 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15950
15951 \(fn)" t nil)
15952
15953 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15954 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15955 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15956 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15957 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15958
15959 \(fn)" nil nil)
15960
15961 ;;;***
15962 \f
15963 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15964 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15965 ;;;;;; (18463 56324))
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15967
15968 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15969 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15970
15971 \(fn)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15974 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15975
15976 \(fn)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15979 Not documented
15980
15981 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15982
15983 ;;;***
15984 \f
15985 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18464
15986 ;;;;;; 3956))
15987 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15988
15989 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15990 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15991 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15992 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15993 accessed via isearchb.
15994
15995 \(fn)" t nil)
15996
15997 ;;;***
15998 \f
15999 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16000 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16001 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16002 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18463 56324))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16007 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16008 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16009 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16010
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16012
16013 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16015 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16016 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16018
16019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16023 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16024 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16025 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16026
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16031 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16032 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16034
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16039 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16040 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16041 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16042
16043 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16050
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16055 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16056 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16058
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16063 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16065
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16067
16068 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16070 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16071 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16072
16073 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16074
16075 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16076 Warn that format is read-only.
16077
16078 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16079
16080 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16081 Warn that format is write-only.
16082
16083 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16084
16085 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16086 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16087
16088 \(fn)" t nil)
16089
16090 ;;;***
16091 \f
16092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16093 ;;;;;; (18463 56324))
16094 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16095 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16096 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16097 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16098
16099 ;;;***
16100 \f
16101 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16102 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16103 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16104 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16105 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18634 15335))
16106 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16107 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16108
16109 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16110 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16111 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16112 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16113 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16114
16115 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16116 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16117
16118 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16119 Key map for ispell menu.")
16120
16121 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16122 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16123 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16124 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16125
16126 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16127
16128 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16129
16130 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16131
16132 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16133
16134 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16135 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16136 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16137 Valid forms include:
16138 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16139 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16140 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16141 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16142
16143 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16144 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16145 First list is used raw.
16146 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16147
16148 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16149 for skipping in latex mode.")
16150
16151 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16152 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16153 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16154 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16155 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16156 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16157 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16158
16159 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16160 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16161 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16162 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16163
16164 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16165 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16166 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16167 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16168 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16169
16170 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16171 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16172
16173 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16174 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16175
16176 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16177 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16178
16179 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16180 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16181
16182 Return values:
16183 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16184 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16185 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16186 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16187 quit spell session exited.
16188
16189 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16190
16191 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16192 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16193 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16194
16195 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16196
16197 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16198 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16199
16200 Selections are:
16201
16202 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16203 SPC: Accept word this time.
16204 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16205 `a': Accept word for this session.
16206 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16207 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16208 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16209 `?': Show these commands.
16210 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16211 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16212 the aborted check to be completed later.
16213 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16214 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16215 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16216 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16217 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16218 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16219 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16220
16221 \(fn)" nil nil)
16222
16223 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16224 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16225 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16226
16227 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16230 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16231 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16232 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16233
16234 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16235
16236 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16237
16238 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16239 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16240 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16241 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16242
16243 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16246 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16247
16248 \(fn)" t nil)
16249
16250 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16251 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16252
16253 \(fn)" t nil)
16254
16255 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16256 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16257
16258 \(fn)" t nil)
16259
16260 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16261 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16262 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16263 sequence inside of a word.
16264
16265 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16266
16267 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16268
16269 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16270 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16271
16272 \(fn)" t nil)
16273
16274 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16275 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16276 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16277 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16278
16279 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16280 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16281 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16282 available on the net.
16283
16284 \(fn)" t nil)
16285
16286 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16287 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16288 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16289 otherwise turn it off.
16290
16291 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16292 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16293
16294 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16295 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16296
16297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16298
16299 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16300 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16301 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16302 Don't check included messages.
16303
16304 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16305 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16306 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16307
16308 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16309 in your .emacs file:
16310 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16311 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16312 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16313 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16314
16315 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16316 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16317 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16318
16319 \(fn)" t nil)
16320
16321 ;;;***
16322 \f
16323 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18580
16324 ;;;;;; 33792))
16325 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16326
16327 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16328 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16329 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16332 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16333
16334 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16335
16336 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16337 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16338 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16339 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16340 `iswitchb' for details.
16341
16342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16343
16344 ;;;***
16345 \f
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16347 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16348 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16349 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18463 56564))
16350 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16351
16352 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16353 Not documented
16354
16355 \(fn)" nil nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16359 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16360 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16361 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16362 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16363 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16364 necessary to represent OBJ.
16365
16366 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16370 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16371 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16372
16373 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16374
16375 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16376 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16377 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16378 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16379 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16380
16381 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16387
16388 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16389
16390 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16391 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16392 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16393 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16394
16395 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16396
16397 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16398 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16399
16400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16401
16402 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16403 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16404 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16405 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16406 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16407
16408 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16409
16410 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16411 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16412 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16413 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16414 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16415
16416 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16417
16418 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16419 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16420 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16421
16422 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16423
16424 ;;;***
16425 \f
16426 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16427 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18497 7295))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16429
16430 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16431 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16432 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16433 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16434
16435 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16436 Not documented
16437
16438 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16439
16440 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16441 Uninstall jka-compr.
16442 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16443 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16444 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16445
16446 \(fn)" nil nil)
16447
16448 ;;;***
16449 \f
16450 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16451 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16452 ;;;;;; (18463 53309))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16454
16455 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16456 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16458 decimal key must be specified.")
16459
16460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16461
16462 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16463 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16464 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16465 decimal key must be specified.")
16466
16467 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16468
16469 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16470 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16472 decimal key must be specified.")
16473
16474 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16475
16476 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16477 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16478 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16479 decimal key must be specified.")
16480
16481 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16482
16483 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16484 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16485 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16486 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16487 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16488 keys are bound.
16489
16490 Setup Binding
16491 -------------------------------------------------------------
16492 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16493 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16494 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16495 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16496 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16497 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16498 in the global and local keymaps.
16499
16500 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16501 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16502
16503 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16504
16505 ;;;***
16506 \f
16507 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16508 ;;;;;; (18463 56325))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16510
16511 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16512 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16513 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16514
16515 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16516 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16517 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16518 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16519 shorter.
16520
16521 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16522 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16523 the context of text formatting.
16524
16525 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16526
16527 ;;;***
16528 \f
16529 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18463
16530 ;;;;;; 56325))
16531 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16532
16533 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16534 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16535 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16536 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16537 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16538 positions that contains the current selection.")
16539
16540 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16541 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16542 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16543 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16544 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16545 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16546 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16547
16548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16549
16550 ;;;***
16551 \f
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16553 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16554 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16555 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18592 38131))
16556 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16557 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16558 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16559 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16560 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16561 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16562 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16563 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16564
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16566 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16567
16568 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16571 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16572 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16573 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16574 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16575
16576 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16577
16578 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16579 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16580 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16581
16582 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16583 defining the macro.
16584
16585 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16586 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16587 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16588
16589 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16590 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16591
16592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16593
16594 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16595 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16596 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16597 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16598 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16599 under that name.
16600
16601 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16602 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16603 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16604
16605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16606
16607 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16608 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16609 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16610
16611 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16612 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16613 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16614 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16615
16616 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16617 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16618
16619 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16620
16621 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16622 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16623 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16624
16625 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16626 macro.
16627
16628 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16629 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16630
16631 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16632 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16633 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16634
16635 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16636 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16637
16638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16639
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16641 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16642 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16643 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16644
16645 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16646
16647 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16648 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16649 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16650 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16651
16652 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16653 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16654
16655 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16656
16657 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16658 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16659 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16660
16661 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16662
16663 ;;;***
16664 \f
16665 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16666 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18463 56565))
16667 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16668
16669 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16670 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16671 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16672
16673 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16674 Not documented
16675
16676 \(fn)" nil nil)
16677
16678 ;;;***
16679 \f
16680 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16681 ;;;;;; (18464 1943))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16683
16684 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16685
16686 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16687 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16688
16689 \(fn)" t nil)
16690
16691 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16692
16693 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16694 Start or resume an Lm game.
16695 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16696 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16697
16698 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16699 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16700 none / 1 | yes | no
16701 2 | yes | yes
16702 3 | no | yes
16703 4 | no | no
16704
16705 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16706 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16707 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16708
16709 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16714 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16715 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18617 14740))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16717
16718 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16719 Not documented
16720
16721 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16722
16723 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16724 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16725 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16726 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16727 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16728 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16729
16730 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16731 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16732
16733 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16734
16735 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16736 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16737
16738 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16741 Not documented
16742
16743 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16744
16745 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16746 Not documented
16747
16748 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16749
16750 ;;;***
16751 \f
16752 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16753 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16754 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18580 33796))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16756
16757 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16758 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16759 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16760 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16761
16762 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16763
16764 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16765 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16766 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16767
16768 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16769
16770 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16771 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16772 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16773
16774 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16775
16776 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16777 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16778 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16779 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16780
16781 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16782
16783 ;;;***
16784 \f
16785 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16786 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18463 56325))
16787 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16788
16789 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16790 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16791 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16792 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16793 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16794 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16795 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16796 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16797
16798 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16799 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16800
16801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16802 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16803
16804 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16805
16806 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16807 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16808 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16809 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16810 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16811 `latin1-display-setup'.
16812
16813 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16814
16815 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16816 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16817 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16818 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16819
16820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16821 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16822
16823 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16824
16825 ;;;***
16826 \f
16827 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16828 ;;;;;; (18464 1608))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16830
16831 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16832
16833 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16834
16835 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16836 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16837
16838 \(fn)" t nil)
16839
16840 ;;;***
16841 \f
16842 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16843 ;;;;;; (18464 3958))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16845
16846 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16847 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16848
16849 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16850 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16851
16852 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16853 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16854
16855 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16856 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16857 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16858 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16859 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16860 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16861 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16862 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16863 and transmit saved text.
16864
16865 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16866 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16867 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16868
16869 \(fn)" t nil)
16870
16871 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16872 Not documented
16873
16874 \(fn)" nil nil)
16875
16876 ;;;***
16877 \f
16878 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18464 1943))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16880
16881 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16882 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16883 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16884 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16885 generations (this defaults to 1).
16886
16887 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16888
16889 ;;;***
16890 \f
16891 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16892 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18634 15333))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16894
16895 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16896 Format used to display line numbers.
16897 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16898 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16899 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16900 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16901
16902 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16903
16904 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16905 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16906
16907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16908
16909 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16910 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16911 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16914 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16915
16916 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16917
16918 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16919 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16920 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16921 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16922 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16923
16924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16925
16926 ;;;***
16927 \f
16928 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18634
16929 ;;;;;; 15333))
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16931
16932 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16933 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16934 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16935 is nil, raise an error.
16936
16937 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16938 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16939 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16940 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16941 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16942 defined by the library.
16943
16944 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16945 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16946 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16947 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16948 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16949 proceeds.
16950
16951 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16952 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16953 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16954 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16955
16956 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16957
16958 ;;;***
16959 \f
16960 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16961 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18464 3958))
16962 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16963
16964 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16965 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16966 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16967
16968 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16969
16970 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16971 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16972 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16973 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16974
16975 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16976 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16977 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16978 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16979 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16980 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16981 the version.)
16982
16983 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16984 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16985
16986 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16987 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16988
16989 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16990
16991 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16992
16993 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16994 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16995 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16996 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16997 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16998 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16999 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17000 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17001 to constrain a big search.
17002
17003 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17004
17005 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17006 except that FILTER is not optional.
17007
17008 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17009
17010 ;;;***
17011 \f
17012 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18464 3958))
17013 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17014
17015 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17016 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17017 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17018 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17019 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17020 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17021 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17022 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17023
17024 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17025 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17026 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17027 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17028 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17029
17030 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17031 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17032 uses the current buffer.
17033
17034 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17035
17036 ;;;***
17037 \f
17038 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18580
17039 ;;;;;; 33793))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17041
17042 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17043 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17044
17045 \(fn)" t nil)
17046
17047 ;;;***
17048 \f
17049 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18580
17050 ;;;;;; 33793))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17052
17053 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17054 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17055 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17056 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17057 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17058
17059 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17060 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17061 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17062
17063 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17064 are indicated with a symbol.
17065
17066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17067
17068 ;;;***
17069 \f
17070 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17071 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18464
17072 ;;;;;; 3959))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17074
17075 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17076
17077 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17078
17079 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17080 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17081 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17082
17083 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17084 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17085
17086 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17087 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17088 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17089 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17090 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17091 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17092 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17093
17094 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17095
17096 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17097 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17098 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17099 switch on this list.
17100 See `lpr-command'.")
17101
17102 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17103
17104 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17105 *Name of program for printing a file.
17106
17107 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17108 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17109 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17110 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17111 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17112 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17113 argument.")
17114
17115 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17116
17117 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17118 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17120 for customization of the printer command.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17125 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17126
17127 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17128 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17129 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17130 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17131
17132 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17133 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17134
17135 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17136 for further customization of the printer command.
17137
17138 \(fn)" t nil)
17139
17140 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17141 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17142 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17143 for customization of the printer command.
17144
17145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17146
17147 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17148 Paginate and print the region contents.
17149
17150 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17151 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17152 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17153 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17154
17155 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17156 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17157
17158 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17159 for further customization of the printer command.
17160
17161 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17162
17163 ;;;***
17164 \f
17165 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17166 ;;;;;; (18580 33793))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17168
17169 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17170 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17171 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17172
17173 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17174
17175 ;;;***
17176 \f
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18580
17178 ;;;;;; 33794))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17180
17181 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17182 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17183 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17184 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17185
17186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17187
17188 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17189
17190 ;;;***
17191 \f
17192 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18464
17193 ;;;;;; 1608))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17195
17196 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17197 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17198 \\{m4-mode-map}
17199
17200 \(fn)" t nil)
17201
17202 ;;;***
17203 \f
17204 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17205 ;;;;;; (18463 52910))
17206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17207
17208 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17209 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17210 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17211 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17212 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17213
17214 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17215
17216 ;;;***
17217 \f
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17219 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18483 35263))
17220 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17221
17222 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17223 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17224 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17225 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17226 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17227
17228 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17229
17230 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17231 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17232 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17233 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17234
17235 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17236 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17237 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17238 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17239 bindings.
17240
17241 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17242 use this command, and then save the file.
17243
17244 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17245
17246 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17247 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17248 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17249 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17250 each time the macro executes.
17251 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17252 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17253 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17254 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17255 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17256 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17257 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17258
17259 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17260
17261 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17262 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17263 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17264 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17265
17266 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17267 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17268 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17269 execute.
17270
17271 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17272 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17273
17274 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17275 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17276 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17277 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17278 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17279
17280 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17281 looked like this:
17282
17283 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17284 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17285 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17286
17287 You could enter the names in this format:
17288
17289 foo
17290 bar
17291 baz
17292
17293 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17294
17295 \\C-x (
17296 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17297 \\C-x )
17298
17299 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17300 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17301
17302 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17303 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17304
17305 ;;;***
17306 \f
17307 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17308 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18464 1840))
17309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17310
17311 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17312 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17313 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17314 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17315 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17316 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17317
17318 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17319 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17320 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17321 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17322 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17323
17324 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17325 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17326 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17327 consing a string.)
17328
17329 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17330
17331 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17332 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17333
17334 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17335
17336 ;;;***
17337 \f
17338 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17339 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17340 ;;;;;; (18464 1840))
17341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17342
17343 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17344 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17345
17346 \(fn)" nil nil)
17347
17348 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17349 Not documented
17350
17351 \(fn)" nil nil)
17352
17353 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17354 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17355
17356 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17357
17358 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17359 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17360 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17361 message.
17362
17363 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17364
17365 \(fn)" nil nil)
17366
17367 ;;;***
17368 \f
17369 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17370 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17371 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18659
17372 ;;;;;; 12585))
17373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17374
17375 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17376 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17377 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17378 often correct parser.")
17379
17380 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17381
17382 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17383 Not documented
17384
17385 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17386
17387 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17388 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17389 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17390 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17391
17392 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17395 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17396 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17397 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17398
17399 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17400
17401 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17402 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17403 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17404 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17405 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17406 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17407 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17408 as Rmail does.
17409
17410 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17411
17412 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17413 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17414 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17415 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17416 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17417 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17418
17419 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17420
17421 ;;;***
17422 \f
17423 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17424 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18580
17425 ;;;;;; 33796))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17427
17428 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17429 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17430 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17433 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17434
17435 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17436
17437 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17439
17440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17441
17442 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17443 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17444
17445 \(fn)" nil nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17448 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17449 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17450
17451 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17452
17453 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17454 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17455 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17456
17457 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17458
17459 ;;;***
17460 \f
17461 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17462 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18464
17463 ;;;;;; 1841))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17465
17466 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17467 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17468 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17469 king@grassland.com
17470 If `parens', they look like:
17471 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17472 If `angles', they look like:
17473 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17474
17475 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17476
17477 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17478 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17479 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17480 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17481 their `Resent-' variants.
17482
17483 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17484 removed from alias expansions.
17485
17486 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17487
17488 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17489 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17490 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17491
17492 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17493 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17494 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17495 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17496
17497 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17498
17499 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17500 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17501 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17502 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17503
17504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17505
17506 ;;;***
17507 \f
17508 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17509 ;;;;;; (18464 1841))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17511
17512 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17513 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17514 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17515 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17516
17517 \(fn)" nil nil)
17518
17519 ;;;***
17520 \f
17521 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17522 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17523 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18643 25224))
17524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17525
17526 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17527 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17528
17529 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17530 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17531 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17532 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17533 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17534 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17535
17536 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17537 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17538 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17539 dependency, despite the colon.
17540
17541 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17542
17543 In the browser, use the following keys:
17544
17545 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17546
17547 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17548
17549 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17550 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17551
17552 `makefile-target-colon':
17553 The string that gets appended to all target names
17554 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17555 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17556
17557 `makefile-macro-assign':
17558 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17559 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17560 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17561 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17562 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17563 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17564
17565 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17566 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17567 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17568
17569 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17570 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17571
17572 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17573 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17574 up or down in the browser.
17575
17576 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17577 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17578
17579 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17580 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17581
17582 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17583 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17584 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17585 has been selected in the browser.
17586
17587 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17588 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17589 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17590 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17591 filenames are omitted.
17592
17593 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17595 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17596 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17597 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17598 the backslash itself intact.
17599 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17600 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17601
17602 `makefile-browser-hook':
17603 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17604 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17605
17606 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17607 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17608 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17609 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17610
17611 \(fn)" t nil)
17612
17613 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17614 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17615
17616 \(fn)" t nil)
17617
17618 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17619 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17620
17621 \(fn)" t nil)
17622
17623 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17624 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17625
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17627
17628 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17629 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17630
17631 \(fn)" t nil)
17632
17633 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17634 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17635
17636 \(fn)" t nil)
17637
17638 ;;;***
17639 \f
17640 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18464
17641 ;;;;;; 3959))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17643
17644 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17645 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17646 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17647
17648 \(fn)" t nil)
17649
17650 ;;;***
17651 \f
17652 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18580 33793))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17654
17655 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17656
17657 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17658 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17659 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17660 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17661 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17662 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17663 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17664
17665 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17666 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17667 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17668 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17669
17670 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17671
17672 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17673 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17674
17675 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17676
17677 ;;;***
17678 \f
17679 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18464 3959))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17681
17682 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17683 Toggle Master mode.
17684 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17685 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17686 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17687
17688 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17689 following commands:
17690
17691 \\{master-mode-map}
17692
17693 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17694 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17695 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17696
17697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17698
17699 ;;;***
17700 \f
17701 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17702 ;;;;;; (18580 33793))
17703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17704
17705 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17706 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17707 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17709 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17710 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17711
17712 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17713
17714 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17715 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17716 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17717 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17718 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17719
17720 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17721 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17722
17723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17724
17725 ;;;***
17726 \f
17727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18580 33793))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17729
17730 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17731
17732 ;;;***
17733 \f
17734 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17735 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17736 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17737 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17738 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17739 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17740 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18659 12584))
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17742
17743 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17744
17745 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17746 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17747 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17748 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17749 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17750 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17751 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17752 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17753 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17754 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17755 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17756 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17757 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17758 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17759 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17760 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17761 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17762 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17763 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17764 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17765 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17766 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17767 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17768 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17769 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17770 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17771 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17772 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17773 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17774 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17775 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17776 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17777 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17778 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17779 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17780 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17781 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17782 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17783
17784 \(fn)" t nil)
17785
17786 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17787 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17788 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17789 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17790 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17791
17792 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17795 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17800 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17801
17802 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17805 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17806
17807 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17810 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17811 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17812
17813 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17816 Cancel an article you posted.
17817 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17818
17819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17822 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17823 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17824 header line with the old Message-ID.
17825
17826 \(fn)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17829 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17830
17831 \(fn)" t nil)
17832
17833 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17834 Forward the current message via mail.
17835 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17836 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17837
17838 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17841 Not documented
17842
17843 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17846 Not documented
17847
17848 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17851 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17852
17853 \(fn)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17856 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17857
17858 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17861 Re-mail the current message.
17862 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17863 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17864 you.
17865
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17867
17868 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17869 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17870
17871 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17872
17873 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17874 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17875
17876 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17879 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17880
17881 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17884 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17885
17886 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17887
17888 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17889 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17890 Works by overstriking characters.
17891 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17892 which specify the range to operate on.
17893
17894 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17895
17896 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17897 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17898 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17899 which specify the range to operate on.
17900
17901 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17902
17903 ;;;***
17904 \f
17905 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17906 ;;;;;; (18464 1609))
17907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17908
17909 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17910 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17911 Special commands:
17912 \\{meta-mode-map}
17913
17914 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17915 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17916
17917 \(fn)" t nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17920 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17921 Special commands:
17922 \\{meta-mode-map}
17923
17924 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17925 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17926
17927 \(fn)" t nil)
17928
17929 ;;;***
17930 \f
17931 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17932 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17933 ;;;;;; (18464 1841))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17935
17936 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17937 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17938 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17943 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17944 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17945 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17946 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17947 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17948 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17949
17950 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17951
17952 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17953 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17954 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17955 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17956 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17957 means current).
17958 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17959 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17960
17961 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17964 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17965 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17966 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17967 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17968 means current).
17969 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17970 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17971
17972 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17973
17974 ;;;***
17975 \f
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17977 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17978 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18592 38132))
17979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17980
17981 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17982 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17983 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17984
17985 \(fn)" t nil)
17986
17987 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17988 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17989 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17990
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17992
17993 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17994 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17995
17996 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17997 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17998 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17999
18000 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18001 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18002
18003 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18004 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18005
18006 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18007
18008 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18009
18010 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18011 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18012 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18013 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18014 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18015 as `compose-mail'.
18016
18017 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18018 initial Subject field, respectively.
18019
18020 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18021 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18022 are strings.
18023
18024 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18025 ignored.
18026
18027 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18028
18029 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18030 Save draft and send message.
18031
18032 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18033 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18034 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18035 Mail Delivery*\".
18036
18037 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18038 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18039 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18040
18041 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18042 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18043 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18044 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18045 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18046 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18047
18048 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18049 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18050
18051 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18052 message and scan line.
18053
18054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18055
18056 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18057 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18058
18059 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18060 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18061 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18062 delete the draft message.
18063
18064 \(fn)" t nil)
18065
18066 ;;;***
18067 \f
18068 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18603 62948))
18069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18070
18071 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18072
18073 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18074
18075 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18076
18077 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18078 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18079
18080 \(fn)" t nil)
18081
18082 ;;;***
18083 \f
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18085 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18592 38132))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18087
18088 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18089 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18090 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18091
18092 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18093 the MH mail system.
18094
18095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18096
18097 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18098 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18099 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18100
18101 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18102 the MH mail system.
18103
18104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18105
18106 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18107 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18108
18109 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18110 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18111 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18112 separate command.
18113
18114 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18115 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18116 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18117 format.
18118
18119 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18120
18121 Ranges
18122 ======
18123 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18124 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18125 can be used in several ways.
18126
18127 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18128 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18129 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18130 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18131 page):
18132
18133 <num1>-<num2>
18134 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18135 The range must be nonempty.
18136
18137 <num>:N
18138 <num>:+N
18139 <num>:-N
18140 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18141 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18142 last.
18143
18144 first:N
18145 prev:N
18146 next:N
18147 last:N
18148 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18149
18150 all
18151 All of the messages.
18152
18153 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18154 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18155
18156 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18157 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18158 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18159
18160 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18161
18162 \(fn)" t nil)
18163
18164 ;;;***
18165 \f
18166 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18167 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18464 3960))
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18169
18170 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18171 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18172 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18173 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18174 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18175 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18176 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18177 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18178 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18179 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18180 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18181
18182 \(fn)" t nil)
18183
18184 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18185 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18186 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18187 to its second argument TM.
18188
18189 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18190
18191 ;;;***
18192 \f
18193 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18194 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18464 3960))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18196
18197 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18198 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18199 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18201 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18202 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18203
18204 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18205
18206 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18207 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18208 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18209 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18210 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18211 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18212 default indication.
18213
18214 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18215 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18216
18217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18218
18219 ;;;***
18220 \f
18221 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18222 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18223 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18567 50094))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18225 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18226
18227 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18228 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18229
18230 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18231 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18232 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18233 next occurrence.
18234
18235 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18236 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18237 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18238 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18239 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
18240 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
18241 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
18242 buffer in the series.")
18243
18244 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18245 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18246 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18247 Isearch starts.")
18248
18249 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18250 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18251 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18252
18253 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18254 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18255 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18256
18257 \(fn)" nil nil)
18258
18259 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18260 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18261
18262 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18263
18264 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18265 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18266
18267 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18268
18269 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18270 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18271
18272 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18273
18274 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18275 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18276
18277 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18278
18279 ;;;***
18280 \f
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18282 ;;;;;; (18487 10639))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18284
18285 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18286 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18287 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18288
18289 \(fn)" t nil)
18290
18291 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18292
18293 ;;;***
18294 \f
18295 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18296 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18463 54936))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18298
18299 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18300 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18301
18302 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18303
18304 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18305 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18306 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18307 the entire message.
18308 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18309
18310 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18311
18312 ;;;***
18313 \f
18314 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18315 ;;;;;; (18463 54937))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18317
18318 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18319 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18320 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18321 the entire message.
18322 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18323
18324 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18325
18326 ;;;***
18327 \f
18328 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18329 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18463 54937))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18331
18332 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18333 Insert file contents of URL.
18334 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18335
18336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18337
18338 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18339 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18340
18341 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18342
18343 ;;;***
18344 \f
18345 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18346 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18463 54937))
18347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18348
18349 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18350 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18351 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18352 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18353 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18354
18355 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18356
18357 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18358 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18359 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18360
18361 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18362
18363 ;;;***
18364 \f
18365 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18366 ;;;;;; (18580 33796))
18367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18368
18369 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18370 Not documented
18371
18372 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18373
18374 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18375 Not documented
18376
18377 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18378
18379 ;;;***
18380 \f
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18382 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18383 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18580 33796))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18385
18386 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18387 Not documented
18388
18389 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18390
18391 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18392 Not documented
18393
18394 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18395
18396 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18397 Not documented
18398
18399 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18400
18401 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18402 Not documented
18403
18404 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18405
18406 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18407 Not documented
18408
18409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18410
18411 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18412 Not documented
18413
18414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18415
18416 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18417 Not documented
18418
18419 \(fn)" nil nil)
18420
18421 ;;;***
18422 \f
18423 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18424 ;;;;;; (18430 8160))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18426
18427 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18428 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18429 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18430 followed by the first character of the construct.
18431 \\<m2-mode-map>
18432 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18433 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18434 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18435 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18436 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18437 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18438 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18439 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18440 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18441 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18442 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18443 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18444 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18445 \\[m2-link] link
18446
18447 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18448 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18449 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18450
18451 \(fn)" t nil)
18452
18453 ;;;***
18454 \f
18455 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18456 ;;;;;; (18464 1944))
18457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18458
18459 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18460 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18461
18462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18463
18464 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18465 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18466
18467 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18468
18469 ;;;***
18470 \f
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18472 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18580 33793))
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18474
18475 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18476 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18477
18478 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18479 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18480 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18481
18482 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18483 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18484 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18485
18486 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18487 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18488
18489 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18490 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18491 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18492 hemisphere you're in.)
18493
18494 To test this function, evaluate:
18495 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18496
18497 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18498
18499 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18500 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18501
18502 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18503 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18504
18505 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18506 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18507 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18508
18509 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18510 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18511
18512 To test this function, evaluate:
18513 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18514
18515 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18516
18517 ;;;***
18518 \f
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18580
18520 ;;;;;; 33793))
18521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18522
18523 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18524 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18525 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18528 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18529
18530 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18531
18532 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18533 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18534 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18535 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18536
18537 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18538
18539 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18540
18541 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18542
18543 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18544 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18545 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18546 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18547 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18548 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18549
18550 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18551 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18552 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18553 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18554 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18555
18556 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18557 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18558
18559 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18560 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18561
18562 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18563
18564 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18565 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18566 primary selection and region.
18567
18568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18569
18570 ;;;***
18571 \f
18572 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18464 1944))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18574
18575 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18576 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18577
18578 \(fn)" t nil)
18579
18580 ;;;***
18581 \f
18582 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18464 3960))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18584
18585 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18586 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18587 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18590 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18591
18592 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18593
18594 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18595 Toggle Msb mode.
18596 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18597 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18598 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18599
18600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18601
18602 ;;;***
18603 \f
18604 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag
18605 ;;;;;; list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font
18606 ;;;;;; list-coding-categories list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system
18607 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system-briefly describe-coding-system
18608 ;;;;;; describe-character-set list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
18609 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (18634 15334))
18610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18611
18612 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display a list of all character sets.
18614
18615 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18616 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18617 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18618 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18619
18620 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18621 but still shows the full information.
18622
18623 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18624
18625 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18626 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18627 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18628
18629 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18630 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18631 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18632 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18633 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18634
18635 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18636
18637 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18639
18640 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18641
18642 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18644
18645 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18646
18647 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18649
18650 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18651
18652 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18654
18655 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18656 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18657 in place of `..':
18658 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18659 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18660 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18661 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18662 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18663 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18664 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18665 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18666 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18667 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18668 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18669 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18670 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18671 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18672 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18673 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18674
18675 \(fn)" t nil)
18676
18677 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18678 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18679
18680 \(fn)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18683 Display a list of all coding systems.
18684 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18685
18686 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18687 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18688
18689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18690
18691 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18692 Display a list of all coding categories.
18693
18694 \(fn)" nil nil)
18695
18696 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18697 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18698 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18699
18700 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18701
18702 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18703 Display information about FONTSET.
18704 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18705
18706 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display a list of all fontsets.
18710 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18711 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18712 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18713
18714 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display information about all input methods.
18718
18719 \(fn)" t nil)
18720
18721 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18722 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18723
18724 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18725 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18726 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18727 system which uses fontsets).
18728
18729 \(fn)" t nil)
18730
18731 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18732 Location of UnicodeData file.
18733 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18734 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18735 looked up from it.")
18736
18737 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18738
18739 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18740 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18741 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18742 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18743
18744 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18745
18746 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18747 Show log of font listing and opening.
18748 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18749 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18750
18751 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18752
18753 ;;;***
18754 \f
18755 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18756 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18757 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18758 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18759 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18760 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18580 33796))
18761 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18762
18763 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18764 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18765 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18766
18767 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18768
18769 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18770
18771 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18772 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18773
18774 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18775 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18776
18777 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18778 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18779
18780 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18783 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18784 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18785 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18786 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18787 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18788 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18789
18790 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18791 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18792 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18793 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18794 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18795 middle of a character in STR.
18796
18797 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18798 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18799
18800 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18801 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18802 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18803 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18804 defaults to \"...\".
18805
18806 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18807
18808 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18809 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18810
18811 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18812 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18813 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18814
18815 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18816 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18817 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18818
18819 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18820 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18821 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18822 is considered.
18823 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18824 longer than KEYSEQ.
18825 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18826
18827 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18830 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18831 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18832 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18833 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18834 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18835 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18836 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18837 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18838 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18839 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18840
18841 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18842
18843 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18844 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18845
18846 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18847
18848 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18849 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18850
18851 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18854 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18855
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18857
18858 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18859 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18860
18861 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18862
18863 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18864 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18865 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18866 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18867 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18868
18869 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18870
18871 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18872 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18873 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18874 coding systems ordered by priority.
18875
18876 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18877
18878 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18879 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18880 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18881 language environment LANG-ENV.
18882
18883 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18884
18885 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18886 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18887 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18888 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18889 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18890 basis, this may not be accurate.
18891
18892 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18893
18894 ;;;***
18895 \f
18896 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18897 ;;;;;; (18580 33793))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18899
18900 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18901 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18902 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18905 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18906
18907 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18910 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18911 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18912 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18913
18914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18917 Enable mouse wheel support.
18918
18919 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18920
18921 ;;;***
18922 \f
18923 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18924 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18925 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18926 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18464 2402))
18927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18928
18929 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18930 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18931
18932 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18935 Ping HOST.
18936 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18937 `ping-program-options'.
18938
18939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18942 Run ifconfig program.
18943
18944 \(fn)" t nil)
18945
18946 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18947
18948 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18949 Run iwconfig program.
18950
18951 \(fn)" t nil)
18952
18953 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18954 Run netstat program.
18955
18956 \(fn)" t nil)
18957
18958 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18959 Run arp program.
18960
18961 \(fn)" t nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18964 Run route program.
18965
18966 \(fn)" t nil)
18967
18968 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18969 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18970
18971 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18972
18973 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18974 Run nslookup program.
18975
18976 \(fn)" t nil)
18977
18978 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18979 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18980
18981 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18984 Run dig program.
18985
18986 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18989 Run ftp program.
18990
18991 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18992
18993 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18994 Finger USER on HOST.
18995
18996 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18999 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19000 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19001 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19002
19003 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19006 Not documented
19007
19008 \(fn)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19011 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19012
19013 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19014
19015 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19016 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19017
19018 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19019
19020 ;;;***
19021 \f
19022 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19023 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19024 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19025 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19026 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19027 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18464 3961))
19028 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19029
19030 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19031
19032 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19033
19034 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19035
19036 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19037
19038 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19039 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19040 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19041 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19042 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19043 Major modes should set this variable.")
19044
19045 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19046 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19047 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19048 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19049 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19050 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19051
19052 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19053 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19054
19055 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19056 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19057 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19058
19059 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19060 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19061 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19062 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19063 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19064
19065 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19066 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19067 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19068
19069 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19070 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19071 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19072 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19073
19074 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19075 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19076 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19077 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19078 column indentation or nil.
19079 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19080
19081 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19082 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19083 The function has no args.
19084
19085 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19086 comments always start in column zero.")
19087
19088 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19089 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19090 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19091
19092 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19093
19094 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19095 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19096 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19097 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19098
19099 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19100 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19101
19102 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19103
19104 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19105 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19106 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19107 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19108 customize this variable.
19109
19110 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19111 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19112
19113 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19114
19115 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19116 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19117 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19118 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19119 the variables are properly set.
19120
19121 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19122
19123 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19124 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19125
19126 \(fn)" nil nil)
19127
19128 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19129 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19130 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19131
19132 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19133
19134 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19135 Set the comment column based on point.
19136 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19137 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19138 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19139 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19140
19141 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19144 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19145 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19146
19147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19148
19149 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19150 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19151 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19152 comment markers.
19153
19154 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19155
19156 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19157 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19158 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19159 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19160 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19161 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19162 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19163 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19164
19165 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19166 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19167
19168 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19169
19170 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19171 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19172 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19173 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19174
19175 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19176
19177 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19178 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19179 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19180 is passed on to the respective function.
19181
19182 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19185 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19186 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19187 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19188 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19189 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19190 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19191 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19192 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19193 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19194
19195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19196
19197 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19198 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19199 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19200
19201 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19202
19203 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19204 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19205 This indents the body of the continued comment
19206 under the previous comment line.
19207
19208 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19209 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19210 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19211
19212 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19213 or comment indentation.
19214
19215 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19216 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19217
19218 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19223 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18546 21422))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19225
19226 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19227 Check whether newsticker is running.
19228 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19229 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19230
19231 \(fn)" nil nil)
19232
19233 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19234 Start the newsticker.
19235 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19236 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19237 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19238 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19239
19240 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19245 ;;;;;; (18516 52477))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19247
19248 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19249 Start newsticker plainview.
19250
19251 \(fn)" t nil)
19252
19253 ;;;***
19254 \f
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19256 ;;;;;; (18612 17518))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19258
19259 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19260 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19261
19262 \(fn)" t nil)
19263
19264 ;;;***
19265 \f
19266 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19267 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18514 45473))
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19269
19270 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19271 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19272 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19273 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19274 empty.
19275
19276 \(fn)" nil nil)
19277
19278 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19279 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19280 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19281 running already.
19282
19283 \(fn)" t nil)
19284
19285 ;;;***
19286 \f
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19288 ;;;;;; (18612 17518))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19290
19291 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19292 Start newsticker treeview.
19293
19294 \(fn)" t nil)
19295
19296 ;;;***
19297 \f
19298 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19299 ;;;;;; (18463 54938))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19301
19302 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19303 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19304
19305 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19306
19307 ;;;***
19308 \f
19309 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18463
19310 ;;;;;; 54939))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19312
19313 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19314 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19315 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19316 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19317 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19318 symbol in the alist.
19319
19320 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19321
19322 ;;;***
19323 \f
19324 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19325 ;;;;;; (18580 33796))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19327
19328 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19329 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19330 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19331
19332 \(fn)" t nil)
19333
19334 ;;;***
19335 \f
19336 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19337 ;;;;;; (18580 33796))
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19339
19340 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19341 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19342 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19343
19344 \(fn)" t nil)
19345
19346 ;;;***
19347 \f
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19349 ;;;;;; (18580 33796))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19351
19352 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19353 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19354
19355 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19356
19357 ;;;***
19358 \f
19359 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19360 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18463 54940))
19361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19362
19363 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19364 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19365
19366 \(fn)" t nil)
19367
19368 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19369 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19370
19371 \(fn)" t nil)
19372
19373 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19374 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19375
19376 \(fn)" t nil)
19377
19378 ;;;***
19379 \f
19380 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19381 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18464 3961))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19383
19384 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19385 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19386 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19387
19388 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19389
19390 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19391 Not documented
19392
19393 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19394
19395 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19396 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19397 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19398 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19399 to future sessions.
19400
19401 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19402
19403 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19404 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19405 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19406 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19407 to future sessions.
19408
19409 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19410
19411 ;;;***
19412 \f
19413 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19414 ;;;;;; (18612 17519))
19415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19416
19417 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19418 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19419 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19420 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19421 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19422 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19423
19424 \(fn)" t nil)
19425
19426 ;;;***
19427 \f
19428 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19429 ;;;;;; (18580 33797))
19430 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19431
19432 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19433 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19434 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19435 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19436
19437 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19438
19439 ;;;***
19440 \f
19441 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18580
19442 ;;;;;; 33797))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19444
19445 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19446 Major mode for editing XML.
19447
19448 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19449 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19450 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19451 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19452 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19453 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19454 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19455
19456 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19457
19458 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19459 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19460
19461 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19462 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19463 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19464 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19465 instead of C-c.
19466
19467 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19468 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19469 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19470 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19471 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19472 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19473
19474 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19475 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19476 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19477
19478 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19479 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19480 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19481
19482 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19483 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19484 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19485 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19486 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19487 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19488 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19489 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19490 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19491
19492 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19493
19494 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19495 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19496
19497 \(fn)" t nil)
19498
19499 ;;;***
19500 \f
19501 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19502 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18580 33798))
19503 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19504
19505 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19506 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19507 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19508 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19509
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19511
19512 ;;;***
19513 \f
19514 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19515 ;;;;;; (18464 1610))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19517
19518 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19519 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19520 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19521
19522 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19523
19524 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19525 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19526
19527 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19528 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19529 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19530
19531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19532
19533 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19534
19535 ;;;***
19536 \f
19537 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19538 ;;;;;; (18654 2599))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19540
19541 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19542 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19543
19544 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19545 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19546 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19547 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19548
19549 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19550 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19551 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19552 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19553 is why you need this mode!).
19554
19555 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19556 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19557 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19558
19559 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19560
19561 Keybindings
19562 ===========
19563
19564 \\{octave-mode-map}
19565
19566 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19567 ==============================================
19568
19569 `octave-auto-indent'
19570 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19571 Default is nil.
19572
19573 `octave-auto-newline'
19574 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19575 Default is nil.
19576
19577 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19578 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19579 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19580
19581 `octave-block-offset'
19582 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19583 Default is 2.
19584
19585 `octave-continuation-offset'
19586 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19587 Default is 4.
19588
19589 `octave-continuation-string'
19590 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19591 Default is a backslash.
19592
19593 `octave-send-echo-input'
19594 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19595 command to the inferior Octave process.
19596
19597 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19598 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19599 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19600
19601 `octave-send-echo-input'
19602 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19603
19604 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19605
19606 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19607 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19608
19609 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19610
19611 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19612 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19613
19614 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19615 (lambda ()
19616 (abbrev-mode 1)
19617 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19618
19619 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19620 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19621 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19622 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19623
19624 \(fn)" t nil)
19625
19626 ;;;***
19627 \f
19628 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19629 ;;;;;; org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19630 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19631 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19632 ;;;;;; org-cycle org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (18592 38132))
19633 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19636 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19637 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19638
19639 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19640 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19641 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19642 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19643 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19644 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19645 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19646 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19647 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19648 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19649
19650 The following commands are available:
19651
19652 \\{org-mode-map}
19653
19654 \(fn)" t nil)
19655
19656 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19657 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19658
19659 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19660 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19661 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19662 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19663 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19664 When called with two C-c C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19665 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19666 properties in the buffer.
19667
19668 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19669 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19670 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19671 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19672 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19673 and zoom in further.
19674 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19675
19676 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19677 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19678 is negative, go up that many levels.
19679
19680 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19681 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19682 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19683
19684 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19685 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19686 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19687
19688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19689
19690 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19691 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19692 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19693 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19694
19695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19696
19697 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19698 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19699 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19700 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19701 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19702 of Org-mode).
19703
19704 M-up Move entry/item up
19705 M-down Move entry/item down
19706 M-left Promote
19707 M-right Demote
19708 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19709 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19710 M-S-left Promote subtree
19711 M-S-right Demote subtree
19712 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19713 C-c ^ Sort entries
19714 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19715 TAB Cycle item visibility
19716 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19717 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19718 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19719
19720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19721
19722 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19723 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19724
19725 \(fn)" nil nil)
19726
19727 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19728 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19729 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19730 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19731 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19732
19733 \(fn)" nil nil)
19734
19735 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19736 Not documented
19737
19738 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19739
19740 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19741 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19742 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19743 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19744
19745 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19746 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19747 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19748
19749 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19750
19751 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19752 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19753 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19754
19755 \(fn)" t nil)
19756
19757 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19758 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19759 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19760 Org-mode syntax.
19761
19762 \(fn)" t nil)
19763
19764 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19765 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19766
19767 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19770 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19771
19772 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19773 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19774 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19775 returned as a list.
19776
19777 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19778 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19779 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19780 visited by the iteration.
19781
19782 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19783
19784 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19785 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19786 file The current buffer, without restriction
19787 file-with-archives
19788 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19789 agenda All agenda files
19790 agenda-with-archives
19791 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19792 \(file1 file2 ...)
19793 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19794
19795 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19796 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19797
19798 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19799 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19800 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19801 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19802 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19803 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19804 function leaves it.
19805
19806 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19807
19808 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19809 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19810 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19811 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19812
19813 Due to some yet unresolved reason, global function
19814 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19815
19816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19817
19818 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19819 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19820 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19821 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19822
19823 \(fn)" t nil)
19824
19825 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19826 Not documented
19827
19828 \(fn)" t nil)
19829
19830 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19831 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19832
19833 \(fn)" t nil)
19834
19835 ;;;***
19836 \f
19837 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19838 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19839 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19840 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19841 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18580 33798))
19842 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19843
19844 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19845 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19846 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19847 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19848
19849 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19850 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19851 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19852 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19853 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19854 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19855 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19856 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19857 e Export views to associated files.
19858
19859 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19860 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19861 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19862
19863 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19864 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19865 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19866 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19867 \(if active).
19868
19869 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19870
19871 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19872 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19873 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19874 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19875 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19876 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19877 before running the agenda command.
19878
19879 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19880
19881 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19882 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19883 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19884 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19885 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19886 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19887 before running the agenda command.
19888
19889 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19890 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19891
19892 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19893
19894 category The category of the item
19895 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19896 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19897 todo selected in TODO match
19898 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19899 diary imported from diary
19900 deadline a deadline on given date
19901 scheduled scheduled on given date
19902 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19903 closed entry was closed on given date
19904 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19905 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19906 block entry has date block including g. date
19907 todo The todo keyword, if any
19908 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19909 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19910 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19911 extra Sting with extra planning info
19912 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19913 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19914 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19915
19916 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19917
19918 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19919 Not documented
19920
19921 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19922
19923 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19924 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19925
19926 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19927
19928 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19929 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19930 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19931 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19932
19933 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19934 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19935 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19936 agenda instead.
19937
19938 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19939 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19940 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19941
19942 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19943 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19944
19945 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19946
19947 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19948 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19949 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19950 search only the headlines.
19951
19952 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19953 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19954 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19955 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19956 EDIT-AT.
19957
19958 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19959 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19960 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19961 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19962 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19963
19964 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19965 that must or must not match in the entry.
19966
19967 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19968 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19969 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19970 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19971
19972 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19973 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19974
19975 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19978 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19979 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19980 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19981 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19982 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19983
19984 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19987 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19988 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19989
19990 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19991
19992 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19993 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19994 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19995 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19996 `org-stuck-projects'.
19997 MATCH is being ignored.
19998
19999 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20000
20001 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20002 Return diary information from org-files.
20003 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20004 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20005 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20006 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20007
20008 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20009 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20010 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20011
20012 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20013
20014 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20015 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20016 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20017 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20018
20019 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20020 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20021 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20022
20023 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20024 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20025 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20026 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20027
20028 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20029
20030 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20031
20032 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20033 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20034
20035 &%%(org-diary)
20036
20037 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20038 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20039 So the example above may also be written as
20040
20041 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20042
20043 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20044 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20045 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20046
20047 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20050 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20051 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20052
20053 \(fn)" t nil)
20054
20055 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20056 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20057 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20058 appointements.
20059
20060 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20061 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20062
20063 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20064 for filtering entries out.
20065
20066 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20067 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20068
20069 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20070 (category \"Work\"))
20071
20072 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20073 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20074
20075 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20076
20077 ;;;***
20078 \f
20079 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20080 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
20081 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20082
20083 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20084 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20085
20086 \(fn)" nil nil)
20087
20088 ;;;***
20089 \f
20090 ;;;### (autoloads (org-get-clocktable) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
20091 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
20092 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20093
20094 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20095 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20096 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20097 fontified, and then returned.
20098
20099 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20100
20101 ;;;***
20102 \f
20103 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20104 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20105 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20106 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20107 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20108 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20109 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18592 38132))
20110 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20111
20112 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20113
20114 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20115
20116 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20117 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20118 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20119 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20120 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20121
20122 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20123 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20124 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20125
20126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20127
20128 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20129 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20130 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20131 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20132 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20133
20134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20137 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20138 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20139 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20140 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20141 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20142 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20143 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20144 command.
20145
20146 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20147
20148 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20149 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20150
20151 \(fn)" t nil)
20152
20153 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20154 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20155 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20156 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20157 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20158
20159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20160
20161 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20162 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20163 emacs --batch
20164 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20165 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20166 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20167
20168 \(fn)" nil nil)
20169
20170 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20171 Call `org-exort-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20172 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20173
20174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20175
20176 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20177 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20178 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20179 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20180 command to convert it.
20181
20182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20183
20184 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20185 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20186 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20187 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20188 cut-and-paste operations.
20189 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20190 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20191 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20192 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20193
20194 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20195
20196 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20197 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20198
20199 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20200
20201 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20202 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20203 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20204 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20205 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20206 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20207 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20208 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20209 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20210 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20211 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20212 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20213 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20214 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20215 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20216
20217 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20218
20219 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20220 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20221 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20222 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20223 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20224 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20225 need into your CSS file.
20226
20227 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20228 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20229 that uses these same face definitions.
20230
20231 \(fn)" t nil)
20232
20233 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20234 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20235 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20236 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20237
20238 \(fn)" t nil)
20239
20240 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20241 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20242 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20243 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20244
20245 \(fn)" t nil)
20246
20247 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20248 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20249 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20250
20251 \(fn)" t nil)
20252
20253 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20254 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20255 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20256
20257 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20262 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20263 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20264 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
20265 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20266
20267 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20268 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20269 emacs --batch
20270 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20271 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20272 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20273
20274 \(fn)" nil nil)
20275
20276 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20277 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20278 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20279
20280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20281
20282 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20283 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20284 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20285 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20286 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20287 then use this command to convert it.
20288
20289 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20290
20291 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20292 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20293 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20294 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20295 cut-and-paste operations.
20296 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20297 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20298 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20299 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20300
20301 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20302
20303 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20304 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20305
20306 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20307
20308 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20309 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20310 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20311 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20312 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20313 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20314 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20315 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20316 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20317 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20318 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20319 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20320 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20321 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20322 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20323 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20324 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20325
20326 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20331 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20332 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18570 23415))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20334
20335 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20336 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20337 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20338 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20339
20340 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20341
20342 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20343 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20344 Create an ID if necessary.
20345
20346 \(fn)" t nil)
20347
20348 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20349 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20350 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20351 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20352 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20353 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20354 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20355
20356 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20357
20358 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20359 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20360 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20361 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20362 eligible.
20363 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20364
20365 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20366
20367 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20368 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20369 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20370 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20371
20372 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20373
20374 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20375 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20376 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20377
20378 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20379
20380 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20381 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20382 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20383 if there is no entry with that ID.
20384 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20385
20386 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20387
20388 ;;;***
20389 \f
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20391 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
20392 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20393
20394 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20395 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20396
20397 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398
20399 ;;;***
20400 \f
20401 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20402 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20403 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20405
20406 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20407 Publish PROJECT.
20408
20409 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20412 Publish all projects.
20413 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20414
20415 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20416
20417 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20418 Publish the current file.
20419 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20420
20421 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20422
20423 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20424 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20425 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20426 the project.
20427
20428 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20429
20430 ;;;***
20431 \f
20432 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20433 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20434 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18580 33798))
20435 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20436
20437 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20438 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
20439
20440 \(fn)" nil nil)
20441
20442 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20443 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20444 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20445 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20446 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20447
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449
20450 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20451 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20452 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20453 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20454
20455 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20458 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20459 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20460 of the remember buffer.
20461
20462 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20463 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20464 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20465 note stored by remember.
20466
20467 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20468 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20469
20470 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20471
20472 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20473 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20474 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20475 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20476 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20477 file the text at a specific location.
20478 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20479 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20480 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20481
20482 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20483 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20484 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20485 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20486 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20487 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20488 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20489 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20490
20491 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20492 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20493 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20494 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20495 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20496 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20497
20498 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20499 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20500 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20501
20502 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20503 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20504 \(i.e. after the stars).
20505
20506 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20507
20508 \(fn)" nil nil)
20509
20510 ;;;***
20511 \f
20512 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
20513 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
20514 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20515
20516 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20517 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20522 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20523
20524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20525
20526 ;;;***
20527 \f
20528 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20529 ;;;;;; (18464 3961))
20530 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20531 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20532
20533 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20534 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20535 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20536 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20537
20538 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20539 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20540 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20541 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20542
20543 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20544 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20545 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20546 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20547 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20548 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20549
20550 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20551 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20552 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20553
20554 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20555 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20556 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20557 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20558 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20559 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20560 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20561 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20562 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20563 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20564 The subheadings remain visible.
20565 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20566
20567 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20568 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20569 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20570
20571 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20572 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20573
20574 \(fn)" t nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20577 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20578 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20579 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20580
20581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20582
20583 ;;;***
20584 \f
20585 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18464 3961))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20587
20588 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20589 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20590 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20593 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20594
20595 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20596
20597 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20598 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20599 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20600 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20601
20602 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20603 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20604
20605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20606
20607 ;;;***
20608 \f
20609 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20610 ;;;;;; (18497 7296))
20611 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20612
20613 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20614 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20615 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20616 unknown are returned as nil.
20617
20618 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20619
20620 ;;;***
20621 \f
20622 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18464
20623 ;;;;;; 1610))
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20625
20626 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20627 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20628 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20629
20630 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20631 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20632
20633 Other useful functions are:
20634
20635 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20636 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20637 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20638 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20639 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20640 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20641 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20642 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20643 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20644
20645 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20646
20647 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20648 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20649 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20650 Indentation for case statements.
20651 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20652 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20653 mark after an end.
20654 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20655 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20656 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20657 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20658 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20659 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20660 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20661 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20662 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20663 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20664
20665 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20666 pascal-separator-keywords.
20667
20668 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20669 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20670
20671 \(fn)" t nil)
20672
20673 ;;;***
20674 \f
20675 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20676 ;;;;;; (18463 53309))
20677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20678
20679 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20680 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20681 The keys affected are:
20682 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20683 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20684 M-Backspace does undo.
20685 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20686 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20687 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20688
20689 \(fn)" t nil)
20690
20691 ;;;***
20692 \f
20693 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20694 ;;;;;; (18580 33794))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20696
20697 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20698 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20699 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20702 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20703
20704 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20705
20706 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20707 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20708
20709 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20710
20711 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20712 which modify the status of the mark.
20713
20714 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20715 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20716
20717 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20718 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20719
20720 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20721 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20722 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20723 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20724 turning PC Selection mode on.
20725
20726 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20727 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20728
20729 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20730 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20731 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20732
20733 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20734 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20735 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20736
20737 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20738 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20739
20740 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20741 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20742 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20743
20744 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20745 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20746 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20747
20748 F6 other-window
20749 DELETE delete-char
20750 C-DELETE kill-line
20751 M-DELETE kill-word
20752 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20753 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20754 M-BACKSPACE undo
20755
20756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20757
20758 ;;;***
20759 \f
20760 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18464
20761 ;;;;;; 3961))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20763
20764 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20765 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20766
20767 \(fn)" nil nil)
20768
20769 ;;;***
20770 \f
20771 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20772 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18464 3961))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20774
20775 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20776 Completion for `gzip'.
20777
20778 \(fn)" nil nil)
20779
20780 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20781 Completion for `bzip2'.
20782
20783 \(fn)" nil nil)
20784
20785 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20786 Completion for GNU `make'.
20787
20788 \(fn)" nil nil)
20789
20790 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20791 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20792
20793 \(fn)" nil nil)
20794
20795 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20796
20797 ;;;***
20798 \f
20799 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20800 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18464 3961))
20801 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20802
20803 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20804 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20805
20806 \(fn)" nil nil)
20807
20808 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20809 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20810
20811 \(fn)" nil nil)
20812
20813 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20814 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20815
20816 \(fn)" nil nil)
20817
20818 ;;;***
20819 \f
20820 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18464
20821 ;;;;;; 3961))
20822 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20823
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20825 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20826 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20827 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20828 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20829 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20830
20831 \(fn)" nil nil)
20832
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20836 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20837 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18464 3962))
20838 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20839
20840 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20841 Completion for `cd'.
20842
20843 \(fn)" nil nil)
20844
20845 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20846
20847 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20848 Completion for `rmdir'.
20849
20850 \(fn)" nil nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20853 Completion for `rm'.
20854
20855 \(fn)" nil nil)
20856
20857 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20858 Completion for `xargs'.
20859
20860 \(fn)" nil nil)
20861
20862 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20863
20864 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20865 Completion for `which'.
20866
20867 \(fn)" nil nil)
20868
20869 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20870 Completion for the `chown' command.
20871
20872 \(fn)" nil nil)
20873
20874 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20875 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20876
20877 \(fn)" nil nil)
20878
20879 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20880 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20881
20882 \(fn)" nil nil)
20883
20884 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20885 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20886 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20887
20888 \(fn)" nil nil)
20889
20890 ;;;***
20891 \f
20892 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20893 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20894 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18464
20895 ;;;;;; 3962))
20896 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20897
20898 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20899 Support extensible programmable completion.
20900 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20901 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20902
20903 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20904
20905 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20906 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20907
20908 \(fn)" t nil)
20909
20910 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20911 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20912 This will modify the current buffer.
20913
20914 \(fn)" t nil)
20915
20916 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20917 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20918
20919 \(fn)" t nil)
20920
20921 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20922 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20923 This will modify the current buffer.
20924
20925 \(fn)" t nil)
20926
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20928 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20929
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20933 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20934
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20936
20937 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20938 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20939 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20940 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20941 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20942
20943 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20944
20945 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20946 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20947
20948 \(fn)" nil nil)
20949
20950 ;;;***
20951 \f
20952 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20953 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20954 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18592 38131))
20955 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20956
20957 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20958 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20959 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20960 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20961
20962 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20963
20964 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20965
20966 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20967 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20968 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20969 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20970 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20971 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20972 FLAGS is ignored.
20973
20974 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20977 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20978 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20979 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20980 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20981 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20982 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20983 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20984
20985 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20988 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20989 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20990 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20991 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20992 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20993 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20994 passed to cvs.
20995
20996 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20997
20998 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20999 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21000 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21001 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21002 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21003 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21004 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21005
21006 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21007
21008 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
21009
21010 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21011 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21012 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21013
21014 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21015
21016 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21017 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21018 A value of nil means never do it.
21019 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21020 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21021 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21022
21023 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21024
21025 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21026 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21027 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21028
21029 ;;;***
21030 \f
21031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18464 3962))
21032 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21033
21034 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21035
21036 ;;;***
21037 \f
21038 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21039 ;;;;;; (18507 35270))
21040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21041 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21042 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21043 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21044 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21045 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21046 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21047
21048 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21049 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21050 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21051 Tab indents for Perl code.
21052 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21053 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21054 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21055 \\{perl-mode-map}
21056 Variables controlling indentation style:
21057 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21058 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21059 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21060 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21061 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21062 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21063 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21064 `perl-nochange'
21065 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21066 `perl-indent-level'
21067 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21068 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21069 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21070 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21071 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21072 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21073 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21074 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21075 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21076 `perl-brace-offset'
21077 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21078 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21079 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21080 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21081 `perl-label-offset'
21082 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21083 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21084 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21085
21086 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21087 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21088 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21089 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21090 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21091 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21092 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21093
21094 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21095
21096 \(fn)" t nil)
21097
21098 ;;;***
21099 \f
21100 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21101 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21102 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21103 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18464 3963))
21104 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21105
21106 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21107 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21108
21109 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21110
21111 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21112 passphrase cache or user.
21113
21114 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21117 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21118
21119 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21120 cache or user.
21121
21122 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21125 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21126
21127 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21128 the region.
21129
21130 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21131 passphrase cache or user.
21132
21133 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21136 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21137
21138 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21139
21140 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21141 the region.
21142
21143 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21144 passphrase cache or user.
21145
21146 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21147
21148 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21149 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21150
21151 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21152 passphrase cache or user.
21153
21154 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21155
21156 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21157 Decrypt the current buffer.
21158
21159 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21160 the region.
21161
21162 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21163 passphrase cache or user.
21164
21165 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21166
21167 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21168 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21169
21170 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21171 a detached signature.
21172
21173 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21174 and the output is displayed.
21175
21176 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21177 passphrase cache or user.
21178
21179 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21182 Sign the current buffer.
21183
21184 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21185 detached signature.
21186
21187 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21188 within the region.
21189
21190 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21191 and the output is displayed.
21192
21193 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21194 passphrase cache or user.
21195
21196 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21199 Verify the current region between START and END.
21200 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21201 the detached signature of the current region.
21202
21203 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21204 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21205
21206 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21209 Verify the current buffer.
21210 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21211 the detached signature of the current region.
21212 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21213 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21214 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21215 within the region.
21216
21217 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21220 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21221
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21225 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21226
21227 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21230 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21231
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21233
21234 ;;;***
21235 \f
21236 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21237 ;;;;;; (18592 38131))
21238 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21239
21240 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21241 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21242
21243 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21244
21245 ;;;***
21246 \f
21247 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21248 ;;;;;; (18463 57221))
21249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21250
21251 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21252 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21253 \\<picture-mode-map>
21254 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21255 afterwards settable by these commands:
21256
21257 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21258 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21259 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21260 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21261
21262 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21263 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21264 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21265 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21266
21267 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21268 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21269 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21270 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21271
21272 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21273 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21274 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21275 with these commands:
21276
21277 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21278 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21279 Move to column following last
21280 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21281 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21282 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21283 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21284 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21285 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21286
21287 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21288
21289 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21290 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21291 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21292 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21293 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21294 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21295
21296 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21297 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21298 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21299 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21300 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21301 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21302 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21303
21304 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21305 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21306 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21307 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21308 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21309 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21310 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21311 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21312
21313 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21314 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21315 by supplying an argument.
21316
21317 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21318
21319 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21320 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21325
21326 ;;;***
21327 \f
21328 ;;;### (autoloads (pmail-set-remote-password pmail-input pmail-mode
21329 ;;;;;; pmail pmail-enable-mime pmail-show-message-hook pmail-confirm-expunge
21330 ;;;;;; pmail-secondary-file-regexp pmail-secondary-file-directory
21331 ;;;;;; pmail-mail-new-frame pmail-primary-inbox-list pmail-delete-after-output
21332 ;;;;;; pmail-highlighted-headers pmail-retry-ignored-headers pmail-displayed-headers
21333 ;;;;;; pmail-ignored-headers pmail-dont-reply-to-names pmail-movemail-variant-p)
21334 ;;;;;; "pmail" "mail/pmail.el" (18654 2596))
21335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmail.el
21336
21337 (autoload 'pmail-movemail-variant-p "pmail" "\
21338 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21339 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21340
21341 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21342
21343 (defvar pmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21344 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21345 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21346 plus whatever is specified by `pmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21347
21348 (custom-autoload 'pmail-dont-reply-to-names "pmail" t)
21349
21350 (defvar pmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21351 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21352 variable `pmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21353 `pmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21354 value is the user's email address and name.)
21355 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21356
21357 (defvar pmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
21358 *Regexp to match header fields that Pmail should normally hide.
21359 \(See also `pmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
21360 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21361 which normally happens once for each message,
21362 when you view the message for the first time in Pmail.
21363 To make a change in this variable take effect
21364 for a message that you have already viewed,
21365 go to that message and type \\[pmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21366
21367 (custom-autoload 'pmail-ignored-headers "pmail" t)
21368
21369 (defvar pmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21370 *Regexp to match Header fields that Pmail should display.
21371 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21372 `pmail-ignored-headers'.")
21373
21374 (custom-autoload 'pmail-displayed-headers "pmail" t)
21375
21376 (defvar pmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21377 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21378
21379 (custom-autoload 'pmail-retry-ignored-headers "pmail" t)
21380
21381 (defvar pmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21382 *Regexp to match Header fields that Pmail should normally highlight.
21383 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
21384
21385 (custom-autoload 'pmail-highlighted-headers "pmail" t)
21386
21387 (defvar pmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21388 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21389
21390 (custom-autoload 'pmail-delete-after-output "pmail" t)
21391
21392 (defvar pmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21393 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/PMAIL'.
21394 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21395 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21396 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21397
21398 (custom-autoload 'pmail-primary-inbox-list "pmail" t)
21399
21400 (defvar pmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21401 *Non-nil means Pmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21402 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21403 the frame where you have the PMAIL buffer displayed.")
21404
21405 (custom-autoload 'pmail-mail-new-frame "pmail" t)
21406
21407 (defvar pmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21408 *Directory for additional secondary Pmail files.")
21409
21410 (custom-autoload 'pmail-secondary-file-directory "pmail" t)
21411
21412 (defvar pmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21413 *Regexp for which files are secondary Pmail files.")
21414
21415 (custom-autoload 'pmail-secondary-file-regexp "pmail" t)
21416
21417 (defvar pmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
21418 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21419
21420 (custom-autoload 'pmail-confirm-expunge "pmail" t)
21421
21422 (defvar pmail-mode-hook nil "\
21423 List of functions to call when Pmail is invoked.")
21424
21425 (defvar pmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21426 List of functions to call when Pmail has retrieved new mail.")
21427
21428 (defvar pmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21429 List of functions to call when Pmail displays a message.")
21430
21431 (custom-autoload 'pmail-show-message-hook "pmail" t)
21432
21433 (defvar pmail-quit-hook nil "\
21434 List of functions to call when quitting out of Pmail.")
21435
21436 (defvar pmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21437 List of functions to call when Pmail deletes a message.
21438 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21439 still the current message in the Pmail buffer.")
21440
21441 (defvar pmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21442 Coding system used in PMAIL file.
21443
21444 This is set to nil by default.")
21445
21446 (defvar pmail-enable-mime nil "\
21447 *If non-nil, PMAIL uses MIME feature.
21448 If the value is t, PMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21449 If the value is neither t nor nil, PMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21450 until a user explicitly requires it.
21451
21452 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
21453 if the feature specified by `pmail-mime-feature' is not available
21454 in your session.")
21455
21456 (custom-autoload 'pmail-enable-mime "pmail" t)
21457
21458 (defvar pmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21459 Function to show MIME decoded message of PMAIL file.
21460 This function is called when `pmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21461 It is called with no argument.")
21462
21463 (defvar pmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21464 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21465 This function is called if `pmail-enable-mime' or
21466 `pmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21467 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21468 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21469 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21470
21471 (defvar pmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21472 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21473 This function is called if `pmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21474 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21475 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21476 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21477
21478 (defvar pmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21479 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21480 This function is called if `pmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21481 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21482 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21483
21484 (defvar pmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21485 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21486 This function is called if `pmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21487 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21488 MSG is the message number,
21489 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21490 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21491
21492 (defvar pmail-mime-feature 'pmail-mime "\
21493 Feature to require to load MIME support in Pmail.
21494 When starting Pmail, if `pmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21495 this feature is required with `require'.
21496
21497 The default value is `pmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
21498 the pmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/pmail-mime/>.")
21499
21500 (defvar pmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21501 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21502 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21503 the message is decoded as normal way.
21504
21505 If the variable `pmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21506 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21507 the variable `pmail-mime-feature'.")
21508
21509 (defvar pmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
21510 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21511 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21512
21513 (autoload 'pmail "pmail" "\
21514 Read and edit incoming mail.
21515 Moves messages into file named by `pmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21516 and edits that file in PMAIL Mode.
21517 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of PMAIL commands.
21518
21519 May be called with file name as argument; then performs pmail editing on
21520 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21521 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21522 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21523
21524 If `pmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this PMAIL file.
21525
21526 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21527
21528 (autoload 'pmail-mode "pmail" "\
21529 Pmail Mode is used by \\<pmail-mode-map>\\[pmail] for editing Pmail files.
21530 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21531 Instead, these commands are available:
21532
21533 \\[pmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
21534 \\[pmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
21535 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21536 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21537 \\[pmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21538 \\[pmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21539 \\[pmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21540 \\[pmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21541 \\[pmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Pmail file.
21542 \\[pmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Pmail file.
21543 \\[pmail-show-message-maybe] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21544 \\[pmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21545 \\[pmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21546 \\[pmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21547 \\[pmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21548 till a deleted message is found.
21549 \\[pmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[pmail-cease-edit] to return to Pmail.
21550 \\[pmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21551 \\[pmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21552 \\[pmail-quit] Quit Pmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21553 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21554 \\[pmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21555 \\[pmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21556 \\[pmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21557 \\[pmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[pmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21558 \\[pmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21559 \\[pmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21560 \\[pmail-output-to-pmail-file] Output this message to an Pmail file (append it).
21561 \\[pmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21562 \\[pmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21563 \\[pmail-input] Input Pmail file. Run Pmail on that file.
21564 \\[pmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21565 \\[pmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21566 \\[pmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21567 (label defaults to last one specified).
21568 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21569 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[pmail-add-label].
21570 \\[pmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21571 \\[pmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21572 \\[pmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21573 \\[pmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21574 \\[pmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21575 \\[pmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21576 \\[pmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21577
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21579
21580 (autoload 'pmail-input "pmail" "\
21581 Run Pmail on file FILENAME.
21582
21583 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21584
21585 (autoload 'pmail-set-remote-password "pmail" "\
21586 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21587
21588 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21589
21590 ;;;***
21591 \f
21592 ;;;### (autoloads (pmail-edit-current-message) "pmailedit" "mail/pmailedit.el"
21593 ;;;;;; (18634 15334))
21594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmailedit.el
21595
21596 (autoload 'pmail-edit-current-message "pmailedit" "\
21597 Edit the contents of this message.
21598
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21600
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads (pmail-next-labeled-message pmail-previous-labeled-message
21604 ;;;;;; pmail-read-label pmail-kill-label pmail-add-label pmail-register-keywords)
21605 ;;;;;; "pmailkwd" "mail/pmailkwd.el" (18634 15334))
21606 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmailkwd.el
21607
21608 (autoload 'pmail-register-keywords "pmailkwd" "\
21609 Add the strings in WORDS to `pmail-keywords'.
21610
21611 \(fn WORDS)" nil nil)
21612
21613 (autoload 'pmail-add-label "pmailkwd" "\
21614 Add LABEL to labels associated with current PMAIL message.
21615
21616 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21617
21618 (autoload 'pmail-kill-label "pmailkwd" "\
21619 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current PMAIL message.
21620
21621 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21622
21623 (autoload 'pmail-read-label "pmailkwd" "\
21624 Ask for a label using PROMPT.
21625 If EXISTING is non-nil, ask for one of the labels of the current
21626 message.
21627
21628 \(fn PROMPT &optional EXISTING)" nil nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'pmail-previous-labeled-message "pmailkwd" "\
21631 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21632 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21633 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21634 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21635
21636 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21637
21638 (autoload 'pmail-next-labeled-message "pmailkwd" "\
21639 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21640 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21641 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21642 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21643
21644 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21645
21646 ;;;***
21647 \f
21648 ;;;### (autoloads (set-pmail-inbox-list) "pmailmsc" "mail/pmailmsc.el"
21649 ;;;;;; (18634 15334))
21650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmailmsc.el
21651
21652 (autoload 'set-pmail-inbox-list "pmailmsc" "\
21653 Set the inbox list of the current PMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21654 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21655 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21656
21657 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21658
21659 ;;;***
21660 \f
21661 ;;;### (autoloads (pmail-output-body-to-file pmail-output pmail-output-to-pmail-file
21662 ;;;;;; pmail-fields-not-to-output pmail-output-file-alist) "pmailout"
21663 ;;;;;; "mail/pmailout.el" (18634 15334))
21664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmailout.el
21665
21666 (defvar pmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21667 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Pmail files.
21668 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21669 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21670 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21671 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21672 a file name as a string.")
21673
21674 (custom-autoload 'pmail-output-file-alist "pmailout" t)
21675
21676 (defvar pmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21677 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21678
21679 (custom-autoload 'pmail-fields-not-to-output "pmailout" t)
21680
21681 (autoload 'pmail-output-to-pmail-file "pmailout" "\
21682 Append the current message to an Pmail (mbox) file named FILE-NAME.
21683 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21684 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21685 buffer visiting that file.
21686 If the file exists and is not an Pmail file, the message is
21687 appended in inbox format, the same way `pmail-output' does it.
21688
21689 The default file name comes from `pmail-default-pmail-file',
21690 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21691
21692 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
21693 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21694
21695 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21696 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21697
21698 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21699
21700 (autoload 'pmail-output "pmailout" "\
21701 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21702 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
21703 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21704 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
21705
21706 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21707 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21708 will be appended with their original headers.
21709
21710 The default file name comes from `pmail-default-file',
21711 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21712
21713 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21714 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21715
21716 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21717
21718 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'pmail-output-body-to-file "pmailout" "\
21721 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21722 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21723
21724 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21725
21726 ;;;***
21727 \f
21728 ;;;### (autoloads (pmail-sort-by-labels pmail-sort-by-lines pmail-sort-by-correspondent
21729 ;;;;;; pmail-sort-by-recipient pmail-sort-by-author pmail-sort-by-subject
21730 ;;;;;; pmail-sort-by-date) "pmailsort" "mail/pmailsort.el" (18634
21731 ;;;;;; 15334))
21732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmailsort.el
21733
21734 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-date "pmailsort" "\
21735 Sort messages of current Pmail file by date.
21736 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21737
21738 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-subject "pmailsort" "\
21741 Sort messages of current Pmail file by subject.
21742 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21743
21744 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-author "pmailsort" "\
21747 Sort messages of current Pmail file by author.
21748 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21749
21750 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-recipient "pmailsort" "\
21753 Sort messages of current Pmail file by recipient.
21754 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21755
21756 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21757
21758 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-correspondent "pmailsort" "\
21759 Sort messages of current Pmail file by other correspondent.
21760 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21761
21762 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-lines "pmailsort" "\
21765 Sort messages of current Pmail file by number of lines.
21766 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21767
21768 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21769
21770 (autoload 'pmail-sort-by-labels "pmailsort" "\
21771 Sort messages of current Pmail file by labels.
21772 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21773 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21774
21775 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21776
21777 ;;;***
21778 \f
21779 ;;;### (autoloads (pmail-user-mail-address-regexp pmail-summary-line-decoder
21780 ;;;;;; pmail-summary-by-senders pmail-summary-by-topic pmail-summary-by-regexp
21781 ;;;;;; pmail-summary-by-recipients pmail-summary-by-labels pmail-summary
21782 ;;;;;; pmail-summary-line-count-flag pmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21783 ;;;;;; "pmailsum" "mail/pmailsum.el" (18634 15334))
21784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/pmailsum.el
21785
21786 (defvar pmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21787 *Non-nil means Pmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21788
21789 (custom-autoload 'pmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "pmailsum" t)
21790
21791 (defvar pmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21792 *Non-nil if Pmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21793
21794 (custom-autoload 'pmail-summary-line-count-flag "pmailsum" t)
21795
21796 (autoload 'pmail-summary "pmailsum" "\
21797 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21798
21799 \(fn)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'pmail-summary-by-labels "pmailsum" "\
21802 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21803 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21804
21805 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21806
21807 (autoload 'pmail-summary-by-recipients "pmailsum" "\
21808 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21809 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21810 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21811 only look in the To and From fields.
21812 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21813
21814 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21815
21816 (autoload 'pmail-summary-by-regexp "pmailsum" "\
21817 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21818 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21819 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21820 Emacs will list the header line in the PMAIL-summary.
21821
21822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21823
21824 (autoload 'pmail-summary-by-topic "pmailsum" "\
21825 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21826 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21827 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21828 look in the whole message.
21829 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21830
21831 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21832
21833 (autoload 'pmail-summary-by-senders "pmailsum" "\
21834 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21835 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21836
21837 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21838
21839 (defvar pmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
21840 *Function to decode summary-line.
21841
21842 By default, `identity' is set.")
21843
21844 (custom-autoload 'pmail-summary-line-decoder "pmailsum" t)
21845
21846 (defvar pmail-user-mail-address-regexp (concat "^\\(" (regexp-quote (user-login-name)) "\\($\\|@\\)\\|" (regexp-quote (or user-mail-address (concat (user-login-name) "@" (or mail-host-address (system-name))))) "\\>\\)") "\
21847 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21848 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21849 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the
21850 sender, the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. It is
21851 initialized based on your `user-login-name' and
21852 `user-mail-address'.
21853
21854 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you
21855 collect mails sent by you under different user names. Then it
21856 should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21857
21858 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21859
21860 (custom-autoload 'pmail-user-mail-address-regexp "pmailsum" t)
21861
21862 ;;;***
21863 \f
21864 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21865 ;;;;;; (18463 57221))
21866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21867
21868 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21869 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21870 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21871
21872 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21873
21874 ;;;***
21875 \f
21876 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18464 1944))
21877 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21878
21879 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21880 Play pong and waste time.
21881 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21882 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21883
21884 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21885
21886 \\{pong-mode-map}
21887
21888 \(fn)" t nil)
21889
21890 ;;;***
21891 \f
21892 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21893 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21894 ;;;;;; (18463 52910))
21895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21896
21897 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21898 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21899 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21900 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21901
21902 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21903
21904 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21905 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21906
21907 \(fn)" nil nil)
21908
21909 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21910 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21911 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21912 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21913 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21914
21915 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21916
21917 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21918 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21919 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21920
21921 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21922
21923 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21924 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21925
21926 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21927
21928 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21929 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21930 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21931 Ignores leading comment characters.
21932
21933 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21936 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21937 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21938 Ignores leading comment characters.
21939
21940 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21941
21942 ;;;***
21943 \f
21944 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21945 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21946 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21947 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21948 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21949 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21950 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21951 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21952 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21953 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21954 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21955 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21956 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21957 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21958 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21959 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21960 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21961 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21962 ;;;;;; (18580 33793))
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21964
21965 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21966 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21967
21968 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21969
21970 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21971
21972 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21973
21974 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21975 Preview directory using ghostview.
21976
21977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21978 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21979 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21980 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21981
21982 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21983 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21984 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21985 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21986 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21987 file name.
21988
21989 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21990
21991 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21992
21993 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21994 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21995
21996 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21997 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21998 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21999 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22000
22001 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22002 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22003 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22004 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22005 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22006 file name.
22007
22008 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22009
22010 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22011
22012 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22013 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22014
22015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22016 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22017 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22018 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22019
22020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22021 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22022 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22023 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22024 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22025 file name.
22026
22027 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22028
22029 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22030
22031 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22032 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22033
22034 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22035
22036 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22037 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22038 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22039 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22040
22041 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22042 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22043 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22044 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22045 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22046 file name.
22047
22048 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22049
22050 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22051
22052 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22053 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22054
22055 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22056 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22057 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22058
22059 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22060 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22061 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22062 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22063
22064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22065
22066 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22067 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22068
22069 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22070 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22071 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22072
22073 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22074 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22075 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22076 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22077
22078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22079
22080 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22081 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22082
22083 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22084 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22085 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22086
22087 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22088 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22089 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22090 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22091
22092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22093
22094 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22095 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22096
22097 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22098
22099 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22100 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22101 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22102
22103 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22104 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22105 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22106 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22107
22108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22109
22110 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22111 Preview region using ghostview.
22112
22113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22114
22115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22116
22117 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22118 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22119
22120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22121
22122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22123
22124 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22125 Print region using PostScript printer.
22126
22127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22128
22129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22130
22131 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22132 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22133
22134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22135
22136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22137
22138 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22139 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22140
22141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22142
22143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22144
22145 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22146 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22147
22148 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22149
22150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22151
22152 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22153 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22154
22155 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22156
22157 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22158
22159 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22160 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22161
22162 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22163
22164 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22165
22166 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22167 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22168 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22169 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22170
22171 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22172 matching.
22173
22174 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22175 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22176
22177 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22178
22179 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22180
22181 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22182 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22183 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22184 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22185
22186 \(fn)" t nil)
22187
22188 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22189 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22190 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22191 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22192
22193 \(fn)" t nil)
22194
22195 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22196 Print directory using text printer.
22197
22198 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22199 matching.
22200
22201 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22202 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22203
22204 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22205
22206 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22207
22208 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22209 Print buffer using text printer.
22210
22211 \(fn)" t nil)
22212
22213 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22214 Print region using text printer.
22215
22216 \(fn)" t nil)
22217
22218 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22219 Print major mode using text printer.
22220
22221 \(fn)" t nil)
22222
22223 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22224 Preview spooled PostScript.
22225
22226 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22227 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22228 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22229
22230 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22231 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22232 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22233
22234 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22235
22236 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22237 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22238
22239 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22240 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22241 instead of sending it to the printer.
22242
22243 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22244 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22245 image in a file with that name.
22246
22247 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22250 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22251
22252 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22253 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22254 instead of sending it to the printer.
22255
22256 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22257 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22258 image in a file with that name.
22259
22260 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22261
22262 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22263 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22264
22265 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22266 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22267 instead of sending it to the printer.
22268
22269 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22270 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22271 image in a file with that name.
22272
22273 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22274
22275 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22276 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22277
22278 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22279
22280 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22281 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22282
22283 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22284
22285 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22286 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22287
22288 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22289
22290 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22291 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22292
22293 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22294
22295 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22296 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22297
22298 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22301 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22302
22303 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22304 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22305 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22306 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22307
22308 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22309 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22310 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22311 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22312 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22313 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22314 file name.
22315
22316 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22317
22318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22319 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22320
22321 \(fn)" t nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22324 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22325
22326 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22327 right.
22328 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22329 bottom.
22330
22331 \(fn)" t nil)
22332
22333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22334 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22335
22336 \(fn)" t nil)
22337
22338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22339 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22340
22341 \(fn)" t nil)
22342
22343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22344 Toggle printing with faces.
22345
22346 \(fn)" t nil)
22347
22348 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22349 Toggle spooling.
22350
22351 \(fn)" t nil)
22352
22353 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22354 Toggle duplex.
22355
22356 \(fn)" t nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22359 Toggle tumble.
22360
22361 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22362 right.
22363 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22364 bottom.
22365
22366 \(fn)" t nil)
22367
22368 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22369 Toggle landscape.
22370
22371 \(fn)" t nil)
22372
22373 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22374 Toggle upside-down.
22375
22376 \(fn)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22379 Toggle line number.
22380
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22384 Toggle zebra stripes.
22385
22386 \(fn)" t nil)
22387
22388 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22389 Toggle printing header.
22390
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22392
22393 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22394 Toggle printing header frame.
22395
22396 \(fn)" t nil)
22397
22398 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22399 Toggle menu lock.
22400
22401 \(fn)" t nil)
22402
22403 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22404 Toggle auto region.
22405
22406 \(fn)" t nil)
22407
22408 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22409 Toggle auto mode.
22410
22411 \(fn)" t nil)
22412
22413 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22414 Customization of the `printing' group.
22415
22416 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22417
22418 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22419 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22420
22421 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22422
22423 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22424 Help for the printing package.
22425
22426 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22427
22428 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22429 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22430
22431 \(fn)" t nil)
22432
22433 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22434 Interactively select a text printer.
22435
22436 \(fn)" t nil)
22437
22438 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22439 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22440
22441 \(fn)" t nil)
22442
22443 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22444 Show current ps-print settings.
22445
22446 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22447
22448 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22449 Show current printing settings.
22450
22451 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22452
22453 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22454 Show current lpr settings.
22455
22456 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22457
22458 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22459 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22460
22461 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22462 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22463 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22464 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22465
22466
22467 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22468
22469 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22470 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22471 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22472
22473 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22474 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22475 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22476 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22477 current active printer.
22478
22479 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22480 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22481 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22482 printer.
22483
22484 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22485 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22486 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22487 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22488 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22489
22490
22491 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22492 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22493
22494 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22495
22496 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22497 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22498 be done using the new current active printer.
22499
22500 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22501 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22502 printer.
22503
22504 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22505 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22506 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22507 instead of sending it to the printer.
22508
22509 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22510 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22511 printer.
22512
22513 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22514
22515
22516 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22517 are both set to t.
22518
22519 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22520
22521 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22522 Fast fire function for text printing.
22523
22524 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22525 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22526 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22527 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22528
22529 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22530 user for a new active text printer.
22531
22532 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22533
22534 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22535
22536 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22537 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22538 printer.
22539
22540 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22541
22542 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22543 are both set to t.
22544
22545 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22546
22547 ;;;***
22548 \f
22549 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18654 2590))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22551
22552 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22553 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22554 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22555 information will be displayed but not selected.
22556
22557 See `proced-mode' for a descreption of features available in Proced buffers.
22558
22559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22560
22561 ;;;***
22562 \f
22563 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22564 ;;;;;; (18464 1611))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22566
22567 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22568 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22569 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22570 Commands:
22571 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22572 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22573 if that value is non-nil.
22574
22575 \(fn)" t nil)
22576
22577 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22578
22579 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22580 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22581 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22582
22583 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22584
22585 ;;;***
22586 \f
22587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18464 3963))
22588 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22589
22590 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22591 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22592 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22593
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18464
22597 ;;;;;; 1611))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22599
22600 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22601 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22602
22603 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22604
22605 The following variables hold user options, and can
22606 be set through the `customize' command:
22607
22608 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22609 `ps-mode-tab'
22610 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22611 `ps-mode-print-function'
22612 `ps-run-prompt'
22613 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22614 `ps-run-x'
22615 `ps-run-dumb'
22616 `ps-run-init'
22617 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22618 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22619
22620 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22621
22622
22623 \\{ps-mode-map}
22624
22625
22626 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22627 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22628 The keymap for this second window is:
22629
22630 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22631
22632
22633 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22634 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22635 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22636 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22637 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22638
22639 \(fn)" t nil)
22640
22641 ;;;***
22642 \f
22643 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22644 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22645 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22646 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22647 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22648 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18467
22649 ;;;;;; 179))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22651
22652 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
22653 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22654 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22655
22656 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22657
22658 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22659 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
22660 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22661 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22662
22663 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22664
22665 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22666 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22667
22668 Valid values are:
22669
22670 nil Do not print colors.
22671
22672 t Print colors.
22673
22674 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22675 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22676
22677 Any other value is treated as t.")
22678
22679 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22680
22681 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22682 Customization of ps-print group.
22683
22684 \(fn)" t nil)
22685
22686 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22687 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22688
22689 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22690 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22691 sending it to the printer.
22692
22693 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22694 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22695 image in a file with that name.
22696
22697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22698
22699 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22700 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22701 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22702 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22703 so it has a way to determine color values.
22704
22705 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22706
22707 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22708 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22709 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22710
22711 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22712
22713 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22714 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22715 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22716 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22717 so it has a way to determine color values.
22718
22719 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22720
22721 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22722 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22723 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22724 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22725
22726 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22727
22728 \(fn)" t nil)
22729
22730 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22731 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22732 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22733 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22734 so it has a way to determine color values.
22735
22736 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22737
22738 \(fn)" t nil)
22739
22740 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22741 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22742 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22743
22744 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22745
22746 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22747
22748 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22749 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22750 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22751 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22752 so it has a way to determine color values.
22753
22754 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22755
22756 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22757
22758 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22759 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22760
22761 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22762 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22763 instead of sending it to the printer.
22764
22765 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22766 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22767 image in a file with that name.
22768
22769 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22770
22771 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22772 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22773 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22774 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22775 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22776
22777 \(fn)" t nil)
22778
22779 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22780 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22781 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22782
22783 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22784
22785 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22786 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22787 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22788
22789 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22790
22791 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22792 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22793
22794 \(fn)" nil nil)
22795
22796 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22797 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22798
22799 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22800 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22801
22802 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22803 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22804
22805 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22806
22807 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22808
22809 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22810
22811 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22812 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22813
22814 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22815 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22816
22817 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22818 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22819
22820 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22821
22822 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22823
22824 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22825
22826 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22827 foreground and background colors respectively.
22828
22829 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22830 bold - use bold font.
22831 italic - use italic font.
22832 underline - put a line under text.
22833 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22834 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22835 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22836 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22837 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22838
22839 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22840
22841 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22842
22843 ;;;***
22844 \f
22845 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22846 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18612 17519))
22847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22848
22849 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22850
22851 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22852
22853 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22854
22855 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22856 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22857 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22858 buffer automatically.
22859
22860 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22861 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22862 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22863 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22864 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22865 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22866 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22867
22868 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22869 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22870 buffer for a list of commands.)
22871
22872 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22873
22874 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22875 Major mode for editing Python files.
22876 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22877 for correct parsing of the source.
22878 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22879 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22880 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22881
22882 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22883 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22884 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22885 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22886 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22887 \\<python-mode-map>
22888 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22889 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22890 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22891 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22892 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22893 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22894
22895 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22896 effect outside them.
22897
22898 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22899 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22900 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22901 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22902 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22903 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22904 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22905 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22906 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22907
22908 \\{python-mode-map}
22909
22910 \(fn)" t nil)
22911
22912 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22913 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22914 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22915 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22916
22917 \(fn)" t nil)
22918
22919 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22920 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22921 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22922 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22923 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22924 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22925
22926 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22927 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22928 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22929 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22930 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22931 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22932 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22933
22934 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22935 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22936 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22937 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22938 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22939
22940 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22941 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22942 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22943 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22944 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22945 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22946 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22947 mode.
22948
22949 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22950 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22951 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22952 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22953 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22954 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22955 filter.
22956
22957 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22958
22959 ;;;***
22960 \f
22961 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22962 ;;;;;; (18463 54941))
22963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22964
22965 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22966 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22967 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22968 coding-system.
22969
22970 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22971 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22972
22973 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22974 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22975 them into characters should be done separately.
22976
22977 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22978
22979 ;;;***
22980 \f
22981 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22982 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22983 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22984 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22985 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18634 15334))
22986 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22987
22988 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22989 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22990
22991 \(fn)" nil nil)
22992
22993 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22994 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22995 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22996
22997 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22998 `quail-activate', which see.
22999
23000 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23001
23002 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23003 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23004 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23005 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23006 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23007 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23008 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23009
23010 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23011 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23012 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23013 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23014 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23015 shown.
23016 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23017
23018 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23019 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23020 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23021 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23022 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23023 list of candidates.
23024
23025 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23026 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23027 command to be called.
23028
23029 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23030 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23031 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23032 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23033
23034 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23035 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23036 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23037 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23038 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23039 to t.
23040
23041 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23042 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23043 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23044 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23045
23046 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23047 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23048 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23049 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23050
23051 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23052 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23053 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23054 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23055 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23056 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23057
23058 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23059 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23060 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23061 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23062 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23063 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23064
23065 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23066 covers Quail translation region.
23067
23068 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23069 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23070 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23071 for it) is inserted.
23072
23073 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23074 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23075 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23076
23077 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23078 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23079 non-Quail commands.
23080
23081 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23082
23083 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23084 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23085
23086 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23087 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23088 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23089 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23090 you type is correctly handled.
23091
23092 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23093
23094 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23095 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23096
23097 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23098 keyboard type.
23099
23100 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23101
23102 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23103 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23104 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23105 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23106 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23107 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23108 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23109 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23110 for the translation.
23111 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23112
23113 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23114 it is used to handle KEY.
23115
23116 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23117 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23118 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23119 the following annotation types are supported.
23120
23121 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23122 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23123
23124 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23125 candidate list.
23126
23127 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23128 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23129 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23130 inserted.
23131
23132 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23133 generated for the following translations.
23134
23135 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23136
23137 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23138 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23139
23140 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23141 which to install MAP.
23142
23143 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23144
23145 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23146
23147 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23148 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23149
23150 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23151 which to install MAP.
23152
23153 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23154
23155 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23156
23157 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23158 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23159 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23160 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23161 a function, or a cons.
23162 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23163 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23164 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23165 for the translation.
23166 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23167 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23168 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23169 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23170 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23171
23172 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23173 it is used to handle KEY.
23174
23175 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23176 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23177 current Quail package.
23178
23179 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23180 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23181
23182 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23183
23184 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23185 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23186
23187 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23188 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23189
23190 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23191
23192 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23193 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23194
23195 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23196
23197 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23198 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23199 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23200 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23201 of the Emacs source tree.
23202
23203 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23204 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23205
23206 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23207 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23208 of each directory.
23209
23210 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23211
23212 ;;;***
23213 \f
23214 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23215 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23216 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18464
23217 ;;;;;; 2403))
23218 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23219
23220 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23221 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23222 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23223 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23224
23225 To make use of this do something like:
23226
23227 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23228
23229 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23230
23231 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23232 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
23233
23234 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23235 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
23236 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23237
23238 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23239
23240 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23241 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23242
23243 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23244
23245 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23246 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23247
23248 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
23249 is decided.
23250
23251 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23252
23253 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23254 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23255
23256 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23257 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
23258 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23259
23260 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23261
23262 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23263 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23264
23265 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23266
23267 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23268 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23269
23270 \(fn)" t nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23273 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23274
23275 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23276
23277 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23278
23279 \(fn)" t nil)
23280
23281 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23282 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23283
23284 \(fn)" t nil)
23285
23286 ;;;***
23287 \f
23288 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23289 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18580 33797))
23290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23291
23292 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23293 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23294
23295 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23296
23297 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23298
23299 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23300
23301 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23302
23303 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23304 Not documented
23305
23306 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
23307
23308 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23309 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23310 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23312 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23313 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23314
23315 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23316
23317 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23318 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23319
23320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23321
23322 ;;;***
23323 \f
23324 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18464
23325 ;;;;;; 2403))
23326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23327
23328 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23329 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23330 See \\[compile].
23331
23332 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23333
23334 ;;;***
23335 \f
23336 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23337 ;;;;;; (18463 52910))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23339
23340 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23341
23342 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23343 Construct a regexp interactively.
23344
23345 \(fn)" t nil)
23346
23347 ;;;***
23348 \f
23349 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18580 33793))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23351
23352 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23353 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23354 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23357 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23358
23359 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23360
23361 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23362 Toggle recentf mode.
23363 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
23364 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
23365
23366 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
23367 that were operated on recently.
23368
23369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23370
23371 ;;;***
23372 \f
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
23374 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
23375 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
23376 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18580
23377 ;;;;;; 33793))
23378 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23379 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23380 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23381 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23382 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23383 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23384 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23385
23386 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
23387 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
23388 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
23389 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
23390
23391 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
23392
23393 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
23394
23395 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23396 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23397 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23398 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23399 ends.
23400
23401 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23402 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23403 to be deleted.
23404
23405 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23406
23407 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23408 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23409 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23410
23411 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23412 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23413 deleted.
23414
23415 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23416
23417 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23418 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23419 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23420
23421 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23422
23423 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23424 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23425
23426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23427 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23428
23429 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23430 deleted.
23431
23432 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23433 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23434 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23435 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23436 even beep.)
23437
23438 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23439
23440 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23441 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23442
23443 \(fn)" t nil)
23444
23445 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23446 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23447 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23448 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23449 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23450 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23451 and point is at the lower right corner.
23452
23453 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23454
23455 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23456 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23457
23458 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23459 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23460
23461 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23462 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
23463 on the right side of the rectangle.
23464
23465 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23466
23467 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23468
23469 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23470 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23471 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23472 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23473 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23474
23475 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23476 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23477
23478 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23479
23480 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23481 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23482 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23483
23484 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23485
23486 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23487
23488 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23489
23490 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23491 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23492
23493 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23494 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23495 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23496
23497 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23498
23499 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23500 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23501 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23502
23503 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23504 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23505 rectangle which were empty.
23506
23507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23508
23509 ;;;***
23510 \f
23511 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18463
23512 ;;;;;; 57222))
23513 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23514
23515 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23516 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23517 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23518
23519 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23520 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23521 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23522
23523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23524
23525 ;;;***
23526 \f
23527 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23528 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18487 10640))
23529 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23530
23531 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23532 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23533
23534 \(fn)" nil nil)
23535
23536 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23537 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23538
23539 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23540 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23541
23542 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23543 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23544 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23545 \\ref macro.
23546
23547 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23548 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23549 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23550
23551 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23552 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23553 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23554
23555 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23556 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23557
23558 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23559 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23560
23561 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23562 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23563 on the menu bar.
23564
23565 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23566
23567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23568
23569 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23570 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23571 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23572
23573 \(fn)" nil nil)
23574
23575 ;;;***
23576 \f
23577 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23578 ;;;;;; (18463 57222))
23579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23580
23581 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23582 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23583 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23584 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23585 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23586 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23587
23588 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23589
23590 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23591
23592 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23593 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23594 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23595 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23596 `reftex-cite-format'.
23597
23598 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23599 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23600 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23601 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23602
23603 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23604
23605 ;;;***
23606 \f
23607 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23608 ;;;;;; (18463 57222))
23609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23610
23611 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23612 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23613 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23614 the current TeX document.
23615
23616 With no argument, this command toggles
23617 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23618 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23619
23620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23621
23622 ;;;***
23623 \f
23624 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23625 ;;;;;; (18463 57222))
23626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23627
23628 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23629 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23630 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23631
23632 To insert new phrases, use
23633 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23634 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23635
23636 To index phrases use one of:
23637
23638 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23639 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23640 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23641 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23642 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23643
23644 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23645 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23646
23647 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23648
23649 Here are all local bindings.
23650
23651 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23652
23653 \(fn)" t nil)
23654
23655 ;;;***
23656 \f
23657 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23658 ;;;;;; (18463 57223))
23659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23660
23661 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23662 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23663 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23664 of master file.
23665
23666 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23667
23668 ;;;***
23669 \f
23670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18487
23671 ;;;;;; 10640))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23673 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23674 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23675 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23676 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23677
23678 ;;;***
23679 \f
23680 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23681 ;;;;;; (18486 64666))
23682 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23683
23684 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23685 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23686 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23687 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23688 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23689 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23690
23691 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23692 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23693
23694 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23695 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23696
23697 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23698
23699 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23700 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23701 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23702 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23703
23704 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23705
23706 ;;;***
23707 \f
23708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18580 33793))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23710 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23711 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23712 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23713 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23714 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23715 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23716 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23717 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23718 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23719 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23720 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23721 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23722 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23723
23724 ;;;***
23725 \f
23726 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23727 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23728 ;;;;;; (18463 57224))
23729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23730
23731 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23732 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23733 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23734 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23735
23736 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23737
23738 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23739
23740 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23741 Call `remember' in another frame.
23742
23743 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23744
23745 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23746 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23747 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23748 application.
23749
23750 \(fn)" t nil)
23751
23752 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23753 Extract diary entries from the region.
23754
23755 \(fn)" nil nil)
23756
23757 ;;;***
23758 \f
23759 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18464 3964))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23761
23762 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23763 Repeat most recently executed command.
23764 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23765 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23766 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23767
23768 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23769 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23770 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23771 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23772
23773 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23774 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23775 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23776
23777 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23778
23779 ;;;***
23780 \f
23781 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23782 ;;;;;; (18464 1842))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23784
23785 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23786 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23787
23788 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23789 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23790 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23791 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23792 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23793 and point is left after the salutation.
23794
23795 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23796 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23797 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23798 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23799 left after that text.
23800
23801 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23802 is non-nil.
23803
23804 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23805 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23806 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23807 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23808
23809 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23810
23811 ;;;***
23812 \f
23813 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23814 ;;;;;; (18464 3964))
23815 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23816
23817 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23818 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23819 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23820 visibility of comments that precede it.
23821 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23822 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23823 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23824 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23825 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23826 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23827 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23828 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23829 the comment lines.
23830 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23831 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23832 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23833 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23834 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23835
23836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23837
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18464
23841 ;;;;;; 3964))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
23843
23844 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
23845 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
23846
23847 \(fn)" nil nil)
23848
23849 ;;;***
23850 \f
23851 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23852 ;;;;;; (18464 3964))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23854
23855 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23856 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23857 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23858
23859 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23860 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23861 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23862
23863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23864
23865 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23866 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23867 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23870 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23871
23872 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23873
23874 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23875 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23876 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23877
23878 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23879 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23880 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23881
23882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23883
23884 ;;;***
23885 \f
23886 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23887 ;;;;;; (18463 52911))
23888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23889
23890 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23891 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23892
23893 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23894
23895 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23896 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23897
23898 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23899
23900 ;;;***
23901 \f
23902 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18464 2403))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23904 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23905
23906 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23907 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23908 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23909 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23910
23911 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23912
23913 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23914 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23915 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23916 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23917
23918 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23919 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23920
23921 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23922 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23923
23924 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23925 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23926 INPUT-ARGS.
23927
23928 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23929 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23930 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23931 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23932 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23933
23934 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23935 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23936 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23937 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23938
23939 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23940 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23941 variable.
23942
23943 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23944
23945 ;;;***
23946 \f
23947 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23948 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23949 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23950 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23951 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
23952 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23953 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18612 17518))
23954 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23955
23956 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23957 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23958 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23959
23960 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23961
23962 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23963 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23964 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23965 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23966
23967 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23968
23969 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23970 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23971 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23972 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23973 value is the user's email address and name.)
23974 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23975
23976 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23977 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23978 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23979 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23980 which normally happens once for each message,
23981 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23982 To make a change in this variable take effect
23983 for a message that you have already viewed,
23984 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23985
23986 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23987
23988 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23989 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23990 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23991 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23992
23993 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23994
23995 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23996 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23997
23998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23999
24000 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
24001 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24002 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
24003
24004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24005
24006 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
24007 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
24008
24009 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
24010
24011 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24012 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
24013 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
24014 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
24015 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
24016
24017 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24018
24019 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
24020 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
24021 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
24022 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
24023
24024 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
24025
24026 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
24027 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24028
24029 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24030
24031 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
24032 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24033
24034 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24035
24036 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
24037 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24042 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24043
24044 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
24045 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
24046
24047 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24048 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24049
24050 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24051
24052 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
24053 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
24054
24055 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
24056 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
24057 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
24058 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
24059
24060 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24061 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24062
24063 This is set to nil by default.")
24064
24065 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
24066 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
24067 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
24068 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
24069 until a user explicitly requires it.
24070
24071 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
24072 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
24073 in your session.")
24074
24075 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
24076
24077 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
24078 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
24079 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
24080 It is called with no argument.")
24081
24082 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24083 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24084 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
24085 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
24086 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24087 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24088 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24089
24090 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
24091 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
24092 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
24093 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24094 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24095 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24096
24097 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
24098 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
24099 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
24100 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
24101 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
24102
24103 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
24104 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
24105 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
24106 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
24107 MSG is the message number,
24108 REGEXP is the regular expression,
24109 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
24110
24111 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
24112 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
24113 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
24114 this feature is required with `require'.
24115
24116 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
24117 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
24118
24119 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
24120 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
24121 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
24122 the message is decoded as normal way.
24123
24124 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
24125 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
24126 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
24127
24128 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
24129 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
24130 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
24131
24132 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24133 Read and edit incoming mail.
24134 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
24135 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
24136 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24137
24138 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24139 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24140 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24141 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24142
24143 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24144
24145 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24146
24147 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24148 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24149 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24150 Instead, these commands are available:
24151
24152 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24153 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24154 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24155 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24156 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24157 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24158 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24159 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24160 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24161 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24162 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24163 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24164 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24165 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24166 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24167 till a deleted message is found.
24168 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24169 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24170 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24171 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24172 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24173 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24174 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24175 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24176 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24177 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24178 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24179 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
24180 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
24181 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24182 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24183 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24184 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24185 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24186 (label defaults to last one specified).
24187 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24188 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24189 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24190 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24191 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24192 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24193 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24194 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24195 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24196
24197 \(fn)" t nil)
24198
24199 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24200 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24201
24202 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24203
24204 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24205 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24206
24207 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24208
24209 ;;;***
24210 \f
24211 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
24212 ;;;;;; (18580 33797))
24213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
24214
24215 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
24216 Edit the contents of this message.
24217
24218 \(fn)" t nil)
24219
24220 ;;;***
24221 \f
24222 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
24223 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
24224 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18464 1843))
24225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
24226
24227 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
24228 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
24229 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
24230
24231 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24232
24233 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
24234 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
24235 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
24236
24237 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24238
24239 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
24240 Not documented
24241
24242 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
24243
24244 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
24245 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
24246 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
24247 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
24248 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
24249
24250 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
24251
24252 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
24253 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
24254 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
24255 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
24256 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
24257
24258 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
24259
24260 ;;;***
24261 \f
24262 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
24263 ;;;;;; (18464 1843))
24264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
24265
24266 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
24267 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
24268 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
24269 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
24270
24271 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24272
24273 ;;;***
24274 \f
24275 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
24276 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
24277 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18464 1843))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24279
24280 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
24281 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
24282 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
24283 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
24284 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
24285 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
24286 a file name as a string.")
24287
24288 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
24289
24290 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
24291 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
24292 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
24293 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
24294 buffer visiting that file.
24295 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
24296 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
24297
24298 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
24299 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
24300
24301 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
24302 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
24303
24304 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
24305 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
24306
24307 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
24308
24309 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
24310 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
24311
24312 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
24313
24314 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24315 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
24316 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
24317 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
24318 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
24319
24320 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
24321 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
24322 will be appended with their original headers.
24323
24324 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24325 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
24326
24327 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
24328 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
24329
24330 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
24331
24332 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
24333
24334 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24335 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24336 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
24337
24338 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24339
24340 ;;;***
24341 \f
24342 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
24343 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
24344 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18464
24345 ;;;;;; 1844))
24346 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
24347
24348 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
24349 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
24350 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24351
24352 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
24353
24354 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
24355 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
24356 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24357
24358 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
24359
24360 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
24361 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
24362 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24363
24364 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
24365
24366 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
24367 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
24368 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24369
24370 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
24371
24372 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
24373 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
24374 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24375
24376 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
24377
24378 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
24379 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
24380 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24381
24382 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
24383
24384 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
24385 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
24386 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
24387 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
24388
24389 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
24390
24391 ;;;***
24392 \f
24393 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
24394 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
24395 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
24396 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
24397 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18464 1844))
24398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
24399
24400 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
24401 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
24402
24403 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
24404
24405 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
24406 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
24407
24408 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
24409
24410 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
24411 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
24412
24413 \(fn)" t nil)
24414
24415 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
24416 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
24417 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
24418
24419 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
24420
24421 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
24422 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
24423 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
24424 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
24425 only look in the To and From fields.
24426 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
24427
24428 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
24429
24430 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
24431 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
24432 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
24433 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
24434 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
24435
24436 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
24437
24438 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
24439 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
24440 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
24441 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
24442 look in the whole message.
24443 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
24444
24445 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
24446
24447 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
24448 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
24449 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
24450
24451 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
24452
24453 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
24454 *Function to decode summary-line.
24455
24456 By default, `identity' is set.")
24457
24458 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
24459
24460 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24461 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24462 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24463 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24464 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24465 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24466 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24467
24468 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24469 sent by you under different user names.
24470 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24471
24472 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24473
24474 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
24475
24476 ;;;***
24477 \f
24478 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24479 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
24480 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24481
24482 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24483 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24484 Return a pattern.
24485
24486 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24487
24488 ;;;***
24489 \f
24490 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24491 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
24492 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24493
24494 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24495 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24496 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24497 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24498
24499 \(fn)" t nil)
24500
24501 ;;;***
24502 \f
24503 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24504 ;;;;;; (18580 33798))
24505 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24506
24507 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24508 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24509
24510 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24511 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24512 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24513 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24514 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24515 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24516 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24517 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24518 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24519 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24520
24521 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24522 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24523 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24524 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24525 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24526 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24527 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24528 to use for finding the schema.
24529
24530 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24531
24532 ;;;***
24533 \f
24534 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18580
24535 ;;;;;; 33798))
24536 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24537
24538 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24539
24540 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24541 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24542 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24543 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24544 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24545 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24546 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24547 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24548 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24549 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24550 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24551 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24552 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24553 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24554 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24555 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24556 must be equal.
24557
24558 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24559
24560 ;;;***
24561 \f
24562 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24563 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18466 30796))
24564 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24565
24566 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24567 Define a robin package.
24568
24569 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24570 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24571 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24572 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24573
24574 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24575 one replaces the old one.
24576
24577 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24578
24579 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24580 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24581
24582 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24583 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24584 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24585
24586 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24587
24588 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24589 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24590
24591 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24592
24593 ;;;***
24594 \f
24595 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24596 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18464 3964))
24597 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24598
24599 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24600 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24601
24602 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24603
24604 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24605 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24606
24607 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24608
24609 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24610 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24611
24612 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24613
24614 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24615 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24616 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24617
24618 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24619 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24620 in ROT13.
24621
24622 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24623
24624 \(fn)" t nil)
24625
24626 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24627 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24628
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24630
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24634 ;;;;;; (18540 60872))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24636 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24637
24638 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24639 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24640
24641 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24642 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24643 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24644 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24645 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24646 \\{rst-mode-map}
24647
24648 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24649 `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock highlighting.
24650 You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle font-locking of
24651 blocks.
24652
24653 \(fn)" t nil)
24654
24655 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24656 ReST Minor Mode.
24657 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24658 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24659 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24660 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24661
24662 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24663 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24664 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24665
24666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24667
24668 ;;;***
24669 \f
24670 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18464
24671 ;;;;;; 34659))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24673
24674 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24675 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24676
24677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24678
24679 ;;;***
24680 \f
24681 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18507
24682 ;;;;;; 35268))
24683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24684
24685 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24686 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24687 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24688 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24689
24690 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24691
24692 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24693 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24694 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24695 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24696
24697 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24698 notation.
24699
24700 STRING
24701 matches string STRING literally.
24702
24703 CHAR
24704 matches character CHAR literally.
24705
24706 `not-newline', `nonl'
24707 matches any character except a newline.
24708
24709 `anything'
24710 matches any character
24711
24712 `(any SET ...)'
24713 `(in SET ...)'
24714 `(char SET ...)'
24715 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24716 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24717 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24718
24719 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24720 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24721 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24722 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24723
24724 `(not (any SET ...))'
24725 matches any character not in SET ...
24726
24727 `line-start', `bol'
24728 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24729 in the text being matched
24730
24731 `line-end', `eol'
24732 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24733
24734 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24735 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24736 string being matched against.
24737
24738 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24739 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24740 string being matched against.
24741
24742 `buffer-start'
24743 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24744 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24745
24746 `buffer-end'
24747 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24748 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24749
24750 `point'
24751 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24752
24753 `word-start', `bow'
24754 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24755
24756 `word-end', `eow'
24757 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24758
24759 `word-boundary'
24760 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24761 word.
24762
24763 `(not word-boundary)'
24764 `not-word-boundary'
24765 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24766 word.
24767
24768 `symbol-start'
24769 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24770
24771 `symbol-end'
24772 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24773
24774 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24775 matches 0 through 9.
24776
24777 `control', `cntrl'
24778 matches ASCII control characters.
24779
24780 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24781 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24782
24783 `blank'
24784 matches space and tab only.
24785
24786 `graphic', `graph'
24787 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24788 space, and DEL.
24789
24790 `printing', `print'
24791 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24792 and DEL.
24793
24794 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24795 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24796 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24797
24798 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24799 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24800 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24801
24802 `ascii'
24803 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24804
24805 `nonascii'
24806 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24807
24808 `lower', `lower-case'
24809 matches anything lower-case.
24810
24811 `upper', `upper-case'
24812 matches anything upper-case.
24813
24814 `punctuation', `punct'
24815 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24816 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24817
24818 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24819 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24820
24821 `word', `wordchar'
24822 matches anything that has word syntax.
24823
24824 `not-wordchar'
24825 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24826
24827 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24828 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24829 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24830 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24831
24832 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24833 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24834 `word' (\\sw)
24835 `symbol' (\\s_)
24836 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24837 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24838 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24839 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24840 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24841 `escape' (\\s\\)
24842 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24843 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24844 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24845 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24846 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24847
24848 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24849 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24850
24851 `(category CATEGORY)'
24852 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24853 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24854
24855 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24856 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24857 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24858 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24859 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24860 `symbol' (\\c5)
24861 `digit' (\\c6)
24862 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24863 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24864 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24865 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24866 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24867 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24868 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24869 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24870 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24871 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24872 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24873 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24874 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24875 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24876 `ascii' (\\ca)
24877 `arabic' (\\cb)
24878 `chinese' (\\cc)
24879 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24880 `greek' (\\cg)
24881 `korean' (\\ch)
24882 `indian' (\\ci)
24883 `japanese' (\\cj)
24884 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24885 `latin' (\\cl)
24886 `lao' (\\co)
24887 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24888 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24889 `thai' (\\ct)
24890 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24891 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24892 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24893 `can-break' (\\c|)
24894
24895 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24896 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24897
24898 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24899 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24900 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24901 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24902 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24903
24904 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24905 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24906 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24907 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24908
24909 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24910 another name for `submatch'.
24911
24912 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24913 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24914 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24915 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24916 regular expression.
24917
24918 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24919 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24920 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24921 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24922 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24923
24924 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24925 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24926
24927 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24928 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24929
24930 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24931 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24932 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24933
24934 `(* SEXP ...)'
24935 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24936 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24937
24938 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24939 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24940 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24941
24942 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24943 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24944 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24945
24946 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24947 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24948
24949 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24950 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24951
24952 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24953 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24954 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24955 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24956
24957 `(? SEXP ...)'
24958 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24959
24960 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24961 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24962
24963 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24964 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24965 matches N occurrences.
24966
24967 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24968 matches N or more occurrences.
24969
24970 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24971 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24972 matches N to M occurrences.
24973
24974 `(backref N)'
24975 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24976
24977 `(eval FORM)'
24978 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24979 `regexp-quote' it.
24980
24981 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24982 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24983
24984 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24985
24986 ;;;***
24987 \f
24988 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24989 ;;;;;; (18654 2590))
24990 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24991
24992 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24993 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24994 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24995 interface.")
24996
24997 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24998
24999 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25000 Toggle savehist-mode.
25001 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
25002 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
25003 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
25004 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
25005
25006 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25007 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
25008 which is probably undesirable.
25009
25010 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25011
25012 ;;;***
25013 \f
25014 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25015 ;;;;;; (18464 1611))
25016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25017
25018 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25019 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25020 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25021
25022 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25023 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25024 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25025 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25026 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25027 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25028 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25029 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25030
25031 Commands:
25032 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25033 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25034 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25035 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25036 if that value is non-nil.
25037
25038 \(fn)" t nil)
25039
25040 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25041 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25042 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25043
25044 Commands:
25045 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25046 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25047 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25048 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25049 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25050 that variable's value is a string.
25051
25052 \(fn)" t nil)
25053
25054 ;;;***
25055 \f
25056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25057 ;;;;;; (18463 54942))
25058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25059
25060 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25061 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25062 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25063
25064 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25065
25066 \(fn)" t nil)
25067
25068 ;;;***
25069 \f
25070 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25071 ;;;;;; (18464 3965))
25072 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25073
25074 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25075 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25076 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25079 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25080
25081 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25082
25083 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25084 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
25085 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
25086 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
25087 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25088
25089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25090
25091 ;;;***
25092 \f
25093 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25094 ;;;;;; (18464 3965))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25096
25097 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25098 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25099 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
25100 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
25101 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
25102 during scrolling.
25103
25104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25105
25106 ;;;***
25107 \f
25108 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25109 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
25110 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
25111 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
25112 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
25113 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25114 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25115 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25116 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18634 15334))
25117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25118
25119 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
25120 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25121
25122 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25123 king@grassland.com
25124 If `parens', they look like:
25125 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25126 If `angles', they look like:
25127 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25128 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
25129 derived from the envelope-from address.
25130
25131 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
25132 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
25133 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
25134 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
25135
25136 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25137
25138 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25139 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25140 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25141 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25142
25143 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25144 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25145 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25146 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25147
25148 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25149
25150 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25151 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25152 This is done when the message is initialized,
25153 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25154
25155 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25156
25157 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25158 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25159 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
25160
25161 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25162
25163 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
25164
25165 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
25166 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25167 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25168 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25169 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25170 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25171 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25172
25173 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25174
25175 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
25176 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25177
25178 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25179
25180 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25181 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25182 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
25183
25184 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25185
25186 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25187 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25188 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25189 when you first send mail.")
25190
25191 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25192
25193 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
25194 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
25195 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
25196 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
25197 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
25198
25199 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25200
25201 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
25202 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25203 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25204 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25205 This file need not actually exist.")
25206
25207 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25208
25209 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25210 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
25211 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
25212
25213 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25214
25215 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25216 Alist of mail address aliases,
25217 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25218 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25219 can specify a different file name.)
25220 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25221 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25222
25223 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
25224 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25225 nil means use indentation.")
25226
25227 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25228
25229 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25230 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25231 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25232
25233 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25234
25235 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25236 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25237 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25238 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25239 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25240 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25241 in the cited portion of the message.
25242
25243 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25244 instead of no action.")
25245
25246 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25247
25248 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
25249 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25250 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25251 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25252 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25253
25254 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25255
25256 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
25257 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25258 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25259 If a string, that string is inserted.
25260 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25261 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25262 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25263 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25264
25265 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25266
25267 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
25268 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25269
25270 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25271
25272 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
25273 Directory for mail buffers.
25274 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
25275 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
25276
25277 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25278
25279 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25280 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25281 It is inserted before you edit the message,
25282 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
25283
25284 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25285
25286 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
25287 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
25288 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
25289 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
25290 is non-nil.")
25291
25292 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
25293
25294 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
25295 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
25296 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
25297 `query' means ask the user each time.
25298 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
25299 The default is `mime'.
25300 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
25301 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
25302
25303 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
25304
25305 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25306 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25307 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25308
25309 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25310 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25311
25312 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25313 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25314 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25315 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25316 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25317 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25318 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25319 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25320 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25321 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25322 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
25323 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25324 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25325
25326 \(fn)" t nil)
25327
25328 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25329 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25330
25331 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25332 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25333
25334 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25335
25336 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25337 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25338 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
25339 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25340 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25341 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25342
25343 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25344 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25345 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25346
25347 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25348 User should not set this variable manually,
25349 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25350 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25351 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25352 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
25353
25354 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25355 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25356 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25357 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25358
25359 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25360 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25361
25362 \\<mail-mode-map>
25363 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25364
25365 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25366 to move to message header fields:
25367 \\{mail-mode-map}
25368
25369 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25370 when the message is initialized.
25371
25372 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25373 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25374
25375 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25376 is inserted.
25377
25378 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25379 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25380
25381 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25382 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25383 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25384 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25385 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25386 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25387 buffer without erasing the contents.
25388
25389 The second through fifth arguments,
25390 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25391 the initial contents of those header fields.
25392 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25393 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25394 original message being replied to, or else an action
25395 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25396 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25397 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25398 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25399 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25400 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25401
25402 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
25403
25404 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25405 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25406
25407 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25408
25409 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25410 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25411
25412 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25413
25414 ;;;***
25415 \f
25416 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25417 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18654 2590))
25418 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25419
25420 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25421 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25422 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25423 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25424 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25425 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25426
25427 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25428 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25429
25430 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
25431
25432 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25433 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25434 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25435 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25436 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25437 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25438
25439 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25440
25441 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25442 Toggle Server mode.
25443 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
25444 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25445 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
25446
25447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25448
25449 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25450 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
25451
25452 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25453
25454 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25455 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25456
25457 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
25458
25459 ;;;***
25460 \f
25461 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18476 36331))
25462 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25463
25464 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25465 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25466 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25467
25468 Key definitions:
25469 \\{ses-mode-map}
25470 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25471 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25472 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25473 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25474
25475 \(fn)" t nil)
25476
25477 ;;;***
25478 \f
25479 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25480 ;;;;;; (18643 25224))
25481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25482
25483 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25484 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25485 Makes > match <.
25486 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25487 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25488
25489 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25490 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25491 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25492
25493 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25494 in your `.emacs' file.
25495
25496 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25497
25498 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25499 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25500 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25501
25502 \(fn)" t nil)
25503
25504 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
25505
25506 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25507 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25508 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25509 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25510 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25511 which this is based.
25512
25513 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25514
25515 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25516 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25517 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25518 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25519
25520 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25521 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25522 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25523
25524 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25525 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25526 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25527 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25528
25529 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25530 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25531 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25532 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25533
25534 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25535
25536 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25537 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25538 To work around that, do:
25539 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25540
25541 \\{html-mode-map}
25542
25543 \(fn)" t nil)
25544
25545 ;;;***
25546 \f
25547 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25548 ;;;;;; (18654 2599))
25549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25550 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25551
25552 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25553 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25554 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25555 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25556 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25557 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25558
25559 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25560 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25561 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25562 shell-specific features.
25563
25564 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25565 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25566 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25567 \\<sh-mode-map>
25568 \\[sh-case] case statement
25569 \\[sh-for] for loop
25570 \\[sh-function] function definition
25571 \\[sh-if] if statement
25572 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25573 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25574 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25575 \\[sh-select] select loop
25576 \\[sh-until] until loop
25577 \\[sh-while] while loop
25578
25579 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25580 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25581 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25582 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25583 would indent to the way it currently is.
25584 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25585 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25586
25587
25588 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25589 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25590 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25591 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25592 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25593 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25594
25595 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25596 {, (, [, ', \", `
25597 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25598
25599 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25600 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25601 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25602
25603 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25604 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25605
25606 \(fn)" t nil)
25607
25608 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25609
25610 ;;;***
25611 \f
25612 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18464 3965))
25613 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25614
25615 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25616 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25617 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25618 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25619 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25620 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25621
25622 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25623
25624 ;;;***
25625 \f
25626 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25627 ;;;;;; (18463 52911))
25628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25629
25630 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25631 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25632
25633 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25634 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25635 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25636 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25637 the earlier.
25638
25639 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25640
25641 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25642
25643 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25644 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25645 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25646
25647 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25648 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25649
25650 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25651 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25652 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25653 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25654 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25655 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25656 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25657 Emacs version).
25658
25659 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25660 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25661 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25662 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25663 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25664
25665 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25666 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25667 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25668
25669 \(fn)" t nil)
25670
25671 ;;;***
25672 \f
25673 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25674 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18580
25675 ;;;;;; 33793))
25676 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25677
25678 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25679 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25680 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25681 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25682 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25683 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25684 sites in the cluster.
25685
25686 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25687
25688 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25689 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25690 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25691 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25692 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25693
25694 \(fn)" t nil)
25695
25696 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25697 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25698 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25699 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25700 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25701 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25702 `shadow-define-cluster').
25703
25704 \(fn)" t nil)
25705
25706 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25707 Set up file shadowing.
25708
25709 \(fn)" t nil)
25710
25711 ;;;***
25712 \f
25713 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25714 ;;;;;; (18613 36683))
25715 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25716
25717 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25718 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25719 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25720 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25721 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25722 arguments.")
25723
25724 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25725
25726 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25727 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25728 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25729 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25730 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25731
25732 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25733 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25734 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25735 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25736 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25737 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25738 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25739 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25740 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25741 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25742 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25743
25744 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25745 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25746 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25747 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25748 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25749 `default-process-coding-system'.
25750
25751 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25752 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25753 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25754 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25755
25756 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25757
25758 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25759 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25760
25761 ;;;***
25762 \f
25763 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25764 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18463 54942))
25765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25766
25767 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25768 Not documented
25769
25770 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25771
25772 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25773 Not documented
25774
25775 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25776
25777 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25778 Not documented
25779
25780 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25781
25782 ;;;***
25783 \f
25784 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25785 ;;;;;; (18463 54942))
25786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25787
25788 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25789 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25790 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25791 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25792 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25793
25794 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25795
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25797
25798 ;;;***
25799 \f
25800 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18464
25801 ;;;;;; 1612))
25802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25803
25804 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25805 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25806 \\{simula-mode-map}
25807 Variables controlling indentation style:
25808 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25809 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25810 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25811 `simula-indent-level'
25812 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25813 `simula-substatement-offset'
25814 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25815 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25816 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25817 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25818 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25819 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25820 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25821 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25822 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25823 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25824 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25825 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25826 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25827 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25828 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25829 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25830 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25831 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25832 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25833 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25834 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25835 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25836 or nil if they should not be changed.
25837 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25838 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25839 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25840 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25841
25842 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25843 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25844
25845 \(fn)" t nil)
25846
25847 ;;;***
25848 \f
25849 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25850 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18464 3966))
25851 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25852
25853 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25854 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25855
25856 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25857 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25858 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25859 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25860
25861 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25862
25863 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25864 Insert SKELETON.
25865 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25866 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25867 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25868 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25869 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25870
25871 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25872 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25873
25874 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25875
25876 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25877 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25878
25879 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25880 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25881 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25882 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25883
25884 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25885 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25886 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25887 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25888
25889 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25890 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25891 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25892
25893 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25894 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25895
25896 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25897 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25898
25899 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25900 _ interesting point, interregion here
25901 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25902 interesting point set by _
25903 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25904 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25905 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25906 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25907 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25908 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25909 nil skipped
25910
25911 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25912 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25913
25914 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25915 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25916 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25917 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25918 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25919 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25920 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25921 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25922
25923 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25924 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25925 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25926 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25927 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25928 available:
25929
25930 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25931 then: insert previously read string once more
25932 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25933 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25934 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25935
25936 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25937 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25938
25939 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25940
25941 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25942 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25943
25944 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25945 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25946 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25947 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25948 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25949 such as backslash.
25950
25951 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25952 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25953 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25954
25955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25956
25957 ;;;***
25958 \f
25959 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25960 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18580 33793))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25962
25963 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25964 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25965 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25966 buffer names.
25967
25968 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25969
25970 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25971 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25972 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25973
25974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25977 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25978 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25979
25980 \(fn)" nil nil)
25981
25982 ;;;***
25983 \f
25984 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25985 ;;;;;; (18463 54942))
25986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25987
25988 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25989 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25990 A list of images is returned.
25991
25992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25993
25994 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25995 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25996 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25997
25998 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25999
26000 ;;;***
26001 \f
26002 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26003 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18507 35269))
26004 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26005
26006 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26007 Not documented
26008
26009 \(fn)" nil nil)
26010
26011 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26012 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26013
26014 \(fn)" t nil)
26015
26016 ;;;***
26017 \f
26018 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18464 1945))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26020
26021 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26022 Play the Snake game.
26023 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26024
26025 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26026
26027 Snake mode keybindings:
26028 \\<snake-mode-map>
26029 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26030 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26031 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26032 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26033 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26034 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26035 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26036
26037 \(fn)" t nil)
26038
26039 ;;;***
26040 \f
26041 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26042 ;;;;;; (18464 2404))
26043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26044
26045 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26046 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26047 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26048 Tab indents for C code.
26049 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26050 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26051 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26052 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26053 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26054
26055 \(fn)" t nil)
26056
26057 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26058 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26059 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26060 Tab indents for C code.
26061 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26062 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26063 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26064 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26065 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26066
26067 \(fn)" t nil)
26068
26069 ;;;***
26070 \f
26071 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18580
26072 ;;;;;; 33794))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26074
26075 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26076 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26077 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26078 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26079 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26080
26081 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26082
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26084
26085 ;;;***
26086 \f
26087 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18659
26088 ;;;;;; 12585))
26089 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26090
26091 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26092 Play Solitaire.
26093
26094 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26095 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26096 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26097 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26098 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26099 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26100 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26101 check after each move or undo.)
26102
26103 What is Solitaire?
26104
26105 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26106 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26107 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26108
26109 Le Solitaire
26110 ============
26111
26112 o o o
26113
26114 o o o
26115
26116 o o o o o o o
26117
26118 o o o . o o o
26119
26120 o o o o o o o
26121
26122 o o o
26123
26124 o o o
26125
26126 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26127 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26128 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26129 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26130
26131 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26132 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26133 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26134 this: o o .
26135
26136 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26137 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26138
26139 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26140
26141 o o o
26142
26143 . o o
26144
26145 o o . o o o o
26146
26147 o . o o o o o
26148
26149 o o o o o o o
26150
26151 o o o
26152
26153 o o o
26154
26155 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
26156
26157 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26158
26159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26160
26161 ;;;***
26162 \f
26163 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26164 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26165 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18580 33793))
26166 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26167 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26168
26169 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26170 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26171
26172 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26173 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26174 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26175 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26176 contiguous.
26177
26178 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26179 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26180 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26181 the sort order.
26182
26183 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26184 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26185
26186 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26187 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26188 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26189 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26190 is called.
26191
26192 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26193 It should move point to the end of the record.
26194
26195 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26196 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26197 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26198 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26199 starts at the beginning of the record.
26200
26201 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26202 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26203 same as ENDRECFUN.
26204
26205 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26206 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26207
26208 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26209
26210 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26211 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26212 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26213 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26214 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26215 the sort order.
26216
26217 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26218
26219 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26220 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26221 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26222 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26223 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26224 the sort order.
26225
26226 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26227
26228 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26229 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26230 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26231 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26232 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26233 the sort order.
26234
26235 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26236 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26237
26238 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26239 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26240 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26241 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26242 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26243 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26244 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26245 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26246 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26247
26248 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26249
26250 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26251 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26252 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26253 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26254 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26255 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26256 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26257 the sort order.
26258
26259 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26262 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26263 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26264 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26265 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26266 is to be used for sorting.
26267 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26268 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26269 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26270 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26271 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26272
26273 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26274
26275 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26276 the sort order.
26277
26278 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26279 starting with the letter \"f\",
26280 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26281
26282 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26283
26284 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26285 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26286 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26287 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26288 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26289 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26290 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26291 the sort order.
26292
26293 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26294 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26295 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26296 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26297 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26298
26299 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26302 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26303 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26304
26305 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26306
26307 ;;;***
26308 \f
26309 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18580
26310 ;;;;;; 33796))
26311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26312
26313 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26314 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26315 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26316 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26317 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26318 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26319
26320 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26321
26322 ;;;***
26323 \f
26324 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26325 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26326 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18580 33796))
26327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26328
26329 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26330 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26331
26332 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26333 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26334 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26335
26336 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26337
26338 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26339 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26340 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26341 server.
26342
26343 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26346 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26347 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26348
26349 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26350
26351 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26352 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26353 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26354 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26355 Agent is plugged.
26356
26357 \(fn)" t nil)
26358
26359 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26360 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26361 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26362 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26363
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26365
26366 ;;;***
26367 \f
26368 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26369 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18464 3968))
26370 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26371
26372 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26373
26374 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26375 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26376 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26377 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26378 supported at a time.
26379 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26380 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26381
26382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26383
26384 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26385 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26386 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26387 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26388
26389 \(fn)" t nil)
26390
26391 ;;;***
26392 \f
26393 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
26394 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18463 57224))
26395 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
26396
26397 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
26398
26399 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
26400 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
26401 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
26402 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
26403 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
26404 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
26405
26406 \(fn)" t nil)
26407
26408 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
26409
26410 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
26411 Check spelling of word at or before point.
26412 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
26413 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
26414
26415 \(fn)" t nil)
26416
26417 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
26418
26419 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
26420 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
26421 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
26422 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
26423 for example, \"word\".
26424
26425 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
26426
26427 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
26428
26429 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
26430 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
26431
26432 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
26433
26434 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
26435
26436 ;;;***
26437 \f
26438 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18464
26439 ;;;;;; 1945))
26440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26441
26442 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26443 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26444
26445 \(fn)" t nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26448 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26449
26450 \(fn)" nil nil)
26451
26452 ;;;***
26453 \f
26454 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26455 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26456 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
26457 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18580
26458 ;;;;;; 33799))
26459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26460
26461 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26462 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26463
26464 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
26465 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26466 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26467 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26468 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26469 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26470 of the current highlighting list.
26471
26472 For example:
26473
26474 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26475 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26476
26477 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26478 `_t' as data types.
26479
26480 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26481
26482 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26483 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26484
26485 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26486 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26487
26488 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26489
26490 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
26491 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
26492 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
26493
26494 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26495
26496 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
26497 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
26498 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
26499 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
26500 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
26501 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
26502 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
26503 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
26504 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
26505
26506 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26507
26508 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26509 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26510 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26511 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26512
26513 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26514 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26515 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26516 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26517
26518 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26519 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26520 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26521
26522 \(fn)" t nil)
26523
26524 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26525 Major mode to edit SQL.
26526
26527 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26528 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26529 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26530
26531 \\{sql-mode-map}
26532 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26533
26534 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26535 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26536 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26537 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26538 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26539 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26540
26541 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26542 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26543
26544 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26545 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26546 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26547
26548 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26549 (lambda ()
26550 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26551
26552 \(fn)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26555 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26556
26557 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26558 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26559 `*SQL*'.
26560
26561 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26562
26563 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26564
26565 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26566 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26567
26568 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26569 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26570 `*SQL*'.
26571
26572 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26573 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26574 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26575 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26576
26577 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26578 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26579
26580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26582 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26585 `default-process-coding-system'.
26586
26587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26588
26589 \(fn)" t nil)
26590
26591 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26592 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26593
26594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26596 `*SQL*'.
26597
26598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26599 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26600 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26601 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26602
26603 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26605
26606 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26607 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26608 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26609 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26610 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26611 `default-process-coding-system'.
26612
26613 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26614
26615 \(fn)" t nil)
26616
26617 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26618 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26619
26620 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26621 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26622 `*SQL*'.
26623
26624 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26625 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26626
26627 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26628 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26629
26630 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26631 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26632 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26633 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26634 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26635 `default-process-coding-system'.
26636
26637 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26638
26639 \(fn)" t nil)
26640
26641 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26642 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26643
26644 SQLite is free software.
26645
26646 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26647 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26648 `*SQL*'.
26649
26650 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26651 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26652 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26653 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26654
26655 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26656 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26657
26658 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26659 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26660 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26661 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26662 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26663 `default-process-coding-system'.
26664
26665 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26666
26667 \(fn)" t nil)
26668
26669 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26670 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26671
26672 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26673
26674 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26675 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26676 `*SQL*'.
26677
26678 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26679 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26680 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26681 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26682
26683 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26684 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26685
26686 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26687 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26688 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26689 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26690 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26691 `default-process-coding-system'.
26692
26693 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26694
26695 \(fn)" t nil)
26696
26697 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26698 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26699
26700 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26701 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26702 `*SQL*'.
26703
26704 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26705 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26706 defaults, if set.
26707
26708 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26709 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26710
26711 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26712 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26713 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26714 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26715 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26716 `default-process-coding-system'.
26717
26718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26719
26720 \(fn)" t nil)
26721
26722 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26723 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26724
26725 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26726 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26727 `*SQL*'.
26728
26729 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26730 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26731
26732 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26733 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26734
26735 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26736 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26737 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26738 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26739 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26740 `default-process-coding-system'.
26741
26742 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26743
26744 \(fn)" t nil)
26745
26746 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26747 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26748
26749 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26750 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26751 `*SQL*'.
26752
26753 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26754 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26755 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26756 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26757
26758 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26759 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26760
26761 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26762 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26763 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26764 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26765 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26766 `default-process-coding-system'.
26767
26768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26769
26770 \(fn)" t nil)
26771
26772 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26773 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26774
26775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26777 `*SQL*'.
26778
26779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26780 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26781 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26782 `sql-postgres-options'.
26783
26784 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26786
26787 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26788 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26789 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26790 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26791 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26792 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26793 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26794 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26795
26796 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26797 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26798
26799 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26800
26801 \(fn)" t nil)
26802
26803 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26804 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26805
26806 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26807 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26808 `*SQL*'.
26809
26810 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26811 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26812 defaults, if set.
26813
26814 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26815 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26816
26817 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26818 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26819 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26820 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26821 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26822 `default-process-coding-system'.
26823
26824 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26825
26826 \(fn)" t nil)
26827
26828 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26829 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26830
26831 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26832 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26833 `*SQL*'.
26834
26835 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26836 automatic login.
26837
26838 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26839 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26840
26841 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26842 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26843 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26844 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26845
26846 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26847 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26848 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26849 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26850 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26851 `default-process-coding-system'.
26852
26853 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26854
26855 \(fn)" t nil)
26856
26857 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26858 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26859
26860 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26861 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26862 `*SQL*'.
26863
26864 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26865 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26866 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26867 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26868 parameters.
26869
26870 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26871 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26872 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26873 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26874 an empty password.
26875
26876 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26877 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26878
26879 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26880
26881 \(fn)" t nil)
26882
26883 ;;;***
26884 \f
26885 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26886 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26887 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26888 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26889 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18507
26890 ;;;;;; 35267))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26892
26893 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26894 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26895 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26896 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26897 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26898 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26899
26900 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26901
26902 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26903
26904 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26905 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26906 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26907 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26908 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26909 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26910 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26911
26912 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26913
26914 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26915 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26916 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26917 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26918 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26919 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26920 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26921
26922 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26923
26924 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26925 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26926 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26927
26928 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26929
26930 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26931 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26932 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26933
26934 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26935
26936 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26937 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26938
26939 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26940
26941 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26942 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26943
26944 \(fn)" t nil)
26945
26946 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26947 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26948
26949 \(fn)" t nil)
26950
26951 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26952 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26953 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26954 chronologically by command name.
26955 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26956
26957 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26958
26959 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26960 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26961 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26963 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26964 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26965
26966 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26967
26968 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26969 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26970 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26971 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26972 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26973 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26974 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26975
26976 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26977 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26978 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26979 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26980
26981 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26982
26983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26984
26985 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26986 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26987 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26988 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26989
26990 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26991
26992 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26993 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26994
26995 \(fn)" t nil)
26996
26997 ;;;***
26998 \f
26999 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27000 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 8152))
27001 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27002
27003 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27004 Studlify-case the region.
27005
27006 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27007
27008 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27009 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27010
27011 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27012
27013 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27014 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27015
27016 \(fn)" t nil)
27017
27018 ;;;***
27019 \f
27020 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27021 ;;;;;; (18464 1845))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27023
27024 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27025 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27026 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27027 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27028 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27029 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27030 original message but it does require a few things:
27031
27032 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27033
27034 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27035 reply buffer.
27036
27037 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27038 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27039 original message.
27040
27041 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27042
27043 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27044
27045 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27046 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27047 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27048
27049 \(fn)" nil nil)
27050
27051 ;;;***
27052 \f
27053 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
27054 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18464 1613))
27055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
27056
27057 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
27058 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
27059 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
27060 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
27061 `complete-symbol'.
27062 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
27063 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
27064
27065 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
27066 determining which symbols are considered.
27067
27068 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
27069 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
27070 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
27071 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
27072
27073 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
27074
27075 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
27076 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
27077 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
27078 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
27079 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
27080 completion:
27081
27082 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
27083 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
27084 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
27085 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
27086
27087 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
27088
27089 ;;;***
27090 \f
27091 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18580
27092 ;;;;;; 33793))
27093 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27094
27095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27096
27097 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27098 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27099 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27102 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27103
27104 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27105
27106 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27107 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
27108 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
27109 otherwise turn it off.
27110
27111 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27112 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27113 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27114
27115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27116
27117 ;;;***
27118 \f
27119 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18464 3969))
27120 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27121
27122 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27123 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27124 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27125 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27126 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27127
27128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27129
27130 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27131 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27132 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27133 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27134 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27135 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27136 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27137
27138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27139
27140 ;;;***
27141 \f
27142 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27143 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27144 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27145 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27146 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27147 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27148 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27149 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27150 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27151 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27152 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27153 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27154 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18463 57224))
27155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27156
27157 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27158 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27159 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27160
27161 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27162
27163 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27164 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27165
27166 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27167
27168 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27169 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27170
27171 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27172
27173 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27174 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27175
27176 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27177
27178 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27179 Insert an editable text table.
27180 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27181 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27182 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27183 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27184 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27185 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27186 delimiting them.
27187
27188 Examples:
27189
27190 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27191
27192 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27193 location of point.
27194
27195 -!-
27196
27197 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27198 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27199 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27200 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27201 first cell.
27202
27203 +-----+-----+-----+
27204 |-!- | | |
27205 +-----+-----+-----+
27206
27207 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27208
27209 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27210 width, which results as
27211
27212 +--------------+-----+-----+
27213 |-!- | | |
27214 +--------------+-----+-----+
27215
27216 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27217 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27218
27219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27220 | | |-!- |
27221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27222
27223 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27224 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27225 width information to `table-insert'.
27226
27227 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27228
27229 instead of
27230
27231 Cell width(s): 5
27232
27233 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27234 work all together.
27235
27236 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27237 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27238
27239 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27240 |-!- | | |
27241 | | | |
27242 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27243
27244 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27245
27246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27247 |-!- | | |
27248 | | | |
27249 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27250 | | | |
27251 | | | |
27252 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27253
27254 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27255
27256 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27257 | | | |
27258 | | | |
27259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27260 | | | |
27261 | | | |
27262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27263 -!-
27264
27265 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27266 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27267 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27268
27269 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27270 | | | |
27271 | | | |
27272 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27273 | | | |
27274 | | | |
27275 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27276 |-!- | | |
27277 | | | |
27278 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27279
27280 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27281 results.
27282
27283 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27284 | | | |
27285 | | | |
27286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27287 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27288 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27289 | | |expected results.-!- |
27290 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27291 | | | |
27292 | | | |
27293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27294
27295 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27296
27297 \\{table-cell-map}
27298
27299 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27300
27301 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27302 Insert N table row(s).
27303 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27304 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27305 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27306 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27307
27308 \(fn N)" t nil)
27309
27310 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27311 Insert N table column(s).
27312 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27313 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27314 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27315 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27316
27317 \(fn N)" t nil)
27318
27319 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27320 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27321 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27322
27323 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27324
27325 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27326 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27327 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27328 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27329 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27330 all the table specific features.
27331
27332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27333
27334 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27335 Not documented
27336
27337 \(fn)" t nil)
27338
27339 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27340 Recognize all tables within region.
27341 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27342 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27343 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27344 specific features.
27345
27346 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27347
27348 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27349 Not documented
27350
27351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27352
27353 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27354 Recognize a table at point.
27355 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27356 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27357 the table specific features.
27358
27359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27362 Not documented
27363
27364 \(fn)" t nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27367 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27368 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27369 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27370 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27371 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27372 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27373
27374 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27375
27376 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27377 Not documented
27378
27379 \(fn)" t nil)
27380
27381 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27382 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27383 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27384 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27385 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27386 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27387 specified.
27388
27389 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27390
27391 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27392 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27393 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27394 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
27395 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27396 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27397 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27398 table structure.
27399
27400 \(fn N)" t nil)
27401
27402 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27403 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27404 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27405 table's rectangle structure.
27406
27407 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27408
27409 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27410 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27411 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27412 table's rectangle structure.
27413
27414 \(fn N)" t nil)
27415
27416 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27417 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27418 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27419 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27420 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27421
27422 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27423
27424 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27425 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27426 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27427
27428 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27429 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27430 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27431 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27432 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27433 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27434 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27435
27436 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27437 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27438 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27439 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27440 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27441 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27442 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27443
27444 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27445 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27446 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27447 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27448 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27449 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27450 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27451 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27452
27453 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27456 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27457 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27458 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27459
27460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27463 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27464 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27465
27466 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27467
27468 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27469 Split current cell vertically.
27470 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27471
27472 \(fn)" t nil)
27473
27474 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27475 Split current cell horizontally.
27476 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27477
27478 \(fn)" t nil)
27479
27480 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27481 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27482 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27483
27484 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27487 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27488 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27489 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27490
27491 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27494 Justify cell contents.
27495 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27496 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27497 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27498 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27499
27500 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27501
27502 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27503 Justify cells of a row.
27504 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27505 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27506
27507 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27508
27509 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27510 Justify cells of a column.
27511 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27512 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27513
27514 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27515
27516 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27517 Toggle fixing width mode.
27518 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27519 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27520 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27521
27522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27523
27524 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27525 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27526 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27527 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27528 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27529 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27530 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27531 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27532 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27533 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27534 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27535
27536 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27537
27538 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27539 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27540 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27541 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27542 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27543 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27544 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27545 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27546 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27547 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27548 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27549 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27550 untouched.
27551
27552 References used for this implementation:
27553
27554 HTML:
27555 http://www.w3.org
27556
27557 LaTeX:
27558 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27559
27560 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27561 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27562 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27563
27564 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27565
27566 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27567 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27568 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27569 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27570 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27571 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27572 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27573 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27574 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27575 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27576 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27577 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27578 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27579 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27580 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27581 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27582 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27583
27584 Example:
27585
27586 (progn
27587 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27588 (table-forward-cell 15)
27589 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27590 (table-forward-cell 16)
27591 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27592 (table-forward-cell 1)
27593 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27594
27595 (progn
27596 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27597 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27598 (table-forward-cell 1)
27599 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27600
27601 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27602
27603 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27604 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27605 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27606 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27607 consists from cells of same height.
27608
27609 \(fn N)" t nil)
27610
27611 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27612 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27613 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27614 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27615 column must consists from cells of same width.
27616
27617 \(fn N)" t nil)
27618
27619 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27620 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27621 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27622 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27623 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27624 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27625 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27626 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27627 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27628 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27629 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27630 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27631 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27632 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27633 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27634
27635
27636 Example 1:
27637
27638 1, 2, 3, 4
27639 5, 6, 7, 8
27640 , 9, 10
27641
27642 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27643 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27644 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27645 specified as 5.
27646
27647 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27648 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27649 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27650 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27651 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27652 | | 9 | 10 | |
27653 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27654
27655 Note:
27656
27657 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27658 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27659 of each row is optional.
27660
27661
27662 Example 2:
27663
27664 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27665 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27666 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27667 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27668 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27669
27670 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27671 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27672
27673 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27674 expression and raw delimiter regular
27675 expression, it parses the specified text
27676 area and extracts cell items from
27677 non-table text and then forms a table out
27678 of them.
27679
27680 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27681 creates a single cell table. The text in
27682 the specified region is placed in that
27683 cell.-*-
27684
27685 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27686 like this.
27687
27688 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27689 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27690 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27691 | |
27692 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27693 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27694 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27695 | area and extracts cell items from |
27696 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27697 | of them. |
27698 | |
27699 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27700 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27701 | the specified region is placed in that |
27702 | cell. |
27703 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27704
27705 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27706 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27707 independently.
27708
27709 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27710 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27711 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27712 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27713 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27714 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27715 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27716 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27717 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27718 | |of them. |
27719 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27720 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27721 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27722 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27723 | |cell. |
27724 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27725
27726 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27727 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27728 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27729
27730 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27733 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27734 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27735 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27736 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27737
27738 \(fn)" t nil)
27739
27740 ;;;***
27741 \f
27742 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18473 65304))
27743 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27744
27745 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27746 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27747
27748 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27749
27750 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27751 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27752
27753 \(fn)" t nil)
27754
27755 ;;;***
27756 \f
27757 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18507 35267))
27758 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27759
27760 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27761 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27762 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27763 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27764 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27765 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27766 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27767
27768 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27769 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27770 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27771 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27772
27773 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27774 \\{tar-mode-map}
27775
27776 \(fn)" t nil)
27777
27778 ;;;***
27779 \f
27780 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27781 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18464 1613))
27782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27783
27784 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27785 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27786 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27787 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27788 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27789 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27790
27791 Variables controlling indentation style:
27792 `tcl-indent-level'
27793 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27794 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27795 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27796
27797 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27798 documentation for details):
27799 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27800 Controls action of TAB key.
27801 `tcl-auto-newline'
27802 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27803 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27804 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27805 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27806 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27807
27808 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27809 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27810 already exist.
27811
27812 Commands:
27813 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27814
27815 \(fn)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27818 Run inferior Tcl process.
27819 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27820 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27821
27822 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27823
27824 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27825 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27826 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27827
27828 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27829
27830 ;;;***
27831 \f
27832 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18580 33797))
27833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27834 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27835
27836 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27837 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27838 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27839 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27840
27841 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27842 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27843 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27844 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27845 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27846
27847 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27848 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27849
27850 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27851 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27852 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27853 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27854
27855 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27856
27857 ;;;***
27858 \f
27859 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27860 ;;;;;; (18654 2590))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27862
27863 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27864 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27865 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27866 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27867 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27868 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27869
27870 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27871
27872 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27873 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27874 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27875 commands to use in that buffer.
27876
27877 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27878
27879 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27880
27881 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27882 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27883
27884 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27885
27886 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27887 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27888 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27889 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27890 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27891 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27892 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27893 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27894 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27895 use in that buffer.
27896 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27897
27898 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27899
27900 ;;;***
27901 \f
27902 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18464
27903 ;;;;;; 3970))
27904 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27905
27906 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27907 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27908 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27909 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27910 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27911 program as keyboard input.
27912
27913 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27914 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27915 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27916 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27917
27918 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27919 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27920 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27921 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27922 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27923
27924 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27925
27926 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27927 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27928 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27929 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27930
27931 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27932 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27933 subprocess started.
27934
27935 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27936
27937 ;;;***
27938 \f
27939 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27940 ;;;;;; (18463 52912))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27942
27943 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27944 Start coverage on function under point.
27945
27946 \(fn)" t nil)
27947
27948 ;;;***
27949 \f
27950 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18464 1946))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27952
27953 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27954 Play the Tetris game.
27955 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27956 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27957 as to form complete rows.
27958
27959 tetris-mode keybindings:
27960 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27961 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27962 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27963 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27964 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27965 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27966 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27967 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27968 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27969
27970 \(fn)" t nil)
27971
27972 ;;;***
27973 \f
27974 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27975 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27976 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27977 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27978 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27979 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27980 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27981 ;;;;;; (18654 2600))
27982 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27983
27984 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27985 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27986
27987 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27988
27989 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27990 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27991 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27992 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27993 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27994
27995 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27996
27997 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27998 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27999 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28000 if it matches the first line of the file,
28001 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28002
28003 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28004
28005 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28006 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28007 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28008 if the variable is non-nil.")
28009
28010 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28011
28012 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28013 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28014
28015 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28016
28017 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
28018 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
28019 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28020 See the documentation of that variable.")
28021
28022 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28023
28024 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
28025 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28026 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28027 See the documentation of that variable.")
28028
28029 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28030
28031 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
28032 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28033 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28034 See the documentation of that variable.")
28035
28036 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28037
28038 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
28039 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28040 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28041 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28042 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28043
28044 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28045
28046 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
28047 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28048 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28049 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28050
28051 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28052
28053 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28054 *User defined LaTeX block names.
28055 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28056
28057 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28058
28059 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
28060 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28061 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28062 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28063
28064 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28065
28066 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
28067 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28068 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28069 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28070
28071 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28072
28073 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
28074 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28075 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28076 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28077
28078 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28079 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28080 for example,
28081
28082 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28083 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28084
28085 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28086 use.")
28087
28088 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28089
28090 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
28091 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28092 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28093 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28094 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28095
28096 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28097
28098 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28099
28100 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
28101 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28102 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28103
28104 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28105
28106 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28107 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28108 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28109 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28110 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28111
28112 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28113
28114 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
28115 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28116
28117 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28118
28119 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
28120 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28121
28122 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28123
28124 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28125 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28126 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28127 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28128 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28129 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28130 says which mode to use.
28131
28132 \(fn)" t nil)
28133
28134 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28135
28136 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28137
28138 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28139
28140 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28141 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28142 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28143 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28144 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28145
28146 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28147 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28148 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28149 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28150 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28151 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28152 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28153
28154 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28155 mismatched $'s or braces.
28156
28157 Special commands:
28158 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28159
28160 Mode variables:
28161 tex-run-command
28162 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28163 tex-directory
28164 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28165 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28166 tex-dvi-print-command
28167 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28168 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28169 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28170 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28171 tex-dvi-view-command
28172 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28173 tex-show-queue-command
28174 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28175 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28176
28177 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28178 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28179 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28180
28181 \(fn)" t nil)
28182
28183 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28184 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28185 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28186 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28187 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28188
28189 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28190 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28191 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28192 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28193 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28194 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28195 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28196
28197 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28198 mismatched $'s or braces.
28199
28200 Special commands:
28201 \\{latex-mode-map}
28202
28203 Mode variables:
28204 latex-run-command
28205 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28206 tex-directory
28207 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28208 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28209 tex-dvi-print-command
28210 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28211 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28212 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28213 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28214 tex-dvi-view-command
28215 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28216 tex-show-queue-command
28217 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28218 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28219
28220 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28221 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28222 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28223
28224 \(fn)" t nil)
28225
28226 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28227 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28228 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28229 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28230 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28231
28232 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28233 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28234 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28235 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28236 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28237 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28238 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28239
28240 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28241 mismatched $'s or braces.
28242
28243 Special commands:
28244 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28245
28246 Mode variables:
28247 slitex-run-command
28248 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28249 tex-directory
28250 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28251 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28252 tex-dvi-print-command
28253 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28254 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28255 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28256 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28257 tex-dvi-view-command
28258 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28259 tex-show-queue-command
28260 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28261 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28262
28263 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28264 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28265 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28266 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28267
28268 \(fn)" t nil)
28269
28270 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28271 Not documented
28272
28273 \(fn)" nil nil)
28274
28275 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28276 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28277
28278 \(fn)" t nil)
28279
28280 ;;;***
28281 \f
28282 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28283 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18654 2600))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28285
28286 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28287 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28288 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28289 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28290
28291 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28292 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28293 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28294
28295 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28296
28297 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28298 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28299 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28300 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28301 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28302
28303 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28304
28305 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28306 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28307 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28308 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28309
28310 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28311 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28312 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28313 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28314
28315 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28316 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28317
28318 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28319
28320 ;;;***
28321 \f
28322 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28323 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18463 57225))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28325
28326 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
28327 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28328
28329 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28330
28331 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
28332 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28333
28334 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28335
28336 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28337 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28338
28339 It has these extra commands:
28340 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28341
28342 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28343 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28344 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28345 modified version of TeX input format.
28346
28347 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28348 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28349 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28350 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28351
28352 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28353 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28354 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28355 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28356 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28357 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28358 in the Texinfo file.
28359
28360 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28361 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28362 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28363 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28364 move forward past the closing brace.
28365
28366 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28367 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28368
28369 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28370 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28371 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28372
28373 Here are the functions:
28374
28375 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28376 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28377 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28378
28379 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28380 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28381 texinfo-master-menu
28382
28383 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28384
28385 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28386 which menu descriptions are indented.
28387
28388 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28389 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28390 in the region.
28391
28392 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28393 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28394 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28395 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28396
28397 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28398 be the first node in the file.
28399
28400 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28401 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28402
28403 \(fn)" t nil)
28404
28405 ;;;***
28406 \f
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28408 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28409 ;;;;;; (18615 49559))
28410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28411
28412 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28413 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28414 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28415 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28416
28417 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28418
28419 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28420 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28421
28422 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28423
28424 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28425 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28426
28427 \(fn)" t nil)
28428
28429 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28430 Not documented
28431
28432 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28433
28434 ;;;***
28435 \f
28436 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28437 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28438 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18592 38131))
28439 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28440
28441 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28442 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28443
28444 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28445
28446 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28447 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28448 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28449 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28450 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28451
28452 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28453 a symbol as a valid THING.
28454
28455 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
28456 of the textual entity that was found.
28457
28458 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28459
28460 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28461 Return the THING at point.
28462 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28463 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28464 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28465
28466 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28467 a symbol as a valid THING.
28468
28469 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28470
28471 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28472 Not documented
28473
28474 \(fn)" nil nil)
28475
28476 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28477 Not documented
28478
28479 \(fn)" nil nil)
28480
28481 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28482 Not documented
28483
28484 \(fn)" nil nil)
28485
28486 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28487 Not documented
28488
28489 \(fn)" nil nil)
28490
28491 ;;;***
28492 \f
28493 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28494 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28495 ;;;;;; (18580 33793))
28496 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28497
28498 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28499 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28500
28501 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28504 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28505 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28506 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28507
28508 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28509
28510 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28511 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28512
28513 \(fn)" t nil)
28514
28515 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28516 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28517
28518 \(fn)" t nil)
28519
28520 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28521
28522 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28523 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28524
28525 \(fn)" t nil)
28526
28527 ;;;***
28528 \f
28529 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28530 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28531 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
28532 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
28533 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
28534 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18463 56567))
28535 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28536
28537 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28538 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28539 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28540
28541 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28542
28543 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28544 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28545
28546 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28547
28548 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28549 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28550 The returned string has no composition information.
28551
28552 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28553
28554 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28555 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28556
28557 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28560 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28561
28562 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28563
28564 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28565 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28566 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28567 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28568
28569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28570
28571 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28572 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28573 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28574 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28575
28576 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28577
28578 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
28579 Not documented
28580
28581 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28582
28583 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28584 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28585 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28586
28587 \(fn)" t nil)
28588
28589 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28590 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28591 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28592
28593 \(fn)" t nil)
28594
28595 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28596 Not documented
28597
28598 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28599
28600 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28601 Not documented
28602
28603 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28604
28605 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28606 Not documented
28607
28608 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28609
28610 ;;;***
28611 \f
28612 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28613 ;;;;;; (18463 57225))
28614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28615
28616 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28617 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28618 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28619 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28620 parameters.
28621 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28622
28623 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28626 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28627 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28628 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28629 parameters.
28630 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28631
28632 \(fn)" t nil)
28633
28634 ;;;***
28635 \f
28636 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28637 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28638 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18464 3970))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28640
28641 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28642 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28643
28644 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28645
28646 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28647 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28648 This display updates automatically every minute.
28649 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28650 are displayed as well.
28651 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28652
28653 \(fn)" t nil)
28654
28655 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28656 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28657 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28660 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28661
28662 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28663
28664 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28665 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28666 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28667
28668 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28669 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28670 are displayed as well.
28671 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28672
28673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28674
28675 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28676 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28677 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28678 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28679
28680 \(fn)" t nil)
28681
28682 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28683 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28684 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28685 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28686
28687 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28688
28689 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28690 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28691
28692 \(fn)" t nil)
28693
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28697 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28698 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28699 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28700 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18463 52110))
28701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28702
28703 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28704 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28705
28706 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28707
28708 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28709 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28710 You can use `float-time' instead.
28711
28712 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28713
28714 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28715 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28716
28717 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28718
28719 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28720 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28721
28722 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28723
28724 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28725 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28726
28727 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28728
28729 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28730 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28731 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28732
28733 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28736
28737 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28738 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28739 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28740
28741 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28742
28743 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28744 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28745
28746 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28747
28748 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28749 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28750 DATE should be a date-time string.
28751
28752 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28753
28754 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28755 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28756 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28757
28758 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28759
28760 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28761 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28762
28763 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28764
28765 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28766 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28767
28768 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28769
28770 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28771 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28772 TIME should be a time value.
28773 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28774
28775 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28776
28777 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28778 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28779 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28780
28781 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28782
28783 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28784 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28785 The valid format specifiers are:
28786 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28787 %d is the number of days.
28788 %h is the number of hours.
28789 %m is the number of minutes.
28790 %s is the number of seconds.
28791 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28792 %% is a literal \"%\".
28793
28794 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28795 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28796
28797 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28798 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28799 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28800
28801 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28802 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28803 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28804
28805 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28806
28807 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28808
28809 ;;;***
28810 \f
28811 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28812 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18464 3970))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28814 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28815 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28816 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28817 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28818 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28819 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28820 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28821 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28822
28823 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28824 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28825 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28826 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28827 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28828 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28829 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28830 look like one of the following:
28831 Time-stamp: <>
28832 Time-stamp: \" \"
28833 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28834 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28835 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28836 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28837 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28838 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28839 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28840 the template.
28841
28842 \(fn)" t nil)
28843
28844 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28845 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28846 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28847
28848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28849
28850 ;;;***
28851 \f
28852 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28853 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28854 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28855 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28856 ;;;;;; (18580 33794))
28857 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28858
28859 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28860 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28861 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28862 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28863 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28864 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28865 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28866 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28867 display (non-nil means on).
28868
28869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28870
28871 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28872 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28873 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28874 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28875 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28876 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28877 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28878 this function is called within a day.
28879
28880 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28881 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28882 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28883 discover the name of the project.
28884
28885 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28888 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28889 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28890 begun during the last time segment.
28891
28892 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28893 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28894 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28895 discover the reason.
28896
28897 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28898
28899 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28900 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28901 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28902 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28903 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28904
28905 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28908 Change to working on a different project.
28909 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28910 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28911 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28912 working on.
28913
28914 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28915
28916 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28917 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28918 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28919
28920 \(fn)" nil nil)
28921
28922 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28923 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28924 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28925
28926 \(fn)" t nil)
28927
28928 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28929 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28930 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28931 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28932 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28933 \"relative to today\".
28934
28935 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28936
28937 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28938 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28939 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28940 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28941
28942 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28943
28944 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28945 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28946 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28947 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28948 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28949 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28950
28951 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28952
28953 ;;;***
28954 \f
28955 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28956 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18463 56328))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28958
28959 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28960 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28961 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28962 the generated Quail package is saved.
28963
28964 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28965
28966 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28967 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28968 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28969 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28970 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28971 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28972 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28973
28974 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28975
28976 ;;;***
28977 \f
28978 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28979 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18464 3971))
28980 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28981 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28982 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28983
28984 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28985 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28986 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28987 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28988 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28989
28990 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28991
28992 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28993 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28994 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28995 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28996 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28997
28998 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28999
29000 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29001 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29002 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29003 in the menu in two ways:
29004 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29005 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29006 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29007
29008 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29009 keymap or an alist of alists.
29010 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29011 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29012
29013 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29014
29015 ;;;***
29016 \f
29017 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29018 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29019 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18580 33794))
29020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29021
29022 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29023 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29024
29025 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
29026
29027 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29028 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29029
29030 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29031
29032 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29033 Insert new TODO list entry.
29034 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29035 category.
29036
29037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29038
29039 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29040 List top priorities for each category.
29041
29042 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29043 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
29044
29045 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29046 between each category.
29047
29048 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29049
29050 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29051 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29052 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29053 between each category.
29054
29055 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29056
29057 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29058
29059 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29060 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29061
29062 \\{todo-mode-map}
29063
29064 \(fn)" t nil)
29065
29066 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29067 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29068
29069 \(fn)" nil nil)
29070
29071 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29072 Show TODO list.
29073
29074 \(fn)" t nil)
29075
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29079 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29080 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18634 15333))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29082
29083 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29084 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29085 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29086
29087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29088
29089 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
29090
29091 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29092 Add an item to the tool bar.
29093 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29094 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29095 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29096 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29097
29098 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29099 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29100 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29101 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29102
29103 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29104 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29105
29106 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29107
29108 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29109 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29110 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29111 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29112 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29113 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29114
29115 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29116 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29117 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29118 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29119
29120 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29121
29122 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29123 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29124 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29125 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29126 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29127 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29128 properties to add to the binding.
29129
29130 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29131
29132 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29133 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29134
29135 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29136
29137 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29138 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29139 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29140 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29141 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29142 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29143 properties to add to the binding.
29144
29145 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29146 holds a keymap.
29147
29148 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29149
29150 ;;;***
29151 \f
29152 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29153 ;;;;;; (18634 15333))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29155
29156 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29157 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29158 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29160 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29161 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29162
29163 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29164
29165 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29166 TPU/edt emulation.
29167
29168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29169
29170 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29171
29172 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29173 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29174
29175 \(fn)" t nil)
29176
29177 ;;;***
29178 \f
29179 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29180 ;;;;;; (18463 53310))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29182
29183 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29184 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29185
29186 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29187 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29188 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29189 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29190 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29191
29192 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29193 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29194 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29195 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29196 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29197
29198 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29199 (tpu-edt)
29200
29201 Known Problems:
29202
29203 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29204 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29205 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29206 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29207 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29208 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29209
29210 \(fn)" t nil)
29211
29212 ;;;***
29213 \f
29214 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18654 2591))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29216
29217 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29218 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29219 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29220 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29221 to a tcp server on another machine.
29222
29223 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29224
29225 ;;;***
29226 \f
29227 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29228 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18580 33794))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29230
29231 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
29232 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29233
29234 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29235
29236 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29237 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29238 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29239 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29240 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29241 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29242 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29243 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29244
29245 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29246
29247 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29248 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29249 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29250 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29251 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29252 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29253 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29254 the window or buffer configuration.
29255
29256 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29257
29258 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29259
29260 ;;;***
29261 \f
29262 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29263 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29264 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29265 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18612 17519))
29266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29267
29268 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29269 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29270 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29271
29272 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29273
29274 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29275 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29276
29277 It can have the following values:
29278
29279 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29280 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29281 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29282
29283 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29284
29285 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
29286 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29287 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29288 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29289
29290 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29291 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29292 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29293 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29294
29295 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29296 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29297 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29298
29299 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29300 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29301 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29302 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29303 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29304 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29305 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29306 files which are not really Tramp files.
29307
29308 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29309 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29310 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29311 updated after changing this variable.
29312
29313 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29314
29315 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
29316 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
29317 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
29318 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
29319
29320 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
29321 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29322 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29323 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29324
29325 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
29326 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29327 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29328 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29329
29330 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
29331 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29332 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29333
29334 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29335 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29336 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29337
29338 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29339 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29340 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29341 updated after changing this variable.
29342
29343 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29344
29345 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29346 Alist of completion handler functions.
29347 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
29348 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
29349 normal Emacs functions.")
29350
29351 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29352 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29353 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29354 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29355
29356 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29357 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29358 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29359 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29360
29361 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29362 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29363 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29364
29365 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29366
29367 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29368 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29369 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29370
29371 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
29372 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
29373 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
29374
29375 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
29376 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
29377 (add-hook
29378 'after-init-hook
29379 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
29380
29381 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29382 Not documented
29383
29384 \(fn)" nil nil)
29385
29386 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29387 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29388
29389 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29392 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29393
29394 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29395
29396 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29397 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29398
29399 \(fn)" t nil)
29400
29401 ;;;***
29402 \f
29403 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29404 ;;;;;; (18580 33797))
29405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29406
29407 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29408 Not documented
29409
29410 \(fn)" nil nil)
29411
29412 ;;;***
29413 \f
29414 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18464
29415 ;;;;;; 3971))
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29417
29418 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29419 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29420 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29421 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29422 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29423 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29424 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29425 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29426
29427 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29428 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29429 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29430
29431 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29432 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29433 resumed later.
29434
29435 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29436
29437 ;;;***
29438 \f
29439 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29440 ;;;;;; (18463 56567))
29441 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29442
29443 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29444 Not documented
29445
29446 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29447
29448 ;;;***
29449 \f
29450 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29451 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18463 57151))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29453 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29454 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29455 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29456
29457 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29458 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29459 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29460 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29461 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29462 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29463 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29464
29465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29466
29467 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29468 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29469 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29470 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29471
29472 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29473
29474 \(fn)" t nil)
29475
29476 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29477 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29478 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29479 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29480 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29481 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29482 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29483
29484 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29485 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29486
29487 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29488 \\___/\\
29489 / \\
29490 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29491
29492 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29493
29494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29495
29496 ;;;***
29497 \f
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29499 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29500 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29501 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29502 ;;;;;; (18464 3971))
29503 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29504
29505 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29506 Toggle typing break mode.
29507 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29509 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29510
29511 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29512
29513 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29514 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29515
29516 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29517
29518 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29519 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29520
29521 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29522 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29523 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29524
29525 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29526 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29527
29528 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29529
29530 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29531 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29532
29533 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29534 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29535 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29536 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29537
29538 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29539
29540 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29541 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29542 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29543
29544 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29545 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29546 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29547 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29548 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29549 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29550
29551 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29552 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29553 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29554 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29555
29556 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29557 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29558
29559 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29560 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29561
29562 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29563
29564 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29565 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29566 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29567
29568 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29569 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29570 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29571 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29572 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29573 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29574 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29575
29576 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29577 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29578
29579 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29580 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29581 reset the keystroke counter.
29582
29583 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29584 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29585 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29586 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29587
29588 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29589 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29590 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29591 `type-break-schedule' command.
29592
29593 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29594 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29595 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29596 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29597 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29598 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29599 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29600 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29601 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29602
29603 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29604 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29605 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29606 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29607 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29608
29609 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29610 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29611 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29612 approximate good values for this.
29613
29614 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29615 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29616
29617 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29618 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29619 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29620 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29621 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29622 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29623
29624 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29625 a typing break occur. They include:
29626
29627 `type-break-query-mode'
29628 `type-break-query-function'
29629 `type-break-query-interval'
29630
29631 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29632
29633 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29634 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29635 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29636 problems.
29637
29638 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29639
29640 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29641 Take a typing break.
29642
29643 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29644 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29645
29646 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29647 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29648
29649 \(fn)" t nil)
29650
29651 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29652 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29653 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29654 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29655
29656 \(fn)" t nil)
29657
29658 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29659 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29660
29661 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29662 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29663 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29664 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29665 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29666 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29667 average typing speed.)
29668
29669 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29670 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29671 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29672 the computed maximum threshold.
29673
29674 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29675 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29676 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29677 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29678 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29679
29680 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29681
29682 ;;;***
29683 \f
29684 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29685 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18463 57226))
29686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29687
29688 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29689 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29690 Works by overstriking underscores.
29691 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29692 which specify the range to operate on.
29693
29694 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29695
29696 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29697 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29698 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29699 which specify the range to operate on.
29700
29701 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29702
29703 ;;;***
29704 \f
29705 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29706 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18464 1846))
29707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29708
29709 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29710 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29711 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29712
29713 \(fn)" t nil)
29714
29715 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29716 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29717 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29718 following the containing message.
29719
29720 \(fn)" t nil)
29721
29722 ;;;***
29723 \f
29724 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29725 ;;;;;; (18464 1846))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29727
29728 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29729 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
29730 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
29731 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29732 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29733 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29734
29735 \(fn)" nil nil)
29736
29737 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29738 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29739
29740 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29741
29742 ;;;***
29743 \f
29744 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18463
29745 ;;;;;; 52913))
29746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29747
29748 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29749 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29750 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29751 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29752
29753 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29754
29755 ;;;***
29756 \f
29757 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29758 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18580 33799))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29760
29761 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29762 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29763 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29764
29765 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29766 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29767 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29768 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29769 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29770 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29771
29772 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29773 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29774 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29775
29776 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29777 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29778 the callback is not called).
29779
29780 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29781 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29782 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29783 take effect.
29784
29785 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29786
29787 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29788 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29789 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29790 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29791 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29792
29793 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29794
29795 ;;;***
29796 \f
29797 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29798 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18580 33799))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29800
29801 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29802 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29803 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29804
29805 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29806 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29807 `url-generic-parse-url'
29808 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29809 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29810 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29811 realm
29812 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29813 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29814 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29815 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29816 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29817 what type of auth to use
29818 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29819 if one cannot be found in the cache
29820
29821 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29822
29823 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29824 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29825
29826 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29827 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29828 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29829 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29830 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29831 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29832 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29833 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29834
29835 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29836
29837 ;;;***
29838 \f
29839 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29840 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18580
29841 ;;;;;; 33799))
29842 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29843
29844 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29845 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29846
29847 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29848
29849 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29850 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29851
29852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29853
29854 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29855 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29856
29857 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29858
29859 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29860 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29861
29862 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29863
29864 ;;;***
29865 \f
29866 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18463 56982))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29868
29869 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29870 Not documented
29871
29872 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29873
29874 ;;;***
29875 \f
29876 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29877 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18580 33799))
29878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29879
29880 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29881 Not documented
29882
29883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29884
29885 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29886 Not documented
29887
29888 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29889
29890 ;;;***
29891 \f
29892 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18580
29893 ;;;;;; 33799))
29894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29895
29896 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29897 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29898
29899 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29900
29901 ;;;***
29902 \f
29903 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29904 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18580 33799))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29906
29907 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29908 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29909
29910 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29911
29912 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29913 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29914 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29915 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29916 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29917
29918 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29919
29920 ;;;***
29921 \f
29922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29923 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29924 ;;;;;; (18580 33799))
29925 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29926
29927 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29928 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29929 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29931 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29932 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29933
29934 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29935
29936 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29937 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29938
29939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29940
29941 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29942 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29943 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29944 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29945
29946 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29947
29948 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29949 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29950 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29951 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29952 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29953 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29954 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29955 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29956 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29957
29958 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29959
29960 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29961 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29962 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29963 accessible.
29964
29965 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29966
29967 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29968 Not documented
29969
29970 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29971
29972 ;;;***
29973 \f
29974 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29975 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18634 15335))
29976 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29977
29978 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29979 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29980 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29981 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29982 CBARGS as the arguments.
29983
29984 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29985
29986 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29987 Not documented
29988
29989 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29990
29991 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29992
29993 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29994 Not documented
29995
29996 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29997
29998 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29999 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30000 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30001
30002 Property list members:
30003
30004 methods
30005 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30006 supports.
30007
30008 dav
30009 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30010 supported.
30011
30012 dasl
30013 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30014
30015 ranges
30016 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30017
30018 p3p
30019 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30020 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30021 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30022 Emacs/W3.
30023
30024 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30025
30026 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30027 Default HTTPS port.")
30028
30029 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30030 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30031 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30032
30033 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30034 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30035 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30036 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30037 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30038
30039 ;;;***
30040 \f
30041 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18580 33799))
30042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30043
30044 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30045 Not documented
30046
30047 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30048
30049 ;;;***
30050 \f
30051 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18463
30052 ;;;;;; 56984))
30053 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30054
30055 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30056 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30057 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30058 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30059 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30060
30061 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30062
30063 ;;;***
30064 \f
30065 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30066 ;;;;;; (18463 56984))
30067 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30068
30069 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30070 Not documented
30071
30072 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30073
30074 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30075 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30076
30077 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30078
30079 ;;;***
30080 \f
30081 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30082 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18463 56984))
30083 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30084
30085 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30086 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30087
30088 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30089
30090 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30091 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30092
30093 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30094
30095 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30096 Not documented
30097
30098 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30099
30100 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30101
30102 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30103
30104 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30105
30106 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30107 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30108
30109 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30110
30111 ;;;***
30112 \f
30113 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30114 ;;;;;; (18463 56984))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30116
30117 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30118 Not documented
30119
30120 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30121
30122 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30123 Not documented
30124
30125 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30126
30127 ;;;***
30128 \f
30129 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30130 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30131 ;;;;;; (18463 56984))
30132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30133
30134 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30135 Not documented
30136
30137 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30138
30139 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30140 Not documented
30141
30142 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30143
30144 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30145 Not documented
30146
30147 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30148
30149 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30150 Not documented
30151
30152 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30153
30154 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30155 Not documented
30156
30157 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30158
30159 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30160 Not documented
30161
30162 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30163
30164 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30165 Not documented
30166
30167 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30168
30169 ;;;***
30170 \f
30171 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30172 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18463 56984))
30173 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30174
30175 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30176 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30177
30178 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30179
30180 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30181 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30182 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30183 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30184
30185 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30186
30187 ;;;***
30188 \f
30189 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30190 ;;;;;; (18463 56985))
30191 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30192
30193 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30194 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30195
30196 \(fn)" t nil)
30197
30198 ;;;***
30199 \f
30200 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30201 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30202 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30203 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30204 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30205 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30206 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18654 2600))
30207 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30208
30209 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30210 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30211 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30212
30213 If t, all messages will be logged.
30214 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30215 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30216
30217 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30218
30219 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30220 Not documented
30221
30222 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30223
30224 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30225 Not documented
30226
30227 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30228
30229 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30230 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30231 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30232 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30233 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30234 & ==> &amp;
30235 < ==> &lt;
30236 > ==> &gt;
30237 \" ==> &quot;
30238
30239 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30240
30241 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30242 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30243 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30244
30245 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30246
30247 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30248 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30249 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30250
30251 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30252
30253 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30254 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30255
30256 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30257
30258 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30259 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30260
30261 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30262
30263 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30264 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30265
30266 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30267
30268 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30269 Not documented
30270
30271 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30272
30273 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30274 Not documented
30275
30276 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30277
30278 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30279 Not documented
30280
30281 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30282
30283 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30284 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30285
30286 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30287
30288 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30289 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30290
30291 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30292
30293 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30294 Not documented
30295
30296 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30297
30298 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30299 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30300 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30301 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30302 forbidden in URL encoding.
30303
30304 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30305
30306 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30307 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30308 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30309 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30310 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30311 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30312
30313 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30314
30315 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30316 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30317 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30318 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30319
30320 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30321
30322 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30323 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
30324 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30325
30326 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30327
30328 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30329 View the current document's URL.
30330 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30331 the minibuffer.
30332
30333 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30334
30335 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30336
30337 ;;;***
30338 \f
30339 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30340 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18464 3971))
30341 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30342
30343 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30344 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30345 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30346 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30347 to refrain from editing the file
30348 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30349 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30350 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30351 in any way you like.
30352
30353 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30354
30355 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30356 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30357 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30358 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30359 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30360
30361 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30362 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30363
30364 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30365
30366 ;;;***
30367 \f
30368 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30369 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30370 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18580 33796))
30371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30372
30373 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30374 Not documented
30375
30376 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30377
30378 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30379 Not documented
30380
30381 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30382
30383 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30384 Not documented
30385
30386 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30387
30388 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30389 Not documented
30390
30391 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30392
30393 ;;;***
30394 \f
30395 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30396 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30397 ;;;;;; (18464 1846))
30398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30399
30400 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30401 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30402 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30403 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30404
30405 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30406
30407 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30408 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30409 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30410
30411 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30412
30413 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30414 Uudecode region between START and END.
30415 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30416
30417 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30418
30419 ;;;***
30420 \f
30421 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
30422 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
30423 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
30424 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
30425 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30426 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18659 12584))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
30428
30429 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30430 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30431 See `run-hooks'.")
30432
30433 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30434
30435 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30436 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30437 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30438
30439 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30440
30441 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30442 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30443 See `run-hooks'.")
30444
30445 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30446
30447 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30448 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30449 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30450
30451 For locking systems:
30452 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30453 control.
30454 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30455 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30456 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30457 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30458 it performs a revert on that file.
30459 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30460 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30461 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30462 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30463 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30464 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30465 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30466
30467 For merging systems:
30468 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30469 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30470 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30471 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30472 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30473 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30474 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30475 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30476 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30477
30478 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30479
30480 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30481 Register into a version control system.
30482 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30483 Otherwise register the current file.
30484 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30485 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30486
30487 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30488 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30489 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30490 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30491 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30492 first backend that could register the file is used.
30493
30494 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30495
30496 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30497 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30498
30499 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30500
30501 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30502 Display diffs between file revisions.
30503 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30504 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30505 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30506
30507 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30508 saving the buffer.
30509
30510 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30511
30512 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30513 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30514 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30515 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30516
30517 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30518
30519 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30520 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30521 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30522 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30523
30524 \(fn)" t nil)
30525
30526 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30527 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30528 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30529 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30530 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30531 from the current branch.
30532
30533 See Info node `Merging'.
30534
30535 \(fn)" t nil)
30536
30537 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30538
30539 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30540 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30541 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30542 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30543 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30544 checked out in that new branch.
30545
30546 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30547
30548 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30549 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30550 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30551 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30552 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30553 allowed and simply skipped).
30554
30555 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30556
30557 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30558 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30559 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30560
30561 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30562
30563 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30564 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30565 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30566 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30567
30568 \(fn)" t nil)
30569
30570 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30571 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30572 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30573 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30574
30575 \(fn)" t nil)
30576
30577 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30578
30579 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30580 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30581 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30582 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30583 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30584 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30585
30586 \(fn)" t nil)
30587
30588 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30589 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30590 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30591 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30592 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30593 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30594 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30595
30596 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30597
30598 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30599 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30600 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30601 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30602 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30603 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30604 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30605 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30606 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30607
30608 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30609
30610 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30611 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30612
30613 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30614
30615 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30616 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30617 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30618 directory.
30619
30620 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30621
30622 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30623 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30624 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30625
30626 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30627 log entries should be gathered.
30628
30629 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30630
30631 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30632 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30633
30634 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30635
30636 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30637 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30638
30639 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30640
30641 ;;;***
30642 \f
30643 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18543
30644 ;;;;;; 46934))
30645 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30646
30647 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30648 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30649
30650 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30651 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30652 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30653 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30654 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30655 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30656
30657 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30658 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30659 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30660 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30661 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30662 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30663 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30664 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30665
30666 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30667
30668 Customization variables:
30669
30670 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30671 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30672 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30673 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30674
30675 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30676
30677 ;;;***
30678 \f
30679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18580 33793))
30680 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30681 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30682 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30683 (progn
30684 (load "vc-arch")
30685 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30686
30687 ;;;***
30688 \f
30689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18643 25222))
30690 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30691
30692 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30693 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30694
30695 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30696 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30697 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30698 (progn
30699 (load "vc-bzr")
30700 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30701
30702 ;;;***
30703 \f
30704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18634 15333))
30705 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30706 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30707 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30708 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30709 (load "vc-cvs")
30710 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30711
30712 ;;;***
30713 \f
30714 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18612 17518))
30715 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30716
30717 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30718 Show the VC status for DIR.
30719 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30720 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30721
30722 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30723
30724 ;;;***
30725 \f
30726 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30727 ;;;;;; (18603 62947))
30728 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30729
30730 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30731 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30732 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30733 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30734 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30735 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30736 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30737 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30738 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30739 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30740 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30741 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30742 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30743
30744 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30745
30746 ;;;***
30747 \f
30748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18643 25222))
30749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30750 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30751 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30752 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30753 (progn
30754 (load "vc-git")
30755 (vc-git-registered file))))
30756
30757 ;;;***
30758 \f
30759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18580 33793))
30760 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30761 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30762 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30763 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30764 (progn
30765 (load "vc-hg")
30766 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30767
30768 ;;;***
30769 \f
30770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18476 29993))
30771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
30772 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
30773 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
30774 (progn
30775 (load "vc-mcvs")
30776 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
30777
30778 ;;;***
30779 \f
30780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18580 33793))
30781 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30782
30783 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30784
30785 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30786 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30787 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30788 (progn
30789 (load "vc-mtn")
30790 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30791
30792 ;;;***
30793 \f
30794 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30795 ;;;;;; (18643 25222))
30796 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30797
30798 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30799 *Where to look for RCS master files.
30800 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30801
30802 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30803
30804 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30805
30806 ;;;***
30807 \f
30808 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30809 ;;;;;; (18634 15333))
30810 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30811
30812 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30813 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
30814 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30815
30816 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30817 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30818
30819 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30820 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30821 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30822 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30823
30824 ;;;***
30825 \f
30826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18634 15333))
30827 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30828 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30829 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30830 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30831 "_svn")
30832 (t ".svn"))))
30833 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30834 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30835 (file-name-directory f)))
30836 (load "vc-svn")
30837 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30838
30839 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
30840
30841 ;;;***
30842 \f
30843 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30844 ;;;;;; (18592 38132))
30845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30846 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30847
30848 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30849 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30850
30851 Usage:
30852 ------
30853
30854 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30855 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30856 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30857 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30858
30859 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30860 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30861 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30862 completions.
30863
30864 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30865 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30866
30867 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30868 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30869
30870 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30871 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30872 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30873
30874 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30875
30876
30877 Maintenance:
30878 ------------
30879
30880 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30881 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30882
30883 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30884
30885 Official distribution is at
30886 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30887
30888
30889 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30890 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30891
30892 Key bindings:
30893 -------------
30894
30895 \\{vera-mode-map}
30896
30897 \(fn)" t nil)
30898
30899 ;;;***
30900 \f
30901 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30902 ;;;;;; (18634 15334))
30903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30904
30905 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30906 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30907 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30908 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30909 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30910
30911 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30912
30913 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30914 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30915
30916 Supports highlighting.
30917
30918 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30919 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30920
30921 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30922
30923 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30924 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30925 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30926 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30927 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30928 on the left side of your screen.
30929 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30930 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30931 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30932 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30933 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30934 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30935 function keyword.
30936 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30937 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30938 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30939 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30940 if (a)
30941 begin
30942 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30943 Indentation for case statements.
30944 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30945 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30946 mark after an end.
30947 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30948 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30949 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30950 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30951 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30952 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30953 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30954 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30955 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30956 if (a)
30957 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30958 otherwise you get:
30959 if (a)
30960 begin
30961 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30962 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30963 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30964 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30965 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30966 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30967 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30968 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30969 comments in tight quarters.
30970 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30971 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30972
30973 Variables controlling other actions:
30974
30975 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30976 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30977 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30978
30979 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30980
30981 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30982
30983 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30984 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30985 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30986
30987 Some other functions are:
30988
30989 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30990 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30991 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30992 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30993 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30994
30995 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30996 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30997 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30998 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30999
31000 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31001 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31002 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31003 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31004 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31005 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31006 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31007 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31008 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31009 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31010 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31011 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31012 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31013 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31014 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31015 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31016 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31017 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31018 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31019 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31020 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31021 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31022 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31023 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31024 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31025 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31026 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31027 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31028
31029 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31030 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31031
31032 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31033
31034 \(fn)" t nil)
31035
31036 ;;;***
31037 \f
31038 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31039 ;;;;;; (18592 38132))
31040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31041
31042 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31043 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31044
31045 Usage:
31046 ------
31047
31048 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31049 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31050 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31051 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31052 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31053 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31054 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31055 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31056 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31057
31058 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31059 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31060 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31061 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31062
31063 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31064 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31065 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31066 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31067 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31068
31069 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31070 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31071
31072
31073 HEADER INSERTION:
31074 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31075 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31076 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31077
31078
31079 STUTTERING:
31080 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31081 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31082 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31083 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31084
31085 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31086 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31087 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31088 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31089 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31090
31091
31092 WORD COMPLETION:
31093 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31094 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31095 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31096 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31097
31098 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31099 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31100 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31101 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31102 beginning with \"std\").
31103
31104 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31105 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31106 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31107 stop.
31108
31109
31110 COMMENTS:
31111 `--' puts a single comment.
31112 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31113 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31114 with a comment in between.
31115 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31116 out following lines.
31117 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31118 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31119
31120 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31121 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31122 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31123 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31124 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31125 non-nil.
31126
31127 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31128 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31129 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31130 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31131 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31132 multi-line comments.
31133
31134
31135 INDENTATION:
31136 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31137 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31138 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31139 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31140
31141 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31142 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31143 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31144 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31145
31146 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31147 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31148 and vice versa.
31149
31150 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31151 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31152
31153
31154 ALIGNMENT:
31155 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31156 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31157 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31158 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31159 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31160 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31161 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31162 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31163
31164 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31165 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31166 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31167 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31168 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31169 is non-nil.
31170
31171 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31172 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31173 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31174
31175 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31176 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31177
31178
31179 CODE FILLING:
31180 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31181 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31182 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31183 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31184 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31185 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31186
31187
31188 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31189 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31190 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
31191 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31192 command:
31193
31194 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31195
31196
31197 PORT TRANSLATION:
31198 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31199 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31200 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31201 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31202 internal signal initializations (menu).
31203
31204 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31205 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31206 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31207
31208 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31209 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31210 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31211 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31212 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31213 in subsequent paste operations.)
31214
31215 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31216 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31217 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31218
31219
31220 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31221 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31222 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31223 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31224 association list with formals).
31225
31226
31227 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31228 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31229 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31230 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31231 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31232 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31233 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31234 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31235 `vhdl-testbench'.
31236
31237
31238 KEY BINDINGS:
31239 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31240
31241
31242 VHDL MENU:
31243 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31244
31245
31246 FILE BROWSER:
31247 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31248 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31249 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31250
31251 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31252 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31253
31254
31255 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31256 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31257 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31258 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31259
31260 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31261 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31262 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31263
31264 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31265 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31266 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31267 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31268
31269 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31270 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31271 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31272 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31273 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31274
31275 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31276 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31277 required by secondary units.
31278
31279
31280 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31281 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31282 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31283 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31284 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31285 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31286 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31287 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31288 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31289 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31290 inputs to this component -> input port created
31291 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31292 outputs from this component -> output port created
31293 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31294 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31295
31296 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31297 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31298 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31299 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31300 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31301
31302 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31303 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31304
31305 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31306 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31307 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31308 component instantiation is also supported (option
31309 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31310
31311 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31312 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31313 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31314 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31315 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31316 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31317 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31318 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31319 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31320 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31321 | generating the configuration.
31322 |
31323 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31324 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31325 | configurations in speedbar.
31326
31327 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31328
31329
31330 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31331 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31332 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31333 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31334 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31335 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31336 information. New compilers can be added.
31337
31338 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31339 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31340
31341
31342 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31343 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31344 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31345 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31346 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31347
31348 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31349 command:
31350
31351 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31352 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31353 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31354
31355 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31356 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31357 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31358 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31359 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31360 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31361 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31362
31363 Limitations:
31364 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31365 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31366 not (yet) supported.
31367 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31368 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31369 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31370
31371
31372 PROJECTS:
31373 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31374 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31375 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31376 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31377 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31378 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31379 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31380 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31381
31382 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31383 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31384 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31385 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31386 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31387 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31388 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31389 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31390 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31391 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31392 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31393
31394
31395 SPECIAL MENUES:
31396 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31397 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31398 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31399 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31400 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31401 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31402 current directory for VHDL source files.
31403
31404
31405 VHDL STANDARDS:
31406 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31407 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31408
31409
31410 KEYWORD CASE:
31411 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31412 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31413 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31414 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31415 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31416 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31417 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31418 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31419
31420
31421 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31422 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31423 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31424 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31425 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31426 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31427 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31428
31429 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31430 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31431 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31432 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31433 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31434 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31435
31436 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31437 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31438 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31439 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31440 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31441 visually.
31442
31443 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31444 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31445 highlighted if written in lower case.
31446
31447 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31448 highlighted using a different background color if option
31449 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31450
31451 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31452 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31453 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31454 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31455 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31456
31457
31458 USER MODELS:
31459 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31460 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31461 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31462
31463
31464 HIDE/SHOW:
31465 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31466 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31467 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31468 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31469 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31470
31471
31472 CODE UPDATING:
31473 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31474 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31475 Limitations:
31476 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31477 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31478 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31479 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31480 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31481 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31482 (used to obtain the port names).
31483
31484
31485 CODE FIXING:
31486 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31487 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31488
31489
31490 PRINTING:
31491 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31492 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31493 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31494 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31495 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31496 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31497 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31498 printers.
31499
31500
31501 OPTIONS:
31502 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31503 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31504 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31505 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31506 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31507
31508 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31509 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31510 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31511 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31512 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31513 INSTALL file).
31514
31515 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31516 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31517
31518
31519 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31520 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31521 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31522 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31523
31524 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31525
31526
31527 HINTS:
31528 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31529 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31530
31531 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31532
31533 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31534
31535 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31536
31537
31538 RELEASE NOTES:
31539 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31540
31541
31542 Maintenance:
31543 ------------
31544
31545 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31546 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31547
31548 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31549
31550 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31551 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31552 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31553 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31554
31555 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31556 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31557 where the latest version can be found.
31558
31559
31560 Known problems:
31561 ---------------
31562
31563 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31564 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31565 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31566
31567
31568 The VHDL Mode Authors
31569 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31570
31571 Key bindings:
31572 -------------
31573
31574 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31575
31576 \(fn)" t nil)
31577
31578 ;;;***
31579 \f
31580 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18263 30076))
31581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31582
31583 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31584 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31585 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31586 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31587
31588 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31589 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31590 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31591 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31592 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31593
31594 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31595 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31596
31597 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31598
31599 * Limitations and unsupported features
31600 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31601 not supported.
31602 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31603 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31604
31605 * Modifications
31606 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31607 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31608 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31609 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31610 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31611 for undoing a repeated change command.
31612 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31613 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31614 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31615
31616 * Extensions
31617 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31618 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31619 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31620 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31621 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31622 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31623 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31624 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31625
31626 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31627
31628 \(fn)" t nil)
31629
31630 ;;;***
31631 \f
31632 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31633 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31634 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31635 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18463 56568))
31636 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31637
31638 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31639 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31640
31641 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31642
31643 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31644 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31645 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31646 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31647
31648 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31649
31650 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31651 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31652
31653 \(fn)" t nil)
31654
31655 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31656 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31657 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31658 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31659
31660 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31661
31662 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31663 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31664
31665 \(fn)" t nil)
31666
31667 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31668 Not documented
31669
31670 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31671
31672 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31673 Not documented
31674
31675 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31676
31677 ;;;***
31678 \f
31679 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31680 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31681 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31682 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31683 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18580 33793))
31684 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31685
31686 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31687 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31688 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31689
31690 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31691
31692 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31693 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31694 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31695 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31696
31697 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31698
31699 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31700 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31701
31702 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31703
31704 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31705 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31706 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31707 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31708 moving around in the buffer.
31709 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31710 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31711
31712 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31713
31714 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31715
31716 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31717 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31718 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31719 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31720
31721 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31722 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31723 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31724 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31725 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31726
31727 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31728
31729 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31730
31731 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31732 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31733 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31734 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31735 buffer.
31736
31737 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31738 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31739 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31740 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31741 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31742
31743 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31744
31745 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31746
31747 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31748 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31749 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31750 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31751 moving around in the buffer.
31752 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31753 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31754
31755 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31756
31757 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31758 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31759 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31760
31761 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31762 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31763 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31764 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31765
31766 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31767
31768 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31769 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31770 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31771 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31772 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31773 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31774 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31775 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31776
31777 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31778
31779 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31780 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31781 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31782
31783 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31784
31785 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31786 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31787 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31788 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31789 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31790 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31791 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31792 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31793
31794 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31795
31796 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31797 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31798 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31799
31800 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31801
31802 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31803 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31804 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31805 turn it off.
31806
31807 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31808 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31809 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31810 read-only.
31811 \\<view-mode-map>
31812 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31813 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31814 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31815 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31816 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31817
31818 H, h, ? This message.
31819 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31820 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31821 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31822 > move to the end of buffer.
31823 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31824 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31825 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31826 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31827 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31828 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31829 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31830 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31831 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31832 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31833 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31834 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31835 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31836 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31837 Use this to view a changing file.
31838 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31839 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31840 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31841 . set the mark.
31842 x exchanges point and mark.
31843 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31844 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31845 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31846 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31847 ' go to position saved in character register.
31848 s do forward incremental search.
31849 r do reverse incremental search.
31850 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31851 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31852 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31853 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31854 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31855 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31856 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31857 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31858 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31859 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31860 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31861 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31862 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31863 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31864 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31865 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31866 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31867
31868 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31869 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31870 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31871 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31872 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31873 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31874 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31875 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31876 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31877
31878 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31879
31880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31881
31882 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31883 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31884 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31885 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31886 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31887 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31888 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31889 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31890 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31891
31892 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31893
31894 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31895 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31896 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31897 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31898 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31899 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31900 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31901
31902 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31903 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31904 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31905 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31906 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31907 1) nil Do nothing.
31908 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31909 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31910 frame.
31911 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31912 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31913 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31914 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31915
31916 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31917
31918 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31919
31920 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31921
31922 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31923 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31924
31925 \(fn)" t nil)
31926
31927 ;;;***
31928 \f
31929 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18463
31930 ;;;;;; 53310))
31931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31932
31933 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31934 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31935
31936 \(fn)" nil nil)
31937
31938 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31939 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31940
31941 \(fn)" t nil)
31942
31943 ;;;***
31944 \f
31945 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31946 ;;;;;; (18463 53313))
31947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31948
31949 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31950 Toggle Viper on/off.
31951 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31952
31953 \(fn)" t nil)
31954
31955 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31956 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31957
31958 \(fn)" t nil)
31959
31960 ;;;***
31961 \f
31962 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31963 ;;;;;; (18463 52913))
31964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31965
31966 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31967 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31968 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31969 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31970 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31971 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31972 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31973 the beginning of the warning.")
31974
31975 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31976 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31977 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31978 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31979 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31980 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31981 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31982 also call that function before the next warning.")
31983
31984 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31985 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31986
31987 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31988 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31989 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31990 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31991
31992 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31993 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31994 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31995 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31996 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31997 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31998
31999 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32000 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32001 Default is :warning.
32002
32003 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32004 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32005 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32006 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32007 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32008 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32009
32010 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32011 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32012 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32013
32014 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32015
32016 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32017 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32018
32019 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32020
32021 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32022 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32023 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32024 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32025
32026 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32027 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32028 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32029 can be whatever you like.)
32030
32031 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32032 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32033
32034 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32035 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32036 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32037 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32038 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32039
32040 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32041
32042 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32043 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32044 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32045 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32046 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32047
32048 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32049
32050 ;;;***
32051 \f
32052 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32053 ;;;;;; (18612 17518))
32054 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32055
32056 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32057 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32058 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32059 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32060 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32061 in disk.
32062
32063 See `wdired-mode'.
32064
32065 \(fn)" t nil)
32066
32067 ;;;***
32068 \f
32069 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18464 2406))
32070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32071
32072 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32073 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32074
32075 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32076 hotlist.
32077
32078 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32079 <nwv@acm.org>.
32080
32081 \(fn)" t nil)
32082
32083 ;;;***
32084 \f
32085 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32086 ;;;;;; (18659 12585))
32087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32088 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32089 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32090
32091 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
32092
32093 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32094 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32095 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32098 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32099
32100 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32101
32102 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32103 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
32104 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
32105 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
32106
32107 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
32108 and off otherwise.
32109
32110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32111
32112 ;;;***
32113 \f
32114 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32115 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32116 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32117 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18634 15333))
32118 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32119
32120 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32121 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
32122
32123 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32124 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32125 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32126 Only useful with a windowing system.
32127
32128 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32129 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32130
32131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32132
32133 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32134 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
32135
32136 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32137 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32138 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32139 Only useful with a windowing system.
32140
32141 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32142 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32143 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32144 use `whitespace-mode'.
32145
32146 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32147
32148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32149
32150 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32151 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32152 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32153 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32154 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32155 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32156
32157 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32158
32159 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32160 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
32161
32162 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32163 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32164 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32165 Only useful with a windowing system.
32166
32167 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32168 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32169
32170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32171
32172 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32173 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32174 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32176 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32177 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32178
32179 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32180
32181 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32182 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
32183
32184 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32185 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32186 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32187 Only useful with a windowing system.
32188
32189 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32190 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32191 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32192 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32193
32194 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32195
32196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32197
32198 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32199 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32200
32201 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32202 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32203
32204 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32205 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32206
32207 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32208
32209 CHAR MEANING
32210 (VIA FACES)
32211 t toggle TAB visualization
32212 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32213 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32214 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32215 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32216 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32217 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32218 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32219 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32220 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32221 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32222 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32223 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32224 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32225 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32226 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32227
32228 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32229 T toggle TAB visualization
32230 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32231 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32232
32233 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32234 ? display brief help
32235
32236 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32237 The valid symbols are:
32238
32239 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32240 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32241 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32242 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32243 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32244 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32245 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32246 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32247 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32248 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32249 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32250 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32251 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32252 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32253 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32254 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32255
32256 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32257 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32258 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32259
32260 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32261
32262 Only useful with a windowing system.
32263
32264 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32265
32266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32267
32268 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32269 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32270
32271 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32272 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32273
32274 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32275 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32276
32277 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32278
32279 CHAR MEANING
32280 (VIA FACES)
32281 t toggle TAB visualization
32282 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32283 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32284 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32285 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32286 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32287 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32288 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32289 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32290 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32291 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32292 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32293 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32294 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32295 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32296 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32297
32298 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32299 T toggle TAB visualization
32300 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32301 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32302
32303 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32304 ? display brief help
32305
32306 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32307 The valid symbols are:
32308
32309 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32310 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32311 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32312 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32313 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32314 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32315 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32316 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32317 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32318 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32319 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32320 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32321 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32322 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32323 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32324 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32325
32326 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32327 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32328 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32329
32330 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32331
32332 Only useful with a windowing system.
32333
32334 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32335
32336 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32337
32338 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32339 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32340
32341 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32342 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32343 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
32344 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32345 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32346
32347 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32348
32349 The problems cleaned up are:
32350
32351 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32352 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32353 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32354 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32355
32356 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32357 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32358 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32359 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32360 SPACEs.
32361 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32362 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32363 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32364 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32365
32366 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32367 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32368 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32369 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32370 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32371 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32372 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32373 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32374
32375 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32376 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32377 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32378
32379 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32380 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32381 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32382 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32383 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32384 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32385 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32386 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32387
32388 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32389 documentation.
32390
32391 \(fn)" t nil)
32392
32393 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32394 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32395
32396 The problems cleaned up are:
32397
32398 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32399 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32400 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32401 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32402 SPACEs.
32403 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32404 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32405 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32406 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32407
32408 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32409 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32410 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32411 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32412 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32413 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32414 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32415 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32416
32417 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32418 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32419 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32420
32421 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32422 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32423 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32424 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32425 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32426 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32427 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32428 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32429
32430 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32431 documentation.
32432
32433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32434
32435 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32436 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32437
32438 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32439 non-nil.
32440
32441 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32442 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32443 `whitespace-style' to have:
32444
32445 empty
32446 trailing
32447 indentation
32448 space-before-tab
32449 space-after-tab
32450
32451 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32452 whitespace problems in buffer.
32453
32454 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32455
32456 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32457 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32458 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32459 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32460 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32461 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32462 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32463
32464 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32465 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32466 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32467 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32468 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32469 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32470 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32471
32472 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32473 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32474 cleaning up these problems.
32475
32476 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32477
32478 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32479 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32480
32481 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32482 non-nil.
32483
32484 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32485 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32486 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32487
32488 empty
32489 indentation
32490 space-before-tab
32491 trailing
32492 space-after-tab
32493
32494 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32495 whitespace problems in buffer.
32496
32497 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32498
32499 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32500 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32501 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32502 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32503 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32504 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32505 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32506
32507 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32508 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32509 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32510 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32511 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32512 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32513 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32514
32515 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32516 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32517 cleaning up these problems.
32518
32519 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32520
32521 ;;;***
32522 \f
32523 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32524 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18464 3975))
32525 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32526
32527 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32528 Browse the widget under point.
32529
32530 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32531
32532 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32533 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32534
32535 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32536
32537 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32538 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32539
32540 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32541
32542 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32543 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32544 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32545
32546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32547
32548 ;;;***
32549 \f
32550 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32551 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18507
32552 ;;;;;; 35267))
32553 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32554
32555 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32556 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32557
32558 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32559
32560 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32561 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32562 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32563
32564 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32565
32566 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32567 Create widget of TYPE.
32568 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32569
32570 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32571
32572 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32573 Delete WIDGET.
32574
32575 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32576
32577 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32578 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32579
32580 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32581
32582 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
32583
32584 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32585 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32586 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32587
32588 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32589 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32590
32591 \(fn)" nil nil)
32592
32593 ;;;***
32594 \f
32595 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32596 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18464
32597 ;;;;;; 3975))
32598 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32599
32600 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32601 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32602 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32603 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32604 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32605 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32606 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32607
32608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32609
32610 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32611 Select the window above the current one.
32612 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32613 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32614 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32615 negative ARG) of the current window.
32616 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32617
32618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32619
32620 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32621 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32622 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32623 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32624 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32625 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32626 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32627
32628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32629
32630 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32631 Select the window below the current one.
32632 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32633 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32634 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32635 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32636 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32637
32638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32639
32640 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32641 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32642 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32643 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32644
32645 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32646
32647 ;;;***
32648 \f
32649 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32650 ;;;;;; (18464 3976))
32651 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32652
32653 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32654 Toggle Winner mode.
32655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32656 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32657
32658 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32659
32660 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32661 Toggle Winner mode.
32662 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32663
32664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32665
32666 ;;;***
32667 \f
32668 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32669 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18580 33794))
32670 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32671
32672 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32673 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32674 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32675 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32676 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32677
32678 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32679
32680 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32681 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32682 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32683 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32684 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32685 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32686 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32687 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32688
32689 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32690 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32691
32692 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32693
32694 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32695 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32696
32697 \(fn)" t nil)
32698
32699 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32700 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32701 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32702 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32703 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32704 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32705 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32706 `woman' command for further details.
32707
32708 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32709
32710 ;;;***
32711 \f
32712 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32713 ;;;;;; (18463 53313))
32714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32715
32716 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32717 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32718
32719 BUGS:
32720 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32721 are not implemented
32722 - Options for search and replace
32723 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32724 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32725
32726 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32727 Emacs-like.
32728
32729 The key bindings are:
32730
32731 C-a backward-word
32732 C-b fill-paragraph
32733 C-c scroll-up-line
32734 C-d forward-char
32735 C-e previous-line
32736 C-f forward-word
32737 C-g delete-char
32738 C-h backward-char
32739 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32740 C-j help-for-help
32741 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32742 C-l ws-repeat-search
32743 C-n open-line
32744 C-p quoted-insert
32745 C-r scroll-down-line
32746 C-s backward-char
32747 C-t kill-word
32748 C-u keyboard-quit
32749 C-v overwrite-mode
32750 C-w scroll-down
32751 C-x next-line
32752 C-y kill-complete-line
32753 C-z scroll-up
32754
32755 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32756 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32757 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32758 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32759 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32760 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32761 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32762 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32763 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32764 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32765 C-k b ws-begin-block
32766 C-k c ws-copy-block
32767 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32768 C-k f find-file
32769 C-k h ws-show-markers
32770 C-k i ws-indent-block
32771 C-k k ws-end-block
32772 C-k p ws-print-block
32773 C-k q kill-emacs
32774 C-k r insert-file
32775 C-k s save-some-buffers
32776 C-k t ws-mark-word
32777 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32778 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32779 C-k v ws-move-block
32780 C-k w ws-write-block
32781 C-k x kill-emacs
32782 C-k y ws-delete-block
32783
32784 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32785 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32786 C-o j justify-current-line
32787 C-o k kill-buffer
32788 C-o l list-buffers
32789 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32790 C-o r set-fill-column
32791 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32792 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32793 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32794 C-o wo other-window
32795 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32796
32797 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32798 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32799 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32800 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32801 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32802 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32803 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32804 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32805 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32806 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32807 C-q a ws-query-replace
32808 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32809 C-q c end-of-buffer
32810 C-q d end-of-line
32811 C-q f ws-search
32812 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32813 C-q l ws-undo
32814 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32815 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32816 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32817 C-q w ws-last-error
32818 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32819 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32820
32821 \(fn)" t nil)
32822
32823 ;;;***
32824 \f
32825 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18615 49560))
32826 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32827
32828 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32829 Perform an interactive search.
32830 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32831 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32832 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32833 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32834
32835 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32836 Example:
32837
32838 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32839
32840 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32841
32842 ;;;***
32843 \f
32844 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32845 ;;;;;; (18464 3976))
32846 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32847
32848 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32849 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32850 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32851 Returns the top node with all its children.
32852 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32853 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32854
32855 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32856
32857 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32858 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32859 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32860 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32861 is not well-formed XML.
32862 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32863 and returned as the first element of the list.
32864 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32865
32866 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32867
32868 ;;;***
32869 \f
32870 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32871 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18580 33798))
32872 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32873
32874 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32875 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32876 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32877 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32878 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32879 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32880 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32881 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32882 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32883 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32884
32885 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32886
32887 ;;;***
32888 \f
32889 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18580
32890 ;;;;;; 33794))
32891 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32892
32893 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32894 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32895 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32898 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32899
32900 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32901
32902 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32903 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32904 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32905 it off.
32906
32907 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32908 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32909 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32910 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32911 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32912 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32913
32914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32915
32916 ;;;***
32917 \f
32918 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32919 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18463 54943))
32920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32921
32922 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32923 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32924
32925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32926
32927 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32928 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32929
32930 \(fn)" nil nil)
32931
32932 ;;;***
32933 \f
32934 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32935 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18464 1946))
32936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32937
32938 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32939 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32940
32941 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32942
32943 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32944 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32945
32946 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32947
32948 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32949 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32950 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32951
32952 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32953
32954 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32955 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32956
32957 \(fn)" t nil)
32958
32959 ;;;***
32960 \f
32961 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18464 1946))
32962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32963
32964 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32965 Zone out, completely.
32966
32967 \(fn)" t nil)
32968
32969 ;;;***
32970 \f
32971 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32972 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32973 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32974 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32975 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32976 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32977 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
32978 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32979 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32980 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32981 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32982 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32983 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
32984 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32985 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32986 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32987 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32988 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32989 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32990 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32991 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
32992 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
32993 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
32994 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
32995 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32996 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
32997 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
32998 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32999 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
33000 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
33001 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
33002 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
33003 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33004 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33005 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el"
33006 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33007 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33008 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33009 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33010 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el"
33011 ;;;;;; "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33012 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33013 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33014 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33015 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33016 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33017 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33018 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
33019 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
33020 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
33021 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
33022 ;;;;;; "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el"
33023 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
33024 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
33025 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33026 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33027 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33028 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33029 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33030 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
33031 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
33032 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
33033 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
33034 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
33035 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
33036 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
33037 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
33038 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
33039 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
33040 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
33041 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
33042 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
33043 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
33044 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
33045 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33046 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
33047 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
33048 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
33049 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
33050 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33051 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
33052 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
33053 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
33054 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
33055 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
33056 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
33057 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
33058 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
33059 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
33060 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
33061 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
33062 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
33063 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
33064 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
33065 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
33066 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
33067 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
33068 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
33069 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
33070 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
33071 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/pmaildesc.el"
33072 ;;;;;; "mail/pmailhdr.el" "mail/pmailmm.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
33073 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
33074 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
33075 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
33076 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33077 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33078 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33079 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33080 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "misc.el"
33081 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
33082 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
33083 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
33084 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
33085 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
33086 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33087 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
33088 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
33089 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/char-name/subdirs.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el"
33090 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el"
33091 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el"
33092 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el"
33093 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el"
33094 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/subdirs.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
33095 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
33096 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
33097 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33098 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33099 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33100 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
33101 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
33102 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
33103 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33104 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33105 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33106 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33107 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33108 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33109 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33110 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33111 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
33112 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
33113 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
33114 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
33115 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
33116 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
33117 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
33118 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
33119 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33120 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33121 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
33122 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33123 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
33124 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33125 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18659
33126 ;;;;;; 13106 817618))
33127
33128 ;;;***
33129 \f
33130 (provide 'loaddefs)
33131 ;; Local Variables:
33132 ;; version-control: never
33133 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33134 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33135 ;; End:
33136 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here